Eddy current

Eddy current
 x-ray

Magnetic particle

liquid penetrant

ULTRASONIC

Eddy current

METALLURGICAL

Infrared

Leak detection

Visual

Eddy current
 Summary of Nondestructive Test Methods
Test Method
Visual Testing(VT)
Liquid Penetrant Testing (PT)
Magnetic Particle Testing (MT)
Radiographic Testing (RT)
Ultrasonic Testing (UT)
Acoustic Emission Testing (AE)
Leak Testing (LT)
Eddy Current Testing (EC)
Infared Testing (IR)
Definition
Testing using light sources for
detecting surface flaws, color
variations, or gaging.
Testing using a liquid penetrant to
seep into a crack to produce visible
indication.
Uses electrical current to magnetize a
part so that small magnetic particles
will be attracted to cracks.
Uses X-Rays or Gamma Rays to
penetrate a material and record on film
any discontinuites within the part.
Uses sound waves to penetrate the part
to detect discontinuities.
Measures the energy released due to
crack.
Measure the rate at which a liquid
or gas will penetrate into or out of a
component or assembly.
Measures the electrical response of
conductive materials due to differences
in the part’s conductivity and
permeability.
Non-contact method of surface
temperature inspecting or trouble
shoooting components that have
limitations in obtaining quatitative and
qualitative results.
Eddy current
Uses
• Color Measuring
• Dimension Gaging
• Flaw Detection
• Surface Flaw Detection on
Nonporous Materials
• Surface and Near Surface Flaw
Detection on Ferrous Materials
• Flaw Detection
• Internal Voids
• Plate Thickness Measurement
• Flaw Detection
• Flaw Detection propagation
• Testing components that require
liquid or air tightness.
• Alloy
• Heat Treatment
• Surface Flaw Detection
• Electrical High Resistance
Connections
• Insulation efficiency on piping and
ovens for industrial applications.
• Industrial roofing inspections to
detect areas effected by moisture.
 x-ray SECTION
If you need X-ray equipment, enclosures, systems, film (Agfa or Kodak), accessories, training, or contract testing services,
contact us today.

AGFA FILM KODAK FILM FILM PROCESSORS

FILM & CHEMISTRY ACCESSORIES

• Densitometers
• Film Processors - Kodak, Agfa - All sizes from high capacity to com- • Safelights - Fluorescent, Sodium...
pact processors • Safelight Filters
• Film Feeders • Darkroom Lamps
• Processor Accessories • Darkroom Timers
• Specific Gravity Test Kits • Comparators
• Photobrome Feeder, Tablets, Lab packs • Magnifiers - Magnifying glasses, folding pocket magnifiers, headband
• Tank Sets - Stainless steel, compact tanks, developing tanks, control magnifiers, pocket microscopes
valves, tank paddles, tank brushes, tank heaters, floating thermometers, • Fixed focus loupes
floating dial, hanging thermometers, digital thermometers • Mobile x-ray barriers
• Film Dryers - Floor models, table top models, pull out drawers, com- • Lead glass
pact models • Lead vinyl sheeting
• Film Markers - Lead figures, lead letters, letter cases, marker sets, • Lead foil
marking pencils, marking tape, filmarker gun and tape system • Lead bricks
• Film Illuminators - Spot illuminators, x-ray viewers, super bright view- • Lead wool blankets
ers, stainless steel viewers, high intensity viewers, fluorescent illumina- • Radiation monitoring meters
tors, viewer bulbs • Dosimeters
• Film Hangers • Penetrameters
• Film Storage - envelopes, bins, shelving, carrying cases, chests • Shims
• Identification Printers • Step wedges
• Radiographic Paper, Screens, Rigid Cassettes - Kodak, Agfa Film • Screens
Holders • X-ray tube accessories - clamps, alignment devices, interlock switches,
• Collimators mobile tubestands, jib cranes
• Film Duplicators
• X-ray Test Patterns SERVICE
• Technical Publications • Calibration of survey meters
• Processing Chemicals - Agfa, Kodak - Starter solution, developer/re- • Preventative Maintenance Contracts
plenisher, fixer/replenisher, manual and automatic developer and fixer, • Emergency Repair Service
system cleaner, stop bath... TRAINING
• Warning Items - signs, shipping labels, rope, tape, stickers • Radiographic training classes at your facility or ours
• Radiation Alarm Monitors
• X-ray signs CUSTOM SYSTEMS DESIGN
• Real-time systems, lead enclosures, handling systems.
REAL TIME CONTRACT TESTING
• With 3 complete real-time systems, ATT provides contract testing
services to a broad base of customers.

x-ray 1
 FILM SECTION
AGFA FILM

Structurix D2 Film

Structurix D2 D2 APPLICATIONS
Extremely fine grain film with very high contrast. Ideal for exposures • Electronic component
requiring the finest possible detail rendering. • Composite materials
• Castings (light metals)
• Multiple film technique

x-ray 2
 Structurix D3SC

Structurix D3SC D3SC APPLICATIONS

Single coated film with very high image quality, accurate interpretability, high • Electronic components
contrast. The colorless back coating guarantees a very flat film • Composite materials
under all conditions. • Neutron radiography
• Inspections where optical enlargement is required
• Multiple film techniques

NOTES

x-ray 3
 Structurix D3 Film

D3 APPLICATIONS D3 APPLICATIONS
Ultra fine grain film with very high contrast. This film obtains a very high • Composite materials
detail perceptibility, which meets the requirements of the most critical NDT • Castings
applications. For direct exposure or with lead screens, using either X-ray, • Very high quality welds
gamma rays, or radiation from megavolt equipment • Nuclear quality
• Aerospace and aircraft industry
• Multiple film techniques

x-ray 4
 Structurix D5 Film

Structurix D5 Film D5 APPLICATIONS

This film is intended for direct exposure or use with lead screens, using • Welding
either X-ray or gamma rays. • Castings
• Shipbuilding
• Aerospace and aircraft industry
• Multiple film techniques

x-ray 5
 Structurix D7 Film

Structurix D7 Film D7 APPLICATIONS

Fine grain film with high contrast and high speed. Designed for direct • Welding and casting
exposure with lead screens. For exposure with lead screens, using either • Defense industry
X-ray or gamma rays. • Aerospace and aircraft industry
• Composite materials
• Multiple film techniques

x-ray 6
 Structurix D8 Film

Structurix D8 Film D8 APPLICATIONS

Medium grain film with high contrast and very high speed. Suitable for a • Concrete and heavy construction work
variety of applications. This film can be used for direct exposure or with • Castings
lead screens. It gives good image quality with short exposure times. If • Multiple film techniques
even higher speed is required, flourescent screens, in combination with
AGFA NDT F8 (not D8), should be used.

NOTES

x-ray 7
 KODAK FILM

INDUSTREX AA400 Film

Versatility is the key. KEY APPLICATIONS

KODAK INDUSTREX AA400 Film is extremely versatile, which makes it Excellent for use with lead screens
a great solution for many industrial applications. You can use it in multiple AA400 Film is available in a wide range of sizes and packaging formats, and it is
film radiography and in single film techniques—and with direct x-rays designed for applications such as:
• Aircraft inspection
or with lead foil screens. Best of all, AA400 Film incorporates Kodak’s • Aero-engines
patented T-GRAIN Emulsion technology. • Archeological artifacts
• Assemblies
AA400 Film is a high-speed, high-contrast ASTM E 1815-96 Class II • Castings
film that offers you a fine-grain image. This film offers incredibly robust • Concrete
• Electrical components
handling characteristics. It can withstand high temperatures and humidity, • Forensics
and it eliminates static artifacts—so you get the image you need, whatever • Forestry
the conditions you’re working under. • Munitions, bomb disposal
• Nuclear applications
• Pipelines
• Tires
• Welded fabrication

x-ray 8
 INDUSTREX DR50 Film

High-energy performance. KEY APPLICATIONS

KODAK INDUSTREX DR50 Film is specifically designed for use in DR50 Film is available in a wide range of sizes and packaging formats,
multi-film techniques in your demanding radiographic environment. and it is designed for applications such as:
With both high-voltage x-rays and gamma rays, DR50 Film will deliver • Aero-engines
consistently high contrast, very fine granularity, and superior sensitivity • Assemblies
to meet your testing needs. It incorporates Kodak’s patented T-GRAIN • Castings
Emulsion technology for superb results with direct x-rays or lead foil • Electrical components
screens. • Fiber-reinforced composites
• Forensics
DR50 Film is an extremely durable, slow-speed film with very fine grain. It • Munitions, bomb disposal
withstands high temperature and high humidity, and resists both handling • Nuclear applications
and static artifacts. This film is classified as ASTM E 1815-96 Class I. • Paintings, sculptures
• Welded fabrication

INDUSTREX High Speed HS800 Film

High-speed performance.
KEY APPLICATIONS
KODAK INDUSTREX High Speed HS800 Film is Kodak’s fastest and most
Designed for any radiographic application where a short exposure time is
versatile film for non-destructive testing. Now you can use one film for
an advantage, HS800 Film is suitable for inspection of thick-wall castings,
any exposure method, whether it’s direct, lead screen, fluorescent screen,
concrete, pipeline and lay barge applications, and bridges.
or fluorometallic screen. Combined with KODAK LANEX Fast Screens,
*Combined with KODAK LANEX Fast Screens, HS800 Film offers more
HS800 Film offers more speed than any film-screen combination available
speed than any film-screen combination available today.
today.
HS800 Film offers high speed and high contrast with KODAK T-GRAIN
Emulsion technology. This medium-grain film can be processed in
automatic processing chemicals in the short 5-minute cycle. With a cold
image tone and high gloss finish, you get the image you need, whatever
the conditions you’re working under.

x-ray 9
 INDUSTREX M100 Film

When clarity is critical.

KODAK INDUSTREX M100 Film gives you outstanding sharpness—in KEY APPLICATIONS
fact, we’ve set the standard in this industry. The film’s excellent sensitivity M100 Film is available in a wide range of sizes and packaging formats,
and low speed make it the perfect choice for critical inspections in a wide and it is designed for applications such as:
range of materials. You’ll have confidence that you’ll find what you’re • Aircraft inspection
looking for—whether it’s a pipe weld, an aerospace engine, or a sculpture • Aero-engines
that you’re imaging. • Assemblies
M100 Film is an ASTM E 1815-96 Class I film that offers very fine grain • Castings
with extremely high contrast and definition. And it’s versatile—you can use • Electrical components
it with direct x-rays or with lead foil screens. • Fiber-reinforced composites
• Forensics
• Munitions, bomb disposal
• Nuclear applications
• Paintings, sculptures
• Pipelines
• Welded fabrication

x-ray 10
 INDUSTREX MX125 Film

Up to the challenge.
Simply put, KODAK INDUSTREX MX125 is tough. Tough as nails. Its KEY APPLICATIONS
static resistance is unparalleled in the industry, and its heat resistance is MX125 Film is available in many sizes and packaging formats, and it is
remarkable. The film is extremely durable; it can withstand the toughest designed for a wide range of applications, such as:
handling (and even darkroom practices). It can also survive high humidity • Aircraft inspection
and it’s much less susceptible to handling artifacts than most films. • Aero-engines
• Assemblies
MX125 Film incorporates Kodak’s patented T-GRAIN Emulsion technology. • Castings
This medium-speed film offers very fine grain and very high contrast. It • Electrical components
has excellent sensitivity, so it’s perfect for critical radiography—especially • Fiber-reinforced composites
with high energy. You can use it with direct x-rays or with lead foil screens. • Forensics
This film is classified as ASTM E 1815-96 Class I. • Forestry
• Munitions, bomb disposal
• Nuclear applications
• Paintings, sculptures
• Pipelines
• Welded fabrication

x-ray 11
 INDUSTREX T200 Film

Widen your imaging range. KEY APPLICATIONS

KODAK INDUSTREX T200 Film is recommended for critical imaging T200 Film is available in a wide range of sizes and packaging formats, and
applications, since it can be used in multiple film loads to provide you with it is designed for applications such as:
an extended imaging range. Best of all, it incorporates Kodak’s patented Aircraft inspection
T-GRAIN Emulsion technology. • Aero-engines
T200 Film is a medium-speed, high-contrast film with very fine grain. • Archeological artifacts
In fact, it is Kodak’s fastest ASTM E 1815-96, Type I film. It’s tough • Assemblies
and durable—T200 Film can withstand high temperatures, and it’s less • Castings
susceptible to handling and static artifacts. It’s also versatile—you can use • Electrical components
it with direct x-rays or with lead foil screens. • Forensics
• Forestry
• Munitions, bomb disposal
• Nuclear applications
• Paintings, sculptures
• Pipelines
• Welded fabrication

x-ray 12
 FILM PROCESSORS SECTION
AGFA PROCESSORS
AFP Imaging Mini-NDT Film Processor
The AFP Mini-NDT processor is a full feature, compact industrial X-ray
processor which meets all the needs of the modern NDT department. The
unit features a 14 inch feed width, has the same features found in higher
priced models and can be used on a table or on its sturdy base stand
(supplied with all processors). Because of its cold water operation and “No
plumbing” conversion kit, the Mini NDT can go anywhere from darkroom to
job site; mobile and stationary installations.
FEATURES AND BENEFITS
• Space saving design, table top operation
• Top front exit maximizes use of space
• Economical operation with cold water hook up
• Built in automatic replenishment system
• Energy Efficient
Agfa NDT M Eco Film Processor
The AGFA NDT M eco processor is a smaller version of the NDT S eco.
This compact film processor occupies a minimal amount of space in
your darkroom. The AGFA NDT M eco is versatile, in the laboratory or
transportable in a mobile site darkroom.
ACCESSORIES
• Base Table
• Replenish Tank: 2 x 8 Gallon (30 Liter)
• Light Tight Cover
• IS-199 Chemical Mixer (12.5 Gallon)
Agfa NDT Feeder
The AGFA NDT Feeder converts the AGFA NDT processor into a unique
and practical daylight system. With the press of a button you can feed in
240 films an hour automatically!
Choose between two film magazines: the Universal magazine (ideal for
loading on-site and later delivery to the feeder in daylight, accepts films
up to 6 x 12 cm, with a maximum of 60 films per stack.) and the Fliptop
magazine that’s best for high-volume processing of the same film size.
Films up to 6 x 18 cm can be loaded without removing the magazine from
the feeder: By loading the magazine separately, you can work with films
up to 43 x 48 cm.
x-ray 13
 Agfa NDT Mixer
With the AGFA NDT Mixer you can count on your chemistry being mixed
in a consistent manner every time. And you never come in contact with the
chemicals due to the concentrate bottles’ safety seal that is only pierced
when the bottles are positioned on the machine. The AGFA NDT Mixer
takes up little space and its templates clean easily with water.
Agfa NDT S-i Film Processor
The Structurix NDT S-i is a leading-edge processor that brings speed,
operational flexibility, money-saving innovations, and environmentally
friendly design together in a single package.
FEATURES AND BENEFITS
• Higher processing “throughput”
• Significant reduction in both the developer replenishment rate and fixer
replenishment rate
• Optimized archiving results
• Less handling of the products
• Dramatically lower silver level in the waste water, representing a
reduction of 90 to 95 percent fewer chemical waste
Agfa NDT S Eco Film Processor
The AGFA NDT S Eco is an ecologically responsible X-ray film processing
system. It is specially designed to meet the strictest standards for silver
content in wash water. The amount of silver in the wash water is 15 to 25
times lower than in a conventional processing system due to its unique
cascade fixing system.
Agfa NDT U Film Processor
With the AGFA NDT U you have at your disposal the most universal
processor. AGFA NDT U combines simplicity, reliability and universal use
from a processor. It is specially designed for customers with medium sized
quantities of film. This integrated design combines the features of existing
NDT processors with a range of impressive new features, so the NDT U
can replace the following processor types: NDT E (standard), NDT E/RF
(roll film), NDT E/OS (off shore).
The feeder for the NDT U has the same features as current NDT feeders,
but is designed specifically for the new universal processor. The feed table
is easily removed and the feeder mounts quickly in its place, quickly and
simply, with no adapter needed.
By combining simple operation, easy maintenance and rugged reliability
in a “universal” design, the Agfa NDT U sets a new standard for flexibility
in processing industrial X-ray films.
x-ray 14
 Agfa Nova Film Processor
NOVA, part of the proven Agfa NDT Film Systems and yet another
dedicated processor designed and built specifically for the industrial Non-
destructive Testing (NDT) environment. Smart, robust, economic and
automatic, it fills the void for a compact processor that performs rugged
NDT testing and provides the quality and features users need.
Kodak Single Sheet Feeder
Get more detail with the Single-Sheet Feeder which enables you to expand
on an image and get close up to industrial testing images.
Kodak Industrex M35 Film Processor
The small, multi-speed M35 Processor is reliable and easy to install
and use. Consistent replenishment rates, constant temperature control,
continuous agitation, and repeatable processing cycle times produce
consistent quality radiographs. The automatic standby mode in the M35
Processor turns off the drive, the dryer blower, and the dryer heater when
the system is not in use. The touch of a button restores the processor to
full operation. This standby mode, plus the use of ambient-temperature
wash water saves energy and wear on the components.
FEATURES
• Easy installation and use
• Compact size
• Automatic standby mode saves energy and wear
• Warm-air drying means optimum film-surface quality
• Accessories including external replenisher tanks and KODAK M35
• Mounting Stand
x-ray 15
 Kodak Industrex M413C Film Processor
The KODAK INDUSTREX M43IC Processor is designed to meet the
needs of high-volume NDT radiographic customers. With a wide range
of processing cycles that provides development times from 31 to 170
seconds, your wish is its command. And its high capacity will keep your
operation moving.
FEATURES AND BENEFITS
• The space-saving design, 27.3 x 46.2 in. (69.5 x 117.5 cm), fits easily in FEATURES AND BENEFITS
your darkroom.
• Dry-to-dry processing cycles range from 2 to 12 minutes.
• Processing speed, developer temperature, fixer temperature, dryer • Use the optional plate eraser, or expose to room/outdoor light to clear the
temperature, and replenishment rate are adjustable in nine pre-set
programs to accommodate specific film and exposure requirements. A
control panel for these functions is conveniently located next to the film
feed tray.
• Automatic replenishment according to film area is convenient and
efficient.
• Integrated chiller unit assures that chemicals remain at the correct
temperature—even in the most demanding, high-temperature
environments.
• Continuous display of the percentage of the processing in progress. Film
exit bin at comfortable level for all users
Kodak Industrex LS85 Digitizer System
The laser beam efficiently penetrates high optical densities for excellent
image quality. The laser beam discretely illuminates each point on the film,
with over 90% of the transmitted light collected and measured. As a result,
the resolution and densities in the digital image are representative of the
original image, allowing you to visualize subtle, low-contrast abnormalities.
A patented logarithmic amplifier, unique to Kodak film digitizers, evenly
distributes digital signals to an accuracy of 0.001 optical density. No other
digitizer has this high degree of density accuracy.
Kodak’s highest resolution film digitizer is self-calibrating and unaffected by
ambient light. This tabletop model requires almost no maintenance. Best
of all, the Film Digitizing System delivers the performance and reliability
that you expect from Kodak.
Kodak Industrex ACR-2000 Digital System
Computed Radiography (CR) System for NDT that accepts long, flexible
plates- up to 35 x 152 CM or 14 x 60 inches. You can work smarter with
NDT Image Visualization Software by viewing different density ranges,
enlarge areas of interest, measure length and angles with a few mouse
clicks, export the image to another file or format (.jpg, .gif,, and more) send
through the network or post to the web. DICONDE compliant.
• Use and Reuse Flexible Imaging Plates: Choose a size that meets your
needs from 11 x 25 cm (4.5 x 10 inches) to 35 x 152 cm (14 x 60 inches).
phosphor imaging plate so it’s ready for your next exposure.
• Plug into an electrical outlet and the system is ready to read images
• Processes up to forty-five 35 x 43 cm (14 x 17 in) imaging plates per
hour.
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
PHOSPHOR PLATE READER- for use in darkened area
• Dimensions: 64cm ( 25”) (H) x 53cm (21”) (W) x 69cm (27”) D
• Weight: 39 kg (85 pounds)
• Phosphor plates supported: Up to 35 x 152cm ( 14 x 60 inches)
• Scan Rate: 80 seconds per 35 x 43 cm ( 14 x 17 inch plate)
• Power: 100-120 VAC, 1.5 Amp, 50/60 Hz
• Power: 220-240 VAC, 1.0 Amp, 50/60 Hz
ALSO INCLUDED
• Desktop computer, monitor, keyboard, mouse and Kodak Industrex
Digital Viewing Software
• Other available options: CD/DVD Writer with PC, Kodak Industrex Flex
• GP Digital Imaging Plates SO-170
OPTIONAL PLATE ERASER
• Dimensions: 46cm (18”) (H) x 76cm (30”) (H) x 13cm (5”)
• Weight: 9kg ( 20 pounds)
• Power: 100-120VAC 2 Amp, 50/60 Hz or 200-240 VAC 1.1 Amp 50/60
Hz
x-ray 16
 X-RAY ACCESSORIES

12- or 15-Film Dryer Pull-Out Drawer Structurix DR Film Dryer

This is the time-tested small dryer with large dryer features. Scientific air The Structurix DR is ideal for NDT departments without automatic
circulation design delivers fast drying with high efficiency. Cabinets of processors because it is inexpensive and economical to run a most
polished stainless steel or cold rolled steel are available both in 12- and practical unit that dries films quickly and without a problem.
15-film capacities. Film hangers fit into specially slotted holders that keep • Films dry more rapidly
them separated and vertical at all times. All interior parts are stainless steel. • Compact and easy to move
Drawer opens its full width on ball bearing extension glides. Stainless steel • Drying starts at once with no warm-up required
drip pan moves with the drawer and always remains under the wet film. • Low heat output (helps keep your darkroom cool)
Drying system includes a heavy duty motor and fan with thermostatically
controlled 750 watt sealed heating unit, separately controlled but
interlocked so that heater will not function without the fan. A heavy duty Quikdry 12-Film Dryer
timer is also available. Air system recirculates the same heated air many
times, thereby obtaining additional drying without additional heat. Less
heat is exhausted into the darkroom so that normal ventilation is usually
sufficient. Individually pre-set and tested thermostats insure against
overheating.

Cabinets are constructed of heavy gauge material welded together for

strength. Steel cabinets and bases are finished in a light gray baked
enamel on a special moisture resistant primer. Also available with Formica
tops.
The Quikdry film dryer can be placed either on the floor, or on a table.
It’s thermostatically controlled air recirculating system prevents dangerous
overheating and delivers clean, warm air to speed drying in any weather.
Quickdry keeps the heat inside the dryer and out of the darkroom. The
cabinet is of cold rolled steel or polished stainless steel. The hanger
rack is constructed of heavy stainless steel and will hold twelve 14” x 17”
hangers. The bottom is covered by a removable drip tray. The reinforced
doors are available in a choice of hinging right hand, left hand or split
double doors. All steel dryers are finished with a special moisture resistant
primer, plus a light gray baked enamel; stainless steel is polished to a
satin finish. Size: 23” W, 33.5” H, 17.75” D. Specify material and door
configuration when ordering.

x-ray 17
 Developing Hanger

Clip-type hanger for tank development of sheet films. Four clips are attached to a stainless steel frame; the upper two are mounted on a bow spring to keep
the film taut. The interlock design of the clip results in accurate alignment of pin and hole, and permits better washing in the clip areas. The larger sizes have
loop guides to hold the bow spring and the top clips in line and maintain proper tension.

x-ray 18
 Developing Reel
70 mm. Durable ABS plastic. Holds 13’ of roll film. Also available for 90 mm, 100 mm, and 4.5” films.
Wall Drying Rack
The perfect drying rack for every darkroom. Small darkrooms can use it to
dry all films. Large darkrooms will speed up the drying process by draining
films on this rack before using electric dryers. The rack holds twelve 14”
x 17” hangers, tilted for faster draining. A complete stainless steel back
protects the wall at all times, and the tray can be folded against the back
for extra convenience when not in use. Constructed entirely of polished
stainless steel, this rack can be quickly mounted in any location. Tray size
is 20” x 17”. Rack stands 23” H x 20” W x 17” D with tray open.
Magnetic Hold-Down Clamp
Mity-Mag and Mini-Mag clamp holders for film exposure holders
(cassettes) loaded with film and lead screens are available with 50 lb.
and 90 lb. holding force to attach any size cassette to a magnetic steel
surface. Spring Loader Rubber Shoe (slip resistant) maintains constant
pressure on cassette in all positions. Permanent magnet contacts steel
directly alongside the cassette; eliminates damage or pressure marks to
the film. Highly resistant to demagnetization. Also holds penetrameters.
Pocket Size.
Please Specify: (100262) Mini-Mag, 50 lbs. capacity (100263) Mity-
Mag, 90 lbs. capacity
x-ray 19
 Hanger Storage Bracket- Stainless Steel Bright Spot Illuminator- Model 188

Consists of 1 pair of stainless steel angle wall brackets. Holds up to 18
hangers.
The Model 188 is a unique, low-cost, bright spot illuminator that is ideal
for viewing dense films. Lamp housing swivels for easy viewing, base has
key holes for wall mounting or plastic non-marring feet to stand on desk.
A rheostat foot switch, special bright 100 hour bulb designed for better
viewing, and special chrome plated reflector are also provided. All steel
construction, finished in silver gray hammertone baked enamel. 6” W, 8”
H, 8” D.

Stainless Steel 20” Drying Rack Film Viewer- Model 65-C1

This handy utility rack aids normal air drying of wet films. Approximately
20” long. Accommodates up to twelve hangers.
FEATURES
• 14 x 17 inch viewing panel
• 4 inch high-intensity spot illuminator
• Variable light intensity
• Unique cooling system designed to protect valuable radiographs
• Standard footswitch for ease of operation
• Easy access for maintenance and bulb replacement
• Delron film holder for main screen
• High-intensity spot for reading films with density of 4.0 or greater

SPECIFICATIONS
• Width = 25.3”(64 cm)
• Height = 16.25”(41.3 cm)
• Depth = 15”(38 cm)
• Active viewing area = 14” x 17”(35.6 x 43 cm)
• High intensity spot = 4”(10 cm) diameter
• Weight = 39 lbs(17.7 kg)
• Shipping weight = 43 lbs(19.5 kg)
• Power requirements: 115 VAC, 50-60 Hz.

x-ray 20
 Rigid X-Ray Film Holder, Vinyl Covered

These film holders are a hard bound version made of thin, rigid cardboard on one flap and styrene on the “Film Side” flap and covered with a vinyl material.
In contrast to the plain cardboard type, these will wear longer and the moisture-resistant covering can be easily cleaned. Replacement inserts are available.
Holders are available with or without lead backing (please specify).

x-ray 21
 Twin Envelope Film Holder

Twin envelope film holders are constructed of a tough vinyl and are designed so that one envelope fits into a second envelope, providing an excellent light-
tight seal.

Model 186 High-Intensity Fluorescent

High-Intensity Illuminator- Model 185
Illuminator

Model 185 is a high-intensity spot illuminator that provides 6” diameter
super bright viewing area for reading films with densities up to 5.0. It
is supplied with an off/on foot switch and set of steel masks to reduce
the size of the viewing area. Light intensity is controlled by a variable
electronic control. It is finished in gray enamel and operates on 118 VAC,
and is supplied with a 3-conductor line cord. 9” W x 18” H x 14” D. An iris
is available as an option.
The Model 186 14” x 17” illuminator reads films of all densities up to 3.0.
The plexiglass viewing panel is illuminated by ten 15 watt fluorescent tubes
mounted in a special reflector. A three-position switch makes it possible to
select full brightness or variable illumination. Made of steel with baked
enamel finish. 15-1/2” W x 24-1/4” H x 10” D.

x-ray 22
 Model 189 High-Intensity Viewer Portable X-Ray Viewer- Model 87-C1

All-new 14” x 17” viewing area designed for films up to density 4.0. Using FEATURES
three Number 2 Photoflood bulbs this illuminator will give maximum • Variable light intensity control
brightness with a choice of footswitch control or continuous operation and • Fan cooled for prolonged operation
the footswitch is included with the illuminator. Heat is removed by powerful • Convenient carry handle
fans with fiberglass filters for dust removal and a specially designed • 5.25 x 4.75 inch glass view screen
heat panel. Inexpensive No. 2 Photoflood lamps gave long life and are • 300-watt lamp
quickly replaced simply by opening the hinged front door panel. All-Steel • Face plate will accept optional iris diaphragm
construction with baked enamel finish. For use on 110-120 VAC, rated 15 • Convenient cord wrap for transport and storage ease
amps. • Optional footswitch control

SPECIFICATIONS
Model 4 Plus High-Intensity Illuminator • Width = 6”(15.2 cm)
• Height = 11”(27.9 cm)
• Depth = 11”(27.9 cm)
• Active viewing area = 5.25” x 4.75”(13.3 x 12.1 cm)
• Weight = 10 lbs(4.5 kg)
• Shipping weight = 12 lbs(5.4 kg)
• Power requirements: 115 VAC, 50-60 Hz.

Model 4 Plus High Intensity Illuminator is of stainless steel construction with

an electronic brightness control. 1000 watts of high intensity illumination
provides a viewing range density of up to 4.5. Comes with 4 steel masks
for 4 1/2” x 10”, 3 1/2” x 17”, 3 1/2” x 10”, or 70mm films. 24” W x 10” H
x 10” D.

x-ray 23
 Strip Film Illuminators-Model 187A
The Model 187A strip film illuminator is designed to provide the ultimate in
high-intensity illumination. 1000 watts of bright illumination is produced by
four photoflood bulbs. An internal heat absorbing glass protects film from
heat damage. The cooling system utilizes a power-driven air supply with
replaceable air filters. An electronic brightness control and low light level
writing light are mounted at front of the viewer. A foot switch and set of four
steel masks are provided for reading. 4-1/2” x 10”, 301/2” x 17”, 3-1/2” x
10”, and 70mm.
Super-Bright Viewer-SPT-600
Model SPT-600 illuminator concentrates up to 600 watts of high intensity
illumination over the 4” x 4” viewing surface. Film densities up to 4.0 may
be illuminated with the solid-state rheostat dimmer control. Constructed
of hi-impact plastic. 16.5” L x 12.5” W x 8.25” D. (Bulbs not included with
unit.)
Automatic Identification Printer
The Auto-Printer has an adjustable exposure timer. Set the timer, insert ID
card, and press the exposure plate. Ideal as a testing device for exposure
and developing procedures.
X-Ray Viewer-Model 83-C1
Designed for and incorporating the requirements of professional
radiographers, the 83-C1 X-ray illuminator is well suited for inspection
of long radiographs, such as those found in pipelines and similar
operations.
FEATURES
• Full 7 x 17 inch illuminated viewing panel
• 1200 watts of viewing power for high density film
• Variable light intensity control
• Unique cooling system designed to protect valuable radiographs
• Standard footswitch for ease of operation
• Easy access for maintenance and bulb replacement
SPECIFICATIONS
• Width = 23.35”(59 cm)
• Height = 9.25”(23.5 cm)
• Depth = 12,75”(32.4 cm)
• Active viewing area = 7” x 17”(17.8 x 43 cm)
• Weight = 33 lbs(15 kg)
• Shipping weight = 39 lbs(17.8 kg)
• Power requirements: 115 VAC, 50-60 Hz.
OPTIONS:
• Model 65-M4 Magnifier 4 inch (10 cm) round 2-power ground glass
lens, with flexible arm and quick coupler base.
• Model 83-MM-70 Metal mask to reduce viewing area to 70 mm x 17”
• Model 83-MM-3 Metal mask to reduce viewing area to 3.5” x 17”
• Model 83-MM-4 Metal mask to reduce viewing area to 4.5” x 17”
• Model 83-MM-B 4.5” x 9” plate for use with above masks to reduce
length of viewing area
x-ray 24
 Film Marker Set Filmarker Gun and Tape System

Two aluminum channels with cushion inserts hold figures exactly where
they are wanted. Imprint is concealed beneath top piece of plastic.
Figures and letters are 3/16” flat-face style, mounted on 5/8” white plastic.
Complete set includes: one 3-1/2” imprinted marker, four each 0-9, one R,
one L, two each A-Z, one each A, E, I, O, U, and 36-compartment letter
case. Standard Size Marker: 3/16” thick x 1-1/4” H x 3-1/2” L. Markers for
larger figures available on request.
This portable, light-weight Filmarker Gun and Tape System provides an
easier, faster, more economical industrial quality method of identifying
x-ray film in either plant or field. Rotating wheel allows a choice of 3/16”
high A-Z letters and 0-9 numbers. Just set the dial, print the Filmarker
tape and stick it in place for exposure. Filmarker Tape rolls are 1/2” wide
and 120 ft. long. Makes up to 500 letters per roll, which can be removed
for reuse.

Product Number Description

100295 Complete Set
100295M Marker Only
100295 Letters

Film Marking Tape Hy-Volt Cushion Marker Set

Self-sticking lead tape with pressure sensitive adhesive and protective

peel-off backing is available in either 3/8” or 3/4” widths. Suitable for This single-channel aluminum marker with cushion insert holds figures
marking thick, thin high and low density test objects. Tape can be cut to exactly where they are wanted. Imprint is concealed beneath top piece
the desired size and imprinted with a pencil or in any standard typewriter. of plastic. Figures and letters are 1/4” flat-face, mounted in center of 1-
1/8” white plastic. Complete set includes: one 4” imprinted marker, four
Product Number Description each 0-9, one R, one L, and an 18-compartment case. Standard Size
Marker: 5/32” thick x 1-1/18” H x 4” L. Optional Sizes: 4-1/2”, 5”, 5-1/2”, or
100396 3/8”x 50’ roll 6” lengths. Markers for larger figures available on request.
100295M 3/8” x 100’ roll
100295 Handy pack: 300 pre-cut strips (3/8” x 3”) Product Number Description
100402 3/8” holder blocker 100296 Complete Set
100399 3/4” x 50’ roll 100296M Marker Only
100400 3/4” x 100’ roll 100296-1 Replacement Letters
100401 Handy pack: 300 pre-cut strips (3/4” x 3”)
100403 3/4” holder blocker

x-ray 25
 Lead Figures and Letters Manual Identification Printer

These precision lead letters and numbers are clean, with sharp, smooth Just insert the film and ID card, hold down exposure plate, and release
edges, and produce clear, well defined images. when the light goes on. Light intensity is adjusted by a switch.
Part # 17104 Manual
Product Number Description Sizes Part # 17105 Auto
Part # 15101 Cards
1/8”, 3/16”, 1/4”, 3/8”, 1/2”,
100298 Flat Face
5/8”, 3/4”, 1”
100298B Deep Block (1/8” thick) 1/4”, 3/8”, 1/2” Marking Pencil
100298C Industrial (1/4” thick) 1/2”, 3/4”, 1”
1/4”, 1/2”, 5/8”, 1”, 1-1/4”,
100298D Lead Arrows
1-1/2”

All styles Industrial are available 0-9 and A-Z.

All sizes and styles available unmounted, mounted on plastic, aluminum,
or copper.
When ordering, specify size, numerals or letters needed, mounted or
unmounted, and mounting material desired. The pro-pel pencil is a handy marker for any glossy surface: film, glass, or
metal. Available with red or black lead.

Part # 100322: Red Lead

Part # 100323: Black Lead

Letter Case Mean Streak Markers

Available with 18, 36 or 38 compartments. Has hinged cover and concave Mean Streak Markers are opaque on all surfaces, both inside and out.
compartments. No tweezers necessary. Ink works and looks like paint. Dries permanently within minutes. Yellow,
black, red and white.
Product Number Description
100300 36-compartment case, blue
100300-1 18-compartment case
100300-0 38-compartment case, red With space for pennies

x-ray 26
 Nissen Felt-Tip Paint Markers Super Met-Al Paint Marker (Thick)

Fast Drying, High Gloss enamel. Available in White, Yellow, Black, Red, Plastic tip for thick lines. Squeeze the barrel body and press tip on surface.
Blue, Green and Orange. White, Nuclear Grade White, Black, Yellow, Red, Green, Blue, Neon
Orange, Neon Red, Neon Yellow.

Nissen Low- Chloride Metal Markers Film Bin

Ideal for marking stainless steel where low chloride restrictions exist. This all-steel constructed light-proof cabinet will hold film up to 14” x 17”.
Felt tip, valve action paint markers in four colors. Meet or exceed the Hinged at the bottom to provide easy access. Five or six compartments
requirements of the United States Energy Research and Development (specify when ordering).
Administration’s RDT Standard F-7-3T.

Nissen High Temp Metal Markers Film Carrying Case

Provide legible markings at temperatures as high as 2100 degrees F.
Available in White or Black.
The popular metal marker ball point marker with non-clogging, tough
case-hardened steel points and precision 440 Stainless Steel balls. Write
in any position: horizontal, vertical, even overhead.
Constructed of high-impact plastic with cushion lining. The regular case
will hold 1 box/100 films. The heavy duty case has protective metal corners
and will hold 2 boxes/200 films.
Product # 100849 Regular
Product # 100850 Heavy Duty

Super Met-Al Paint Marker (Fine)

Metal tip for fine lines. Squeeze the barrel body and press tip on surface.
White, Nuclear Grade White, Black, Yellow, Red, Green, Blue, Neon
Orange, Neon Red, Neon Yellow.
x-ray 27
 Shelving: Fully-Assembled Shelving: Stackable

Factory assembled. Includes backs, sides and built-in base. Flat bottom, Factory-assembled and stackable up to 5 units high. Includes backs and
no legs to dig into floor. All-steel shelving provides storage for hundreds of sides. Flat bottom. Putty color.
films in a few square feet of floor area. Putty color.
Product Number Description
Specify size
29” wide, 42 lbs. or 36” wide, 45 lbs.
24” wide (4 dividers) 100344
(Please specify.)
24” x 18” x 84”, 200 lbs.
36” wide (6 dividers) 29” wide, 42 lbs. or 36” wide, 45 lbs.
100344
36” x 18” x 84”, 250 lbs. (Please specify.)
48” wide (8 dividers)
48” x 18” x 84”, 300 lbs.

Shelving: Modular Space Saver Film Bin

Contemporary design that grows with your needs. Quick simple assembly Steel construction with five compartments will hold up to 14” x 17” film.
without tools. Doors available in 4 colors. Three dividers included with Design minimizes floor space. Elevators are included which can be used
each shelf. to arrange compartments to suit smaller film boxes. Convenient open
storage area at bottom.
Product Number Description 18 3/8”W x 33”H x 11 3/8”D
100343 Starter unit (50 lbs.)
100343-0 Add-on unit (30 lbs.) Standard Film Bin
100343-3 Doors (1 pair)
100343-2 Additional dividers

Steel construction and slightly larger than the Space Saver. Choose 5
or 6 compartment formats. Elevators are included which can be used to
arrange compartments to suit smaller film boxes.
21 1/8”W x 33”H x 12 5/8”D

x-ray 28
 Wall Mounted Bin Fixed Focus Loupe

Steel construction with auto-closing gas piston door to prevent accidental All-purpose magnifier. Comes in 5X, 10X, 22X, and 30X powers. Specify
exposure. Three compartments. Can sit on a counter top or be wall power when ordering.
mounted.
Standard wall bin measurements: 14” x 17” film, 15 1/2”W x 20”D x 10”H,
45 lbs.
Mammo wall bin measurements: 24 cm x 30 cm, 10” x 12” film, 12 3/4”W
x 13”D x 9 3/4”H, 31 lbs.

Cleaning Station Cleaning Towels

Includes spray bottle and supply of pull-out tissues. Pre-moistened and individually wrapped towels. 100 pcs.

Coddington Magnifier Hastings Triplet Magnifier

A single thick lens with a central groove diaphragm provides a sharp, crisp Hastings Triplet Magnifiers feature three separate lenses, bonded together
image. In swing-away nickel-plated case. Specify 10X, 14X, or 20X. to form a compound lens, to provide sharp, very distinct magnified images
with no color distortion. Swing-away, nickel-plated case protects the lens
and serves as a handle. Specify 7X, 10X, 14X, 20X.

x-ray 29
 Folding Pocket Magnifier Pocket Comparator

Available in a wide range of powers from 3X to 20X. Models with two
or three lenses are versatile since the lenses can be used alone or in
combination to produce several different powers. Swing-away tough
durable plastic case also serves as a handle.
Product Number Description
This 7X and 10X comparator features a lens system which provides a
flat field of view over the entire reticule area to give more accurate
measurements. It is supplied with cowhide case and general purpose
reticule to measure minutes, radii, angles and thickness. Angle scale: 0-
90°. Radius scale: graduated in 3/8”, 1/32”, and 1/16”. English scale: 1”
divided into 0.005” intervals. Metric scale: 100 mm divided into 0.1 mm.
Thickness gauge: 0.01”, 0.02”, 0.03”. High quality 7X lens in focusing
mount.

100315-4 4X single lens

Available Packages and Options
103107-0 Comparator 7X 1” diameter with #5 reticle and case
100315-7 3X to 7X dual lens
103107-1 Comparator 10X 1-3/8” diameter with #5 reticle
103108-0 Comparator 7x with five reticles (#5, #1, #7, #8, #12)
100315-9 4X to 9X dual lens
Comparator 70X with five reticles (#1, #5, #7, #8, #12)
103108-10x
in hard cases
100315-12 5X to 12X dual lens Illuminator 1-3/8” diameter 10X (without battery) Specify
103109-10X
reticle desired.
100315-20 5X to 20X triple lens Illuminator 1” diameter 7X (without battery) Specify
103109-7X
reticle desired.

103108-07 With five reticles

Headband Magnifier Magnifying Glass with Parasite Loupe

Optically correct lenses for inspection of either opaque or transparent Powerful 3” black plastic magnifying glass with 5X bifocal insert.
surfaces and close-up study of radiographs. 5-power color-corrected
lens in aluminum mount, with translucent plastic skirt and leather comfort
band. Handy flip-up binocular provides natural magnified vision. Entire
viewer weighs only 3 oz. and can be worn over glasses. Good depth of
field provides tireless viewing. Monocular optiloupe accessory adds 2-
1/2 power to all lenses and attaches easily to either eye or visor. Specify
magnification.

x-ray 30
 Lighted Coddington Loupe Darkroom Apron

10X. 19.8 mm diameter lens, 1 focal distance, 40 Diopters. Uses two AA Protection from the neck to the knees with this bib-style apron. Material
batteries (not included). resists photochemical stains. Many styles available. Call for details.

Cassette Transfer Cabinet Lightproof Louver

Available lead-lined or unlined. Compartments will accommodate up to Lightproof louvers suitable for any ventilation or speak-through
14” x 17” cassettes. Voice transmission is standard. Cabinets are not fire requirements. They are manufactured of cold-rolled steel for walls or
rated. doors where lightproof venting is required. For those situations requiring
lead protection, they are available lead-lined.
Overall Body Size: 22-1/4”W x 22-1/4”H x 20-1/4”D
Product Number Size
OPTIONS: 100853-0 12” W x 12” H
• Automatic Interlock locks the opposing door when either the inside or
100854-0 18” W x 12” H
outside door is opened.
• Signalite is a red indicator light on the darkroom side that lights when a 100855-0 24” W x 12” H
cassette is placed in the pass box. This alerts the darkroom attendant that 100856-0 24” W x 24” H
an exposed cassette/film is waiting.
• The Rough in Frame, while not required, makes the installation less
tedious or time consuming and also results in a cleaner installation.
Deluxe Radiation Exposure Calculator
• Opposing Wall Trim is used on the darkroom side of the installed cabinet
to provide a more finished appearance and to help seal any small light
leaks.
• Wall Supports are used on the darkroom side to support the weight of the
cabinet that projects into the darkroom.

This combination Cobalt 60, Iridium 192, and Radium exposure calculator
is of professional quality and designed to perform all radioisotope exposure
calculations for any standard industrial x-ray film for densities between
1.0 and 4.0. This calculator is supplied with a handy leather case and
instructions.

x-ray 31
 Gamma Radiation Exposure Calculator Film and Paper Trimmer

This combination Cobalt 60 and Iridium 192 radiation exposure calculator This unique trimmer features a rolling blade that stays close to the cutting
determines factors quickly and easily. 3 x 8-1/2 calculator is constructed surface for an accurate, efficient, and safe cutting motion. Always a
of plastic-coated fiberboard and is economically priced. straight, clean cut with the sharp long-lasting rolling blade. Ideal for film
or screens.

Film Corner Cutter Gloves

Ideal for any size x-ray room, this handy table model is designed for all Lightweight, washable, and extremely absorbent, these cotton gloves
sizes of film, with choice of 1/8”, 1/4”, 3/8” or 1/2” radius shear-action ensure clean, smudge- and fingerprint-free radiographs when worn while
blade to easily remove sharp corners and clip perforations. The heavy handling film. Also of vital assistance when cutting film or lead screen
duty, self-sharpening blade, guarded for safety, lets you trim several films material. Also available in nylon.
simultaneously. Protective guard rails guide the film into position easily.
Aluminum top plate extension folds down when cutter is not in use. Please Specify:
Clippings drop into a built-in receptacle for easy disposal.
100328 Cotton gloves
100328-1 Nylon gloves
Please Specify:
100335-20 Model 20
100336-50B Model 50B
Bell Timer w/ Luminescent Dial

This 30-minute timer is ideal for darkroom use. Adjustable stop allows
accurate repeat settings in total darkness. Precision clock mechanism,
housed in black acid-resisting case ensures trouble-free operation. Bell
signals at the end of the preset time cycle.

x-ray 32
 Gralab Model 300 Timer w/ Luminescent
Dial
The Model 300 timer has contemporary, easy-to-read numerals on a
large 6.5” diameter face. Numerals, dial and hands are luminous. The
setting knob gives fast fingertip control. Precision accuracy is assured by
the electric synchronous motor. A buzzer automatically signals the end
of the preset period. This timer is ideal for precise timing required by film
processing. Sturdy, resists impact, chemicals and moisture.
Model 301 Densitometer
Model 301 densitometers offer high accuracy and reliability in black and
white transmission density measurement. These densitometers have push
button zeroing and will compute density comparisons against a Standard.
Readings are made simply by pressing a button on the densitometer arm.
When the button is released the digital readout will automatically hold the
last value read.
The Model 301 is free of drift and fatigue problems and its calibration
is stable for up to six months. This densitometer has all solid state
microelectronics for long life and low maintenance.
Model 331 Battery Op Densitometer
Model 331 densitometer is the first truly portable transmission densitometer.
In addition to its convenient size and light weight, it delivers impressive
performance characteristics.
Other convenience features are a self-contained table which eliminates the
need for an external light source, push button zeroing, a handy carrying
case, certified step wedge and a low battery indicator to let the operator
know when batteries need replacing. The light table is also carefully
designed for easy measurement on all areas of film up to 11” wide. A
battery eliminator permitting the instrument to be operated from an AC
power source can be ordered separately.
Pocket Pal SM-12
SM-12” “Pocket Pal” has been designed to meet industry needs for small,
economical, portable densitometers. With a range of 0 to 4.00D, “Pocket
Pal” provides a quick and easy method of verifying that your radiographs
meet code specifications. No special light source is required. Just insert
the film to the area of interest, push a button and read the density. 3”
opening will reach to the center of most field radiographs and to the area
of interest in many other sizes. Low battery indicator indicates need for
battery replacement so that readings will always be reliable. Replace with
standard 9-volt alkaline battery.
x-ray 33
 Hexalon Screen Developing Tank

Hexalon lead alloy foil mounted on cardboard, available in 0.005” Constructed of acrylic or fiberglass, these high-quality, rugged tanks are
thickness and 0.010” thickness and in all popular sheet sizes 14” x 17” designed to handle all film up to 14” x 17”. They are chemical resistant
or smaller, or in economy bulk 17” wide, 50 lb. rolls for your own cutting. and easy to clean.
Used for reduction of scattered radiation, and image intensification. This is • Rubber lid gaskets
radiographic-quality foil. The Hexalon plastic protective front coating must • Adjustable lid latches
be removed prior to using. • SS lid hinges
• Individual drains to common manifold
Size 0.005” 0.010” • Circulation system in the rinse tank.

3-1/2” x 17” 100264-1 100265-1

Product Number Description
4-1/2” x 10” 100264-2 100265-2
Acrylic: 10-10-10-15-5 gallon compartments
4-1/2” x 17” 100264-3 100265-3 100787
42.25” W x 27.5” H x 19.25” D
5” x 7” 100264-4 100265-4
Fiberglass: 10-10-10-13-5 gallon compartments
7” x 17” 100264-5 100265-5 100788
43” W x 36” H x 19.5” D
8” x 10” 100264-6 100265-6
10” x 12” 100264-7 100265-7
11” x 14” 100264-8 100265-8 Preset Control Valve
14” x 17” 100264-9 100265-9

Roll Size 0.005” 0.010”

70 mm x 300’ 100264-12 N/A
70 mm x 180’ N/A 100265-12
17” x 54’ N/A 100265-13
17” x 95’ 100264-13 N/A
4-1/2” x 300’ 100264-10 N/A
4-1/2” x 180’ N/A 100265-10
Automatically delivers water at plus or minus 1° F with pressure differences
as great as 30 lbs. Temperature range adjustable in field from 50-100° F.
Built-in stop and check valves.

x-ray 34
 Step Wedge Economical Immersion Heater

Step wedges are used for the calibration of x-ray machines and evaluation of Model 315OSS, 11.5” long. Made of stainless steel with incoloy heating
techniques. Also, when an object with various thicknesses is radiographed, element. Thermally protected to shut off if heated without water.
a step wedge of the same material incorporating those thicknesses may
often be used to advantage. By placing a penetrameter on each step and
including the step wedge in the radiograph, the sensitivity may be suitably Immersion Heater
determined for each thickness.

4-Step 8-Step 16-Step

Step Height 0.250” 0.125” 0.062”
Step Width 0.75” 0.75” 0.5”
Step Wedge Length 3” 6” 8”

NEWCO # DESCRIPTION
100526-AL4 4 Step Wedge- Aluminum Raises the temperature of 1 gallon of solution 10° per minute; controls
the temperature within 1° of the setting. A regulator knob on the handle
100526-FE4 4 Step Wedge- Iron
permits selection of the desired temperature. Heater is made of stainless
100526-SS4 4 Step Wedge- Stainless Steel steel for long service, is fully insulated and has a safety cutout to prevent
100526-AL5 5 Step Wedge- Aluminum burnout. Operates on 110 VAC. 20” long.

100526-FE5 5 Step Wedge-Iron

100526-SS5 5 Step Wedge- Stainless Steel Tank Paddle
200115-5T1 5 Step Wedge- Titanium .01”-.5”

100526-AL8 8 Step Wedge-Aluminum

100526-FE8 8 Step Wedge-Iron
100526-SS8 8 Step Wedge-Stainless Steel
100526-HC8 8 Step Wedge-Hastelloy C
100526-INC8 8 Step Wedge-Inconel
Stainless steel throughout with long handle and perforated bottom plate
100527-C Step Wedge Case for easy and efficient agitation.

x-ray 35
 Add-A-Tank Econotank

This compact tank is manufactured of double-wall 316 stainless steel with The most popular of all compact tanks is constructed of 316 stainless steel.
insulating material. The rear overflow allows unobstructed center washing. The standpipe drain system allows flowing wash water during processing
Plastic plumbing connections prevent rust. Weighs 170 pounds and is and easy draining when changing solutions. Plastic plumbing connections
22.25” W x 34” H x 19.25” D. Comes with two 5-gallon inserts. prevent rust. Includes two 5-gallon inserts and stand.

Product Number Description Product Number Description

100650 Add-A-Tank Econotank (Weight: 50 pounds; Size: 20.25” W x
100638
100646 5-gallon cover 36” H x 16.5” D)
100644 Flush cover 100646 5-gallon cover
100653 Drain plumbing, factory-installed 100644 Flush cover
Replacement parts: PVC overflow or bottom drain 100653 Drain plumbing, factory-installed
100660
or inlet Replacement parts: PVC overflow or bottom drain
100660
or inlet

x-ray 36
 Penetrameters: AL, Steel, Stainless Steel:
Variable Thermostatic Control Valve
NAVSEA/ 271, ASTM-E-1742

Permits setting for any desired temperature within a range established for Aluminum, Steel, Stainless Steel
efficient processing. Consists of a thermostatic mixing chamber, a vacuum CODES: NAVSEA/271, ASM-E-1742
breaker and dial thermometer. Fabricated in chrome-plated brass. DESCRIPTION
Specify Size When Ordering Sizes .06 - 1.0
Sizes 1.1 - 2.5
PENETRAMETERS
Sizes 2.6 - 5.0
Sizes 5.2 - 8.0
Precision penetrameters conform rigidly to the various specifications and
Sizes 8.2 - 20.0
code requirements. Identification of size, type, and material is positive.
Lead numbers and letters are permanently bonded to the penetrameter.
Material and code information is permanently etched on the face of each
penetrameter. Penetrameter material is indicated by distinctive color
code. Sharp, smooth edges with accurate, perfectly spaced cylindrical
holes; give the technician every advantage in obtaining clear, well-defined
images on the film.

Penetrameters: AL, Steel, Stainless Steel: Penetrameters: AL-Bronze, Brass, Copper

AWS,ASTM,API and AWS for Codes NAVSEA/271 and ASTM-E-1742

Aluminum, Steel, Stainless Steel Aluminum-Bronze, Brass, Copper

CODES: ASME, ASTM, API and AWS CODES: NAVSEA/271, ASM-E-1742
DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
Specify Size When Ordering Sizes #5 - #20 Specify Size When Ordering Sizes .06 - 1.0
Sizes #25 - #50 Sizes 1.1 - 2.5
Sizes #52 - #100 Sizes 2.6 - 5.0
Sizes #110 - #160 Sizes 5.2 - 8.0
Sizes #170 - #400 Sizes 8.2 - 20.0

x-ray 37
 Penetrameters:Cupro-Nickel,Inconel, Penetrameters: AL-Bronze, Brass, Copper:
Magnesium AZ-31B for Codes NAVSEA/271 Codes ASME, ASTM, API and AWS

Cupro-Nickel, Inconel, Magnesium AZ 31B Aluminum-Bronze, Brass, Copper;

CODES: NAVSEA/271, ASM-E-1742 CODES: ASME, ASTM, API and AWS
DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
Specify Size When Ordering Sizes .06 - 1.0 Specify Size When Ordering Sizes #5 - #20
Sizes 1.1 - 2.5 Sizes #25 - #50
Sizes 2.6 - 5.0 Sizes #52 - #100
Sizes 5.2 - 8.0 Sizes #110 - #160
Sizes 8.2 - 20.0 Sizes #170 - #400

Penetrameters: Monel,Nickel,Phosphor- Penetrameters: Cupro-Nickel, Inconel,

Bronze for Codes NAVSEA/271 and ASTM-E- Magnesium AZ 31B for Codes: ASME,
1742 ASTM,API and AWS

Monel, Nickel, Phosphor-Bronze Aluminum-Bronze, Brass, Copper;

CODES: NAVSEA/271, ASM-E-1742 CODES: ASME, ASTM, API and AWS
DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
Specify Size When Ordering Sizes .06 - 1.0 Specify Size When Ordering Sizes #5 - #20
Sizes 1.1 - 2.5 Sizes #25 - #50
Sizes 2.6 - 5.0 Sizes #52 - #100
Sizes 5.2 - 8.0 Sizes #110 - #160
Sizes 8.2 - 20.0 Sizes #170 - #400

x-ray 38
 Penetrameters: Monel, Nickel, Phosphor-
Bronze for Codes ASME, ASTM, API and Penetrameters: Zirconium and Titanium 6/4
AWS

Monel, Nickel, Phosphor-Bronze

CODES: ASME, ASTM, API and AWS Zirconium
DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
Specify Size When Ordering Sizes #5 - #20 Specify Size When Ordering Sizes .06 - 2.5
Sizes #25 - #50 Sizes #5 - #50
Sizes #52 - #100 OVER 2.5 OR #50
Sizes #110 - #160
Sizes #170 - #400
Titanium 6/4
DESCRIPTION
Specify Size When Ordering Sizes .06 - 2.5
Sizes #5 - #50
OVER 2.5 OR #50

Penetrameters: Hastelloy (B,C,X)-Rene ‘41, Penetrameters: Haynes 25 or Haynes 188

Waspaloy, Inconel 625 and 718 Cobalt

Hastelloy (B,C,X)- Rene ‘41-Waspaloy-Inconel 625 & 718 Haynes 25, Haynes 188 (Cobalt)
DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
Specify Size When Ordering Sizes .06 - 2.5 Specify Size When Ordering Sizes .06 - 2.5
Sizes #5 - #50 Sizes #5 - #50
OVER 2.5 OR #50 OVER 2.5 OR #50

x-ray 39
 Penetrameters ASTM-E-1742 Set A Penetrameters NAVSEA/271-Set A

All IQI Sets Available In: Aluminum, Steel, Stainless Steel, Aluminum- All IQI Sets Available In: Aluminum, Steel, Stainless Steel, Aluminum-
Bronze, Brass, Copper; Cupro-Nickel, Inconel, Magnesium AZ 31B, Bronze, Brass, Copper; Cupro-Nickel, Inconel, Magnesium AZ 31B,
Monel, Nickel, Phosphor-Bronze. Monel, Nickel, Phosphor-Bronze.
IQI Set A: ASTM-E-1742 IQI Set A: NAVSEA/271

Complete 25 piece set with case in following sizes: Complete 28 piece set with case in following sizes:

0.25 0.81 1.7 0.25 0.70 1.3

0.31 0.87 1.8 0.30 0.75 1.5
0.37 0.93 2.0 0.35 0.80 1.6
0.43 1.0 2.1 0.40 0.85 1.7
0.50 1.1 2.2 0.45 0.90 1.8
0.56 1.2 2.3 0.50 0.95 2.0
0.62 1.3 2.5 0.55 1.0 2.1
.68 1.5 0.60 1.1 2.2
0.75 1.6 0.65 1.2 2.3
2.5

NOTES

x-ray 40
 Penetrameters ASME-SE-1025, ASTM-E- Penetrameters: ASTM-E-1742, NAVSEA/271-
1025, API, AWS, AWWA SET B

All IQI Sets Available In: Aluminum, Steel, Stainless Steel, Aluminum- All IQI Sets Available In: Aluminum, Steel, Stainless Steel, Aluminum-
Bronze, Brass, Copper; Cupro-Nickel, Inconel, Magnesium AZ 31B, Bronze, Brass, Copper; Cupro-Nickel, Inconel, Magnesium AZ 31B,
Monel, Nickel, Phosphor-Bronze. Monel, Nickel, Phosphor-Bronze.
IQI Set A: ASME-SE-1025, ASTM-E-1025, API, AWS, AWWA IQI Set B: ASTM -E-1742, NAVSEA/271

Complete 25 piece set with case in following sizes: Complete 11 piece set with case in the following sizes:

#5 #16 #35 2.7

#6 #17 #37 3.0
#7 OR #8 #18 #40 3.2
#9 #20 #42 3.5
#10 #22 #45 3.7
#11 #25 #47 4.0
#12 #27 #50 4.5
#13 #30 5.0
#15 #32 6.0
7.0
8.0

x-ray 41
 Penetrameters ASME-SE-1025, ASTM-E-
1025-SET B Radiation Warning Sign

All IQI Sets Available In: Aluminum, Steel, Stainless Steel, Aluminum- Various Warning Signs/Inserts. See Chart for availability.
Bronze, Brass, Copper; Cupro-Nickel, Inconel, Magnesium AZ 31B,
Newco # Description
Monel, Nickel, Phosphor-Bronze.
IQI Set B: ASME-SE-1025, ASTM-E-1025 100354 8 x 10 High Radiation Area Sticker
Complete 11 piece set with case in the following sizes: 100366-0 1-Pocket Caution Sign
100364-2P 2-Pocket Caution Sign with Snaps
#55 100364V-0 3-Pocket Caution Sign with Velcro Fasteners
#60 100364-5P 3-Pocket Caution Sign with Snaps
#65 100364-0 5-Pocket Caution Sign with #2 Snaps
#70 100364-80 8-Pocket Caution Sign with Snaps
#75 100369-0 8 x 10 Cardboard Caution Radioactive Material Sign
#80 100372-0 8 x 10 Cardboard Caution Radiation Area Sign
#90 100374-0 8 x 10 Cardboard Caution High Radiation Area Sign
#100 100373-3 Aluminum Caution Radiation Area Sign with Clips
#120 100367 3-Pocket Hard Rigid Rope Caution Sign
#140 100364-7 Insert- Keep Out Unless Authorized
#160 100364-13 Insert- No Entry By
100364-14 Insert-Unauthorized Personnel Sign
100364-11 Insert-Film Badge Required Sign
Wire IQI’s (Wire Penetrameters) 100364-2 Insert-High Radiation Area Sign
100364-6 Insert-Keep Out Sign
100364-1 Insert- Radiation Area Sign
100364-4 Insert- Radioactive Material Sign
100364-3 Insert- Radiographing In Progress
100364-12 Insert-Restricted Area Sign
Wire IQI’s (Penetrameters) are also available. All are available in
100364-10 Insert- Special Wording Sign
Aluminum, Copper, Steel, Stainless Steel, Titanium and Inconel. No
magnesium available. Call for sizing availability

x-ray 42
 Caution High radiation area Sticker Barricade Tape

Pressure-sensitive vinyl with clear permanent over coating to protect Woven plastic yellow and magenta tape used for barricading hazardous
the printed surface. Remove peel-off backing and apply to any surface. areas. For indoor or outdoor use.
Sizes: 2-1/4” x 9”.

Product Number Description Newco

Description Colors Length
100377-4S Radiation Area Keep Out: Plastic 8 x 10 Sign w/ Velcro #
100377-2S High Radiation Area with Velcro/ Spanish/English 100380-0 “ Caution Hazardous Area” Yellow/Magenta 3/4” x 150’

100377-3S Caution Radiation Area- Laminated 100380-2 “ Caution Radiation Area” Yellow/Magenta 3” x 1000’
BT-22 “ Caution Hazardous Material” Yellow/Magenta 3” x 1000’
100363-5 Caution Radiation Area- Vinyl Covered
100363-4 Radiation Area- Laminated
100363-3 Radioactive Material- Laminated
100363-1 Caution High Radiation Area
100347 Caution Radioactive Material

Safelight 6B Safelight Filter

Floods darkroom with safe workable light. Can be used on table top, Used for x-ray film or radiographic paper. Comes in 10” x 12” or 5.25”.
mounted on wall or hung from ceiling. Complete with 7.5W bulb, 6’ cord,
on/off switch, red filter.
Note: Safelites must be a minimum of 4’ from film or work surface.
DO NOT USE WITH BLUE/GREEN SENSITIVE FILM.
Available in 5” x 7” and 10” x 12”.

x-ray 43
 Bar Ray Omni Directional Safelight Fluorescent Safelight

Unique safelite design emits safe light in all directions. Includes 7.5W The unique combination of the slip-on red polycarbonate filter sleeve
bulb, on/off line switch, red filter. and fluorescent lamp produces more visible light in the safe range than
Note: Safelights must be a minimum of 4’ from film or work surface. conventional safelights. Filter sleeve is reusable. Fixture is finished in a
durable, baked-on white enamel.

NOTES

x-ray 44
 X-RAY EQUIPMENT SECTION

ARC-MET 8000 Optical Emission Analyser CP Series Generator

Designed to identify all the key elements in metals where highest accuracy The CP Unipolar series is designed to meet the requirements in a wide
and/or the analysis of light elements like C, Al, S, P, Mg, Si is needed . range of radiographic and real time applications. With dual filament
Also used when sorting low alloys and aluminums. Ideal, for example, for supplies, both fractional mm and large focal spots can be powered.
separation of 316 H (>0.04% C) and 316 L (<0.03% C). The CP Bipolar series adds a positive generator for higher energy
Use one unit throughout the whole production cycle! applications.
• Classification of raw material (recycling metal) An optional internal RS-232 circuit board is available. This incorporates the
• QC of semi-manufactured products intelligence to protect the X-ray tube with the benefits of opto isolation.
• QC of final product
• Recognizing that carbon analysis in steels is of primary concern in
many material verification functions, and e.g. in welding work, ARC-
MET8000 has the unique capability of measuring carbon in both air and
argon modes.
Ideal for ferrous and non-ferrous metals
• Low alloy steels, Stainless steels, Tool steels, Low alloy (white) cast
iron, Aluminum alloys, Titanium alloys, Nickel alloys, Cobalt alloys, Copper
alloys, Zinc alloys, Magnesium alloys. Ask for others.

X-MET3000TX Hand Held Alloy Analyzer FL Series Generator

Description
X-MET3000TX+’s new PentaPIN™ detector enables faster analysis and High-voltage generators for stable 640 W applications.
good accuracy at low concentration levels. The new detector is based on • Compact & serviceable
the Oxford Instruments’ proven and patented PentaFET® technology. Low • Stable
detection limit is an irreplaceable feature also when low concentrations of • Repeatable
valuable and important alloying elements, or unwanted elements of metals • Low ripple
need to be measured. With one pull of the trigger, the X-MET3000TX+ • Easy to control
delivers faster than ever color-coded alloy identification and assay • Flexible design
analysis. This series efficiently powers Diode X-ray tubes with one or two fractional
Four modes of operation mm focal spots.
• The Empirical assay calibration
• Fundamental Parameters (FP) calibration An optional internal RS-232 circuit board is available. This incorporates the
• Direct spectral identification intelligence to protect the X-ray tube with the benefits of opto isolation.
• PASS/FAIL mode
5 year X-ray tube warranty and 2 year instrument warranty
x-ray 45
 MP1 Control Panel Lead Brick

FEATURES These virgin lead bricks offer maximum flexibility for building temporary or
Microprocessor-based universal controller for all Gulmay generators. permanent shielding and storage facilities. High-quality castings ensure
• Multiple modes uniform density and smooth surfaces, practically eliminating open spaces
• 600 stored techniques between stacked bricks.
• Multi-tube operation
• RS-232 interface Product Number Size
• Expandable 100481-1 6” x 4” x 2”
The advanced MP1 microprocessor-based controller automatically
operates many of the basic functions -- warm up, focal spot selection, 100481-2 8” x 4” x 2”
power protection etc. -- and accurately repeats the set requirements
to ensure consistent results in radiographic exposures and real time
images.

Apart from the built-in “safety” and “fault” messages, which are clearly
displayed on the front panel, the software allows for a constant diagnostic
check of itself and all associated equipment to prevent potential damage
occurring.

An RS-232 connection is fitted as standard, permitting the use of a host

computer to control and monitor a fully integrated X-ray system.

Custom Lead Enclosures Lead Foil

FEATURES Foil is easily cut and formed into almost any shape for shielding areas,
Radiographic exposure rooms or cabinets are designed to your specific parts of areas, or objects of all types. Comes in 14” wide rolls.
requirements. Lead sandwiched between smooth steel panels offers the Weight 10 lbs.
maximum in meeting your shielding requirements. Newco offers complete
turn-key systems by design, construction and erection of lead enclosures Product Number Size
for x-ray protection to a maximum of 420 kV. 100487 14” x 22 ft. x 0.006” thick
• X-ray warning lights
100488 14” x 9 ft. x 0.015” thick
• Lighted work area
• Batten strip design at junctions 100489 14” x 4.5 ft. x 0.030” thick
• Dual interlocks interrupts primary circuit
• Swinging or sliding doors, manual or automatic
• Radiation proof baffles for cable entrance
• Modular construction
All enclosures meet or exceed local and federal requirements regarding
X-ray protection
x-ray 46
 Lead Wool Blanket Walk-In X-Ray Enclosure

These cabinets meet or exceed latest known radiation safety requirements.

SIZES Constructed of all steel and lead. Finish is blue-gray air-dried enamel.
A. 6” x 48” x 1/2”, 20 lbs. Features heavy-duty x-ray interlock switches on all doors. Doors are
B. 12” x 24” x 1/2”, 20 lbs. equipped with panic-type locking mechanism. Has red light over outside
C. 12” x 36” x 1/2”, 30 lbs. door and inside of cabinet to denote that x-ray is on. Normally shipped with
D. 12” x 48” x 1/2”, 40 lbs. radiation-protected ceiling for installation on concrete floors. Lead-lined
E. 18” x 24” x 1/2”, 30 lbs. floors are available. Enclosures are shipped “knocked down”on heavy
Lead wool blankets consist of quilted lead wool laminated between double skids. Smaller size or larger size cabinets available at relatively
layers of nylon reinforced PVC sheets. They feature high flexibility and
easy decontamination. Brass grommets are located around the edge for
Product Number Description
securing the blankets in position.
Other sizes available upon request. 100948 8’ H x 6’ W x 10’ D, single door
Same as above, but with two
100949
interlocking doors

Mobile X-Ray Barrier End-Grounded Anode

The “Clear Pb” barrier is manufactured with large, shatter-resistant lead
acrylic panels that provide a wide field of vision. Opaque lower panels
are covered in vinyl. Smooth rolling casters allow the barrier to be moved
easily. Provided with lead shields of .5 mm, 1.0 mm, or 1.5 mm in various
sizes. Please state size and lead shielding required.
The LPX series x-ray units are end grounded to allow for easier and
more flexible positioning of the tubehead assembly. The end grounded
x-ray tubes have a focal spot size of 1.5mm sq. The tube port is built
with a low-absorption beryllium window that allows the radiographer to
utilize the full spectrum of x-ray energy. This configuration permits shorter
exposure times with high output for high resolution imaging of materials
as diverse as thin composites and honeycomb structure to various metals
with differing thicknesses.

x-ray 47
 ITEM # DESCRIPTION
ScanX 12 Digital Imaging X-Ray System 73578-8M PSP Plate 8” x 10”
73578-10 PSP Plate 10” x 12”
73578-14 PSP Plate 14” x 17”
74190-8 Cassette 8” x 10”
74190-10 Cassette 10” x 12”
74190-14 Cassette 14” x 17”
B2160-8M Plate Protector 8” x 10”
B2160-10 Plate Protector 10” x 12”
B2160-14 Plate Protector 14” x 17”
FEATURES B2160-1217 Plate Protector 12” x 17”
• Only truly portable system for NDT. B9120 Plate Holder 10” x 12”
• Does not require re-calibration or field adjustment B9140-1417 Plate Holder 14” x 17”
• Adjustable gain and resolution allows for optimization of the job at hand
• Proven to work reliably with X-ray sources as well as Se, Ir and Co
isotopes. Lorad X-Ray Equipment
• Accepts various size plates up to max width by more than 250 inches.
• Able to scan (4) strips simultaneously and have the software stitch them
together. This enables 6’ length ( as with a large circumferential weld) to
be scanned in less than 40 seconds.
• Portable Model: (W x D x H)- 17” x 17” x16.5”
• Weight: 37 lbs.

SPECIFICATIONS
All LORAD systems are equipped with LORAD’s exclusive microprocessor-
Min Computer Configuration
driven control unit that brings powerful digital capabilities to industrial x-
• CPU Speed: 2 GHz Pentium IV Class
ray.
• Operating System: Windows 200 Service Pack 4, Windows XP
• Automatic warm-up in five operator selectable modes
Professional Service Pack 1a.
• Units of exposure in seconds or mAs
• RAM: 256 MB
• Precise kV and mA indication
• CD ROM Drive: 48X Speed
• Alphanumeric display of operating status
• Hard Drive: 60 GB (2 GB free for image acquisition, the rest for program
• Self-diagnostic circuitry
files and image storage)
• Accurate setting for exact repeatability
• Monitor ( 1024 x 786 Resolution or Higher): SVGA 17”, contrast ratio
• Displays are readable in direct sunlight
450:1, .22 dot pitch capability.
• Store/Recall of 250 exposure techniques
• Video Display Adaptor: 128 MB RAM
• Keyboard/Mouse: Standard keyboard and mouse
• USB Port: USB 2.0 FEATURES
Preferred Configuration • End-grounded x-ray tubes
• CPU Speed: 2.8 GHz Pentium IV or higher • 5-160 kV, 5mA constant potential output
• OS: Windows 200 Service Pack 4 or later, Windows XP Professional • 10-200 kV, 10mA constant potential output
• Service Pack 2. • 10-300 kV, 10mA constant potential output
• RAM: 4 GB • 100% duty cycle
• CD ROM Drive: CD-RW 52x24x52 • Beryllium window x-ray tube
• Hard Drive: 120 GB (2 GB free for image acquisition, rest for program • Lightweight, gas insulated portable x-ray tubeheads
files and image storage) • LORAD’s exclusive Laser Pointer for pinpoint central x-ray beam
• Monitor ( 1024 x 786 Resolution or Higher): 17” or larger, contrast ratio targeting
• 1000:1 or higher, .22 dot pitch capability. • Water and air-cooled models available
• Video Display Adaptor: 256 MB RAM • Warm up program, test data display, self-diagnostics and status display
• Keyboard/Mouse: Standard keyboard and mouse • Automatic adoption to input voltage
• USB Port: USB 2.0 • Quick and easy maintenance via plug-in printed circuit boards
AVAILABLE ACCESSORIES • 100 feet of cable for remote operation
• Plugs into standard outlet or portable generator
ITEM # DESCRIPTION • 40° Directional Tubehead or 360° Panoramic
B28OOP-2 Hard Case with storage for ScanX14 Portable
B2840 14 x 17 Eraser
B2010 Cleaning Sheet, Packet of 12
B2020 Cleaning Sheet, Packet of 25
x-ray 48
 Constant Potential Output for the Best
Discrimination
The LORAD LPX series x-ray units have been engineered to produce
the sharpest images in industrial x-ray. The high radiation output of the
LORAD LPX systems allow for lower kV per exposure and increased film
contrast for superior radiographic imaging. The unique design of the LPX
series x-ray units allows for unmatched repeatability by monitoring both
the kV and the mA directly at the tubehead, not at the high voltage power
supply input like other systems.
Model 1620 X-Ray Tubehead Stand
LORAD’S model 1620 Tubehead Stand has been designed to set up
quickly and provide rigid support for optimal image quality and flexible,
three-axis positioning for LORAD’S LPX160 and LPX 200 industrial
tubeheads.
The stand incorporates two segment telescoping legs, a hand wheel-driven
variable height adjustment and a gear head which provides lockable hand
wheel control of tubehead tilt and horizontal rotation.
The tubehead cradle is cushioned for secure mounting and vibration
damping, yet allows easy, quick tubehead mounting and interchangeability.
The cradle accommodates both the 160kV and 200kV tubeheads.
Tubehead positioning is via smooth, precision, lockable hand wheel gear
drives. The hand wheels are equipped with automatic torque limiting
devices to prevent damage to the positioning mechanisms.
A bubble-type indicator is included for quick and easy leveling of the
tubehead.
Digital Microprocessor Control
All LORAD LPX systems come standard with LORAD’s exclusive
microprocessor-driven control. In addition to automatic warm-up and self-
diagnostic circuitry, the LPX series x-ray units, have memory to store and
recall up to 250 exposure techniques and will retain the last set of exposure
parameters present before powering down. With LPX series x-ray units kV
is adjustable in 1kV increments and mA in 0.1 mA increments. Exposure
duration can be set anywhere from 0 min 0 seconds to 99 min 59 seconds
in 1 second increments; mAs is variable from 0 to 29995 mAs.
Lead-Vinyl Sheeting
This smooth, easy-to-clean material has a non-absorbent, abrasion-
resistant surface on both sides. Very pliable and easy to drape. Comes in
24” wide rolls in assorted thicknesses.
Product Number Thickness
100477 0.50 mm
100478 1.0 mm
x-ray 49
 AVAILABLE ACCESSORIES
ScanX 14 Digital Imaging X-Ray System ITEM # DESCRIPTION
B28OOP-2 Hard Case with storage for ScanX14 Portable
B2840 14 x 17 Eraser
B2010 Cleaning Sheet, Packet of 12
B2020 Cleaning Sheet, Packet of 25
B2982F Dust Cover for ScanX 14 In-Counter
B2982 Dust Cover for ScanX 14 Portable
73578-8M PSP Plate 8” x 10”
73578-10 PSP Plate 10” x 12”
FEATURES 73578-14 PSP Plate 14” x 17”
• Only truly portable system for NDT. 74190-8 Cassette 8” x 10”
• Does not require re-calibration or field adjustment 74190-10 Cassette 10” x 12”
• Adjustable gain and resolution allows for optimization of the job at hand 74190-14 Cassette 14” x 17”
• Proven to work reliably with X-ray sources as well as Se ,Ir and Co B2160-8M Plate Protector 8” x 10”
isotopes. B2160-10 Plate Protector 10” x 12”
• Accepts various size plates up to max width by more than 250 inches. B2160-14 Plate Protector 14” x 17”
• Able to scan (4) strips simultaneously and have the software stitch them B2160-1217 Plate Protector 12” x 17”
together. This enables 6’ length ( as with a large circumferential weld) to B9120 Plate Holder 10” x 12”
be scanned in less than 40 seconds. B9140-1417 Plate Holder 14” x 17”
• In Counter Model: (W x D x H)- 28 1/4” x 18 1/4” x 10” above counter, 4
3/16” below counter
• Weight: 43 lbs.

SPECIFICATIONS
Min Computer Configuration
• CPU Speed: 2 GHz Pentium IV Class
• Operating System: Windows 200 Service Pack 4, Windows XP NOTES
Professional Service Pack 1a.
• RAM: 256 MB
• CD ROM Drive: 48X Speed
• Hard Drive: 60 GB (2 GB free for image acquisition, the rest for program
files and image storage)
• Monitor ( 1024 x 786 Resolution or Higher): SVGA 17”, contrast ratio
450:1, .22 dot pitch capability.
• Video Display Adaptor: 128 MB RAM
• Keyboard/Mouse: Standard keyboard and mouse
• USB Port: USB 2.0
Preferred Configuration
• CPU Speed: 2.8 GHz Pentium IV or higher
• Operating System: Windows 200 Service Pack 4 or later, Windows XP
• Professional Service Pack 2.
• RAM: 4 GB
• CD ROM Drive: CD-RW 52x24x52
• Hard Drive: 120 GB (2 GB free for image acquisition, the rest for program
files and image storage)
• Monitor ( 1024 x 786 Resolution or Higher): 17” or larger, contrast ratio
• 1000:1 or higher, .22 dot pitch capability.
• Video Display Adaptor: 256 MB RAM
• Keyboard/Mouse: Standard keyboard and mouse
• USB Port: USB 2.0

x-ray 50
 60kV Lead X-Ray Room 80 kV Microfocus X-Ray Source (L6731-01)

160kV Lead X-Ray Room for Sale!!! • Focal Spot Size: 5 µm (at 4 W)
• Easy Handling
FEATURES
• Continuous Operation
• Radiographic Enclosure: 20 feet long x 8 feet in width x 12 feet high
• Built-in External Control Function
• All walls, doors and ceiling shielded for 160kV
• Modular panels made of steel/lead/steel construction with perimeter seal
to reduce scatter radiation APPLICATIONS
• Motorized bi-parting parts door approximately 10 ft X 12 ft high • X-ray Non-Destructive Testing
• Dual safety interlock switches • Printed Circuits
• X-ray on light • Electric Components
• Cable entrance baffle • Semiconductor Devices
• Minimum of two fluorescent lights and 6 ea 110vac duplex outlets • Ceramics
• Fused safety disconnects and load center • Soldered Parts
• Outside junction box for interface of X-ray on light • Rubbers
• Asking Price: $85K • Combined Materials
• Plastics
• New Materials
43855C • Turbine Blade Inspection
• Industrial On-line Process Control and Measurement
• Industrial X-ray Computer Tomography System

The new Faxitron Model 43855C offers the electronics industry this
same Faxitron dependability with the option of two brand new features.
A microfocus X-ray source providing X-ray magnification of inspection
samples and several real-time X-ray imaging packages designed to provide
the flexibility for meeting specific applications. The new model 43855C is
available for use with X-ray film imaging and/or real-time X-ray imaging.
It also has a modular design so owners can start with the standard film
imaging cabinet and upgrade to real-time capability at any time.
Image acquisition is achieved through the use of an X-ray image intensifier
device coupled with a high resolution CCD camera. Four different intensifier
packages are offered with 9”, 6”, and 4” image areas. The magnification
factor and image resolution will vary with intensifier selection. This high
resolution video image is then analyzed with an image processing system
and stored for later review. Inspection samples are oriented for optimum
imaging via either a 3 or 5 axis motorized manipulator with joystick
control.
All Faxitron X-ray Systems are radiation shielded for operator safety and
comply with U.S. Government safety criteria for cabinet X-ray design
as specified in 21 CFR 1020.40. Cabinet doors have redundant safety
interlocks and disengage X-ray generation when opened.
x-ray 51
 Industrial On-line Process Control and Measurement
Industrial X-ray Computer Tomography System

TUBES and CABLES

TUBES and CABLES Home | Contact Us | Site MapSite
TUBES and CABLES < Back
Site
Home | Contact Us | Site Map
< Back Site
Site
Site
Site
Site
Site
Site
Site
Site
Site

Products
Products : SITE-X
: SITE-X 180 SITE-X
180 SITE-X 200 225
200 SITE-X SITE-X 225250SITE-X
SITE-X 250
SITE-X 300 SITE-X
SITE-X300
320 SITE-X360
SITE-X 320 SITE
SteelSteel
10 mm10 mm 39 mm 39 mm45 mm 52 mm
45 mm 52 63
mm mm 69mm
63 mm 82
69 mm
mm 82 m
Penetration
Penetration

Steel
Product Tension Beam Power Supply
Penetration
Steel
Product Tension Beam Power Supply
Penetration
Site-X C1802 180 kV PANORAMIC BATTERY 10 mm
Site-X C1802
Site-X C1802S 180 kV
180 kV PANORAMIC
PANORAMIC MAIN
BATTERY
10 mm
10 mm
Site-X
Site-X D1802C1802S 180 kV 180 kV PANORAMIC
DIRECTIONAL MAIN MAIN 10 mm 10 mm
Site-X
Site-X C2003D1802
NEW! 200 kV 180 kV DIRECTIONAL
PANORAMIC BATTERY MAIN 29 mm 10 mm
Site-X C2004C2003 NEW! 200 kV 200 kV
Site-X PANORAMIC
PANORAMIC BATTERY BATTERY
35 mm 29 mm
Site-X
Site-X NEW!
C2004C2004 200 kV 200 kV PANORAMIC MAIN
PANORAMIC 32 mm
BATTERY 35 mm
Site-X C2007C2004 NEW! 200 kV 200 kV
Site-X PANORAMIC MAIN
PANORAMIC MAIN 38 mm 32 mm Pro
Site-X D2004 NEW! 200 kV DIRECTIONAL MAIN 34 mm Bat
Site-X C2007 200 kV PANORAMIC MAIN 38 mm
Site-X D2008 200 kV DIRECTIONAL MAIN 39 mm :
Site-X D2004 NEW! 200 kV DIRECTIONAL MAIN 34 mm
Site-X C2254 225 kV PANORAMIC BATTERY 39 mm
Site-X D2008 200 kV DIRECTIONAL MAIN 39 mm
Site-X C2257 225 kV PANORAMIC MAIN 44 mm
Site-X
Site-X D2258C2254 225 kV 225 kV PANORAMIC
DIRECTIONAL MAIN BATTERY
45 mm 39 mm
CP1
Site-X
Site-X C2503C2257
NEW! 250 kV 225 kV PANORAMIC
PANORAMIC BATTERY MAIN 42 mm 44 mm
CP1
Site-X
Site-X C2504D2258 250 kV 225 kV DIRECTIONAL
PANORAMIC BATTERY MAIN 47 mm 45 mm
CP1
Site-X C2503 NEW! 250 kV PANORAMIC BATTERY 42 mm
CP1
Site-X C2504 250 kV PANORAMIC BATTERY 47 mm

x-ray 52
e-X C2504 NEW! 250 kV PANORAMIC MAIN 44 mm
Site-X C2504 NEW! 250 kV PANORAMIC MAIN 44 mm
e-X C2505 250 kV PANORAMIC MAIN 49 mm
Site-X C2505 250 kV PANORAMIC MAIN 49 mm
e-X D2504 NEW!
Site-X C2504 NEW! 250 kV 250 kV DIRECTIONAL
PANORAMIC MAINMAIN 47 44
mm mm
Site-X D2504 NEW! 250 kV DIRECTIONAL MAIN 47 mm
e-X D2506
Site-X C2505 250 kV 250 kV DIRECTIONAL
PANORAMIC MAINMAIN 52 49
mm mm
Site-X D2506 250 kV DIRECTIONAL MAIN 52 mm
Site-X D2504 NEW!300 kV 250 kV
e-X C3003 PANORAMIC
DIRECTIONAL BATTERY
MAIN 55 47
mm mm
Site-X Site-X
e-X C3005 D2506 C3003
300 kV 250 kV 300 kV PANORAMIC
DIRECTIONALMAIN
PANORAMIC MAIN BATTERY
60 52
mm mm 55 mm
Site-X Site-X
e-X D3006 C3003 C3005
300 kV 300 kV 300 kV PANORAMIC
PANORAMIC MAIN
DIRECTIONAL BATTERY MAIN
63 55
mm mm 60 mm
Site-X Site-X
C3005 D3006 300 kV 300 PANORAMIC
kV MAIN
DIRECTIONAL 60 mm
MAIN 63 mm
e-X C3203 320 kV PANORAMIC BATTERY 61 mm
Site-X D3006 300 kV DIRECTIONAL MAIN 63 mm
e-X C3205 Site-X C3203
320 kV 320 kV
PANORAMIC PANORAMIC
MAIN 66 BATTERY
mm 61 mm
Site-X C3203 320 kV PANORAMIC BATTERY 61 mm
e-X D3206 320 kV
Site-X C3205 DIRECTIONAL
320 kV MAIN
PANORAMIC 69 MAIN
mm 66 mm
Site-X C3205 320 kV PANORAMIC MAIN 66 mm
e-X C3605 Site-X
Site-X D3206
360
D3206 kV 320 kV
PANORAMIC
320 kV MAINMAIN
DIRECTIONAL DIRECTIONAL
73 69
mm
MAIN
mm 69 mm
e-X D3605
Site-X Site-X 360 kV 360 kV
C3605 C3605 DIRECTIONAL
360 PANORAMIC MAIN
kV PANORAMIC
MAIN 82 73
mm
MAIN
mm 73 mm
Site-X Site-X
D3605 D3605 360 kV DIRECTIONAL DIRECTIONAL
360 kV MAIN 82 mm
MAIN 82 mm

ProductsCP
oducts Battery Battery
120 CP 120 Battery
Battery CP 160
CP 160
ttery Battery
:

Products Battery CP 120 Battery CP 160

Product Tension Beam Power Supply
ProductBattery Tension Beam Power Supply
CP120 : 120 kV DIRECTIONAL BATTERY
120 120 kV DIRECTIONAL BATTERY
CP120 120 kV DIRECTIONAL MAIN
120 CP160 120 kV 160 kV DIRECTIONAL
DIRECTIONALMAINBATTERY
160 CP160
Product
160 kV 160 kV Tension
DIRECTIONAL Beam
DIRECTIONALBATTERY
MAIN
Power Supply
160 CP120 160 kV 120 kV
DIRECTIONAL DIRECTIONAL
MAIN BATTERY
CP120 120 kV DIRECTIONAL MAIN
CP160 160 kV DIRECTIONAL BATTERY
CP160 160 kV DIRECTIONAL MAIN

x-ray 53
 SELECTION GUIDE: MAGNETIC PARTICLE INSPECTION EQUIPMENT

In addition to standard purchasing decisions regarding versatility, economical operation, durability in harsh environments, and reliability, the purchase of the
particular type of MPI equipment depends on four primary criteria. These criteria are detailed below.

1. TYPES OF DEFECTS

a. What type of defect are you attempting to identify?

Surface Defects – an AC model is generally sufficient
Near Surface Flaws – an HWDC (half wave DC) or FWDC (full wave DC) model is recommended

b. What is the direction of the defect you are attempting to identify?

Longitudinal Defects – A contact shot is used to inspect longitudinal defects
Transverse/radial Defects – A coil shot is used to inspect transverse/radial defects

2. PART LENGTH

a. Conventional MPI Units

PA R T LEN GTH R EC OMMEN D ED U N IT

PLAERST
S PLTA
E
HRN
ATGN TL4H
E2N” G T H R EC OM
A-2030 RE MC
EONMDMED
E NUDNEI T
D U N IT
LLEESSS
SL TTE
H
HSA
ASNN T45H24A
”” N 4 2 ” A-2030 A-2030 D-2060
A-942, AD-2045,
LLEESSS
S T H A N 1 0 ”2 N
LT E
H S
A S
N T5H4 A ” 54” A-942, AD-2045,
A-942,
A-2030-L, AD-2045,
D-2060
AD-2045L, D-2060D-2100LR
D-2060L,
LLEESSS
SL TTE
H
HSA
ASNN T11H04A
26 ”N
” 102” A-2030-L,
A-2030-L,
D-2060XL, AD-2045L,
AD-2045L,
D-2100XLRD-2060L, D-2060L,
D-2100LRD-2100LR
LESS L TEHSASN T1H4 A 6 ”N 1 4 6 ” D-2060XL,
D-2060XL,
D-2100XLR
D-2100XLR

b. Multi-Directional MPI Units

PA R T LEN GTH R EC OMMEN D ED U N IT

PLAERST
S PLTA
E
HRN
ATG
N TL2H
E9N” G T H R EC OM
RE
MD-2030S MC
EONMDM
EDE NUDNEI T
D U N IT
LLEESSS
SL TTE
H
HSA
ASN
N T24H91A
”” N 2 9 ” MD-2030S
MD-2030S
MD-2060, MD3-2060
LLEESSS
SL TTE
H
HSA
ASN
N T48H19A
”” N 4 1 ” MD-2060,
MD-2060,
MD3-2060
MD3-2060
MD-2060L, MD3-2060L
LLEESSS
SL TTE
H
HSA
ASN
N T81H93A
”3 N
” 89” MD-2060L,
MD-2060L,
MD-2060XL,MD3-2060L
MD3-2060L
MD3-2060XL
LESS L TEHSASN T1H3 A3 ”N 1 3 3 ” MD-2060XL,
MD-2060XL,
MD3-2060XL
MD3-2060XL
3. PROCESSING RATE

Is your production rate low or high?

Low – A Conventional MPI unit that requires one contact shot and one coil shot is sufficient.
High – A Multi-directional unit is recommended because it magnetizes parts in all directions in one cycle/shot, thus reducing processing time
dramatically

MAGNETIC PARTICLE 1
4. MAGNETIZING FIELD STRENGTH

Proper magnetizing field strength depends on the material, size, and geometry of the part plus the type and location of the defects being sought.

The most effective method of determining adequate field strength is testing with artificial QQI defects adhered to critical inspection areas.

Rule of Thumb – The general rule for contact shots is 100-500 amps/inch of part diameter.

WET METHOD MAGNETIC PARTICLES

Color Under Recommended Suspension
Product Description
Black Light Concentration Medium
Yellow- Most widely used general purpose magnetic
14A Green 1/6 oz. /gal. Water/Oil particles. Highly sensitive and meets all wet
1.25 g/L method specifications. Powder form.

Prepared bath of 14A and

Carrier II (a high flash point
Assures proper concentration since particles
14AM petroleum vehicle). Ready to N/A Oil
and vehicle are pre-mixed.
use without measuring or
mixing.

Prepared solution of 14A fluorescent particles

14A
Yellow- in a water-based medium designed to offer the
Aqua- N/A Water
Green benefits of water and the convenience of
Glo
aerosol form.

Preblended concentration of
14A
14A magnetic particles, water, 2.7 oz. /gal. Easiest method of water bath preparation.
Redi- Water only
wetting agent, and corrosion 21 ml/L Simply add pre-blended concentrate to water.
Bath
inhibitor.

Preblended dry mix of 14A

1.5 oz. /gal. Easier to add to water since particles and
20B and WA-2B water Water only
11.25 ml/L conditioner are pre-mixed.
conditioner.

General purpose magnetic particles. Brighter

0.1 oz. /gal.
MG-410 Bright Green Water/Oil and slightly coarser particles than 14A.
0.75 g/L
Powder form.
The powder contains conditioners which
MG-3410 is composed of improve the magnetic particle suspendibility,
MG- 0.1 oz. /gal.
Magnaglo MG-410 magnetic Bright Green Water only mobility and wetting of test part surface. No
3410 0.75 g/L
particles and wetting agents. additional wetting or conditioning agents are
required when MG-3410 is used.

Non-fluorescent black magnetic particles.

Non- 1.25 oz. /gal.
7C Black Water/Oil Provides excellent color contrast on shiny or
fluorescent 9.36 g/L
light-colored surfaces. Powder form.

7HF Non- Aerosol/Pre- 7C pre-blended with a high flash point Carrier

Oil
Black fluorescent mixed II in aerosol form.

Non-fluorescent red magnetic particles.

Non- 1.25 oz. /gal. Similar to 7C, but preferred for good contrast
9C Red Water/Oil
fluorescent 9.36 g/L on gray, black, or other dark surfaces. Powder
form.

9CM Non- Aerosol/Pre- 9C pre-blended with a high flash point Carrier

Oil
Red fluorescent mixed II in aerosol form.

Formulated for magnetic particle testing;

Oil
Carrier II Clear N/A N/A odor-free low-viscosity, non-fluorescent, safe
Vehicle
to use (high flash point). Suspension vehicle.

MAGNETIC PARTICLE
DRY METHOD MAGNETIC PARTICLES 2
 9CM Non- Aerosol/Pre- 9C pre-blended with a high flash point Carrier
Oil
Red fluorescent mixed II in aerosol form.

Formulated for magnetic particle testing;

Oil
Carrier II Clear N/A N/A odor-free low-viscosity, non-fluorescent, safe
Vehicle
to use (high flash point). Suspension vehicle.

DRY METHOD MAGNETIC PARTICLES

White Mean Surface
UV Light SAE
Product Light Particle Form Temp. Description
Color Sensitivity
Color Size Limits

Non- 700° F Most widely used general purpose

1 Gray Gray 8 180 � Powder
Fluorescent (371° C) dry particles.

General Purpose Used on dark-colored surfaces where

Non- 600° F
Dry Method 8A Red Red 8 180 � Powder red particles provide optimum
Fluorescent (316° C)
Particles contrast.

"Dustless" powder. Provides best

3A Non- 750° F
Black 8 180 � Powder color contrast on shiny or light-
Black Fluorescent (399° C)
colored surfaces.

Product Function Inhibitor

Corrosion Agent
Anti-Foaming Form Concentration
Recommended pH
Corrosion Yellow 9.0-
AX-52 --- Not Included 1%-5% by volume
Inhibitor Liquid 10.0

White 1.33 oz. /gal.

WA-2B Wetting Agent Included Included 9.2
Water Vehicle Granular 10 g/L
Conditioners
Amber 9.5-
WA-4 Wetting Agent Included Not Included 1% by volume
Liquid 10.0

Anti-Foaming
ZAF-2 Not Included Included Clear Liquid 5-5 drops/15 gals. 4.0
Agent

NOTES

MAGNETIC PARTICLE 3
 MAGNETIC PARTICLE MATERIALS

Magnetic particle inspection is a nondestructive inspection method used for detection of surface and subsurface flaws in ferrous parts. MPI
inspection is used to inspect a variety of product forms such as castings, forgings, and weldments. Dry and wet particles are available to suit
your needs. Choose from fluorescent or non-fluorescent for UV or daylight inspection. Particle size is controlled to ensure maximum sensitivity.
Fluorescent particles are encapsulated to minimize separation of fluorescence from particles.
Applications MAGNAGLO/MAGNAFLUX is used to detect flaws in the following:

Foundries Railroads – Major Railway

Law Enforcement Systems & Local Transit

Lifting Devices Authorities

Maintenance Shops Test Labs

Marine Tool Shops

Military Utilities – Nuclear Power

Pipelines Plants & Electric and Gas

Amusement Rides Utilities

Automotive Components Welding Shops

Manufacturers Shipyards

Automotive Rebuilders Ski Lifts

Fabrication Shops Steel Mills

MAGNETIC PARTICLE 4
 MAGNETIC PARTICLE EQUIPMENT

P-70 Portable Power Pack- 115V P-1500 230V Portable Power Pack

For convenient, economical inspection in a wide range of magnetic particle P-SERIES: 230v
applications that require only moderate power. For large or heavy parts, For convenient, economical inspection in a wide range of magnetic particle
in-service mobile equipment, or job-site welds, portable power packs are applications that require only moderate power. For large or heavy parts,
the ideal choice. Also available in 230V. (Part # 405102-2) in-service mobile equipment, or job-site welds, portable power packs are
the ideal choice.
RECOMMENDED OPERATING ACCESSORIES: RECOMMENDED OPERATING ACCESSORIES:
4/0 Cable Assemblies 4/0 Cable Assemblies
Powder Spray Bulb (#501232), Prods Sets
Pie Field Indicator (#169799), Powder Spray Bulb (#501232)
Flat Magnetizing Coil (#611700), Pie Field Indicator (#169799)
Remote Control Cable (#157657), Flat Magnetizing Coil (#611700)
5’ Cable with Eitherends (#11308), Remote Control Cable (#157657)
Remote Palm Button (#169621) 5’ Cable with Eitherends (#11308)
Remote Palm Button (#169621)

FEATURES FEATURES
Find surface defects with AC current; switch cable connection to halfwave Find surface defects with AC current; switch cable connection to halfwave
DC (HWDC) for near-surface flaws DC (HWDC) for near-surface flaws
Locate defects in any direction using prods, central conductor, or coil Locate defects in any direction using prods, central conductor, or coil
(wrap part with 3-5 turns of cable) (wrap part with 3-5 turns of cable)
Infinitely variable current control Infinitely variable current control
Demagnetize part in AC mode by slowly turning the current dial to zero Demagnetize part in AC mode by slowly turning the current dial to zero
Built-in automatic-reset circuit breaker Built-in automatic-reset circuit breaker

SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS
Length: 171/2” (44.5 cm) Length: 22” (55.8 cm)
Width: 9” (23 cm) Width: 9 1/2” (24.3 cm)
Height: 7 1/2” (19.1 cm) Height: 9 1/2” (24.3 cm)
Maximum output*: 750 amps, AC or HWDC Maximum output: 1500 amps, AC or HWDC
Current input Single Phase: 15 VAC, 50/60 Hz/230 VAC, 50/60 Hz (other Current input Single Phase: 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz;
voltages available) (other voltages available)
Line current : 26 amps @ 115 VAC/ 13 amps @ 230 VAC Line current: 42 amps @ 230 VAC
Maximum Duty Cycle: 2 minutes ON/ 2 minutes OFF Maximum duty cycle : 2 minutes ON/ 2 minutes OFF
Unit Weight: 35 lbs (15.9 kg) Unit Weight: 93 lbs. ( 42.2 kg)

* Current ratings based on the use of two 15-foot lengths of 4/0 cable.

MAGNETIC PARTICLE 5
 P-1500 460v-Portable Power Pack

P-SERIES: 460v RECOMMENDED OPERATING ACCESSORIES:

4/0 Cable Assemblies
For convenient, economical inspection in a wide range of magnetic particle Prods Sets
applications that require only moderate power. For large or heavy parts, Powder Spray Bulb (#501232)
in-service mobile equipment, or job-site welds, portable power packs are Pie Field Indicator (#169799)
the ideal choice. Flat Magnetizing Coil (#611700)
Remote Control Cable (#157657)
FEATURES 5’ Cable with Eitherends (#11308)
Find surface defects with AC current; switch cable connection to halfwave Remote Palm Button (#169621)
DC (HWDC) for near-surface flaws
Locate defects in any direction using prods, central conductor, or coil SPECIFICATIONS
(wrap part with 3-5 turns of cable) Length: 22” (55.8 cm)
Infinitely variable current control Width: 9 1/2” (24.3 cm)
Demagnetize part in AC mode by slowly turning the current dial to zero Height: 9 1/2” (24.3 cm)
Built-in automatic-reset circuit breaker Maximum output: 1500 amps, AC or HWDC
Current input Single Phase: 460 VAC, 50/60 Hz(other voltages available)
Line current: 21 amps @ 460 VAC
Maximum duty cycle : 2 minutes ON/ 2 minutes OFF
Unit Weight: 93 lbs. ( 42.2 kg)

NOTES

MAGNETIC PARTICLE 6
 MAGNAFLUX WET HORIZONTAL MAGNETIC POWER UNIT
Magnetic Particle Inspection Units may be used for either 100% testing or sampling inspections of all types of ferrous parts and components. All
machines have infinitely variable current control- from 0 to the maximum output of the machine (as high as 10,000 amps). All units have stainless
steel tanks, foot switch operated pneumatic headstock, adjustable tailstock, digital ammeters and front/rear hardwood grilles. The MD Series have
multidirectional output.
Magnaflux Phase I Series
The Magnaflux A, AD and ADH Series are our most economical standard
wet bench units. They offer great particle mobility for finding surface and
sub-surface defects and the versatility of using AC or DC magnetization
(except A-2030). The two outputs are independently adjustable to set
each magnetic field, circular or longitudinal. Magnetization shot time is
adjustable, allowing better development of indications.
PRODUCTS IN THE 1-PHASE SERIES
AD-2045
4000 amps AC or 5000 amps 1 Phase FWDC
2 Outputs-Contacts, 12” ID Coil
Voltages Available (208 V or higher)
Standard coil may be substituted for 16”, 20” or 25” ID Coil
ADH-2045
4000 amps AC or 5000 amps 1 Phase HWDC
2 Outputs-Contacts, 12” ID Coil
Voltages Available (208 V or higher)
Standard coil may be substituted for 16”, 20” or 25” ID Coil
A-2030
3000 amps AC
2 Outputs- Contacts, 12” ID Coil
Voltages available (208 V or Higher)
Standard coil may be substituted for 16” or 20” ID Coil
MD Series Wet Horizontal Power Unit
Magnaflux Multi-Directional units are our most versatile standard units.
The MD Series offers time saving multidirectional magnetization for
finding defects in all orientations with one cycle. The two or three outputs
are independently adjustable to balance the magnetic field intensity. Each
output offers AC, HWDC or One Phase FWDC output.
PRODUCTS IN THE MD SERIES:
MD-2030
3000 amp HWDC, FWDC, 2500 amp AC Output Capabilities
2 Outputs- Contact, Flux-Flo® Coils
Voltages Available ( 208 V or Higher)
Only available in Standard Size
Standard Type Coil May be Substituted for Flux-Flo® Coils
MD-2060
6000 amp HWDC, FWDC, 5000 amp AC Output Capabilities
2 Outputs- Contact, Flux-Flo® Coils
Voltages Available ( 380 V or Higher)
Only available in Standard Size
Standard Type Coil May be Substituted for Flux-Flo® Coils
MD3-2060
6000 amp HWDC, FWDC, 5000 amp AC Output Capabilities
3 Outputs- Contact, Flux-Flo® Coils, 16” ID Auxiliary Coil
Voltages Available ( 380 V or Higher)
20” or 25” ID Coil may be substituted for 16” ID Coil
CMD SERIES
This series of units are the Power Pack versions of the units
listed above. The power packs can easily be integrated with
custom handling equipment, or used to update old wet
horizontal units. The can come with 2 or 3 outputs.
MAGNETIC PARTICLE 7
 Magnaflux 3-Phase Wet Horizontal Units

The Magnaflux D series are our most powerful standard wet bench units. D-2100
They offer maximum magnetization for finding surface and sub-surface 10,000 amp 3 Phase FWDC
defects while using minimal power. The two outputs are independently 2 Outputs- Contacts, 12” ID Coil
adjustable to set each magnetic field, circular or longitudinal. Voltages Available (230 V or Higher)
Please note: The CD Units are power pack versions of our wet, horizontal Standard Coil may be substituted for 16”, 20” or 25” ID Coil
units. Some of the 2000 Series features may not apply.
CD-2060
6000 amp 3 Phase FWDC
PRODUCTS AVAILABLE IN THE 3-PHASE UNIT SERIES: 1 Output- Bus Bars
Voltages Available (208 V or Higher)
D-2060
6000 amp 3 Phase FWDC CD-2100
2 Outputs- Contacts, 12” ID Coil 10,000 amp 3 Phase FWDC
Voltages Available (208 V or Higher) 1 Output- Bus Bars
Standard Coil may be substituted for 16”, 20” or 25” ID Coil Voltages available (230 V or Higher)

NOTES

MAGNETIC PARTICLE 8
 MAGNAFLUX DEMAGNETIZERS

Demagnetization of ferromagnetic parts and materials is often a prerequisite to final finishing or to ready an item for its ultimate use. This is especially difficult
when the magnetic field must be reduced to a very low level; thus, two series of demagnetizers are offered. The SB-Series has high power, intermittent duty
units and the S-Series has normal power, continuous duty.

S-1212 Continuous Duty AC Demag Coils SB-1416 Demagnetizer

S-1212 Demagnetizer is a fast, effective, dependable piece of The SB series offer inexpensive, powerful, (8000 amp turn) stand alone
demagnetization equipment. This equipment is created specifically demagnetization.
for volume demagnetizing of small parts on a production line. The S-
1212 has a larger opening than the S-66, allowing for larger parts to be FEATURES
demagnetized. • Three (3) Year Parts and Labor Warranty.
• Options Available: Track and Carriage or Table Top for part handling
FEATURES assistance; 12,000 Ampere Turn Output (50% Higher); Ring Down
• Opening Size: 12” x 12” (30 cm x 30 cm) Capacitors (Reduces current draw and slowly decays magnetic field).
• Ampere Turns: 7,500; Automatic Triggering (electronic eye automatically starts timed cycle)
• Voltage: Specify 230V or 460V • Window Size (Width x Height) 14
• Part no: 197260 • Window Size (Width x Height) 36 cm x 41 cm

• Opening Size: 12” x 12” (30 cm x 30 cm)

S-66 Demagnetizer :230v - 50/60 Hz. - 1 ph Standard Mag Kit

The S-66 Demagnetizer is a fast, effective, dependable piece of demag The Mag Kit is an inexpensive modular system that offers the convenience
equipment. This equipment is created specifically for volume demagnetizing of a bench unit for low production testing applications. It detects flaws in
of small parts on a production line. any direction and uses any P-Series power pack. The standard unit has
a 39” head opening and an 11” coil and separate power supply. Must
FEATURES purchase either P-70 or P-1500 Portable Power Pack to energize the kit.
• Opening Size: 6
• Ampere Turns: 4,600;
• Voltage: 115v - 50-60/1
• Part # 197250 - 115V
• Part # 197251 - 230V
• Part # 197252 - 430V

MAGNETIC PARTICLE 9
 MAGNAFLUX M-SERIES MOBILE POWER PACKS

For magnetic particle inspections that need portability and high magnetizing output, the M-Series power packs offer versatility, operating convenience and
durability. With AC/HWDC, defects can be located in any direction by using prods, central conductors or coils. Two units are available with either 4000 or 6000
amps. A 3000 amp unit is available and designed to work with long cable lengths.

M-2030 Mobile Power Pack v

The M-2030 offers a solution by providing an adaptable mobile unit to The M-2040 offers a solution by providing an adaptable mobile unit to
bring the machine to parts that can’t be moved. These units feature AC or bring the machine to parts that can’t be moved. These units feature AC or
Half Wave DC output. Half Wave DC output.

FEATURES FEATURES
• Two heavy-duty fixed casters and two swivel casters with locks. • Two heavy-duty fixed casters and two swivel casters with locks.
• AC/HWDC current selector eliminates the need to switch between bulky • AC/HWDC current selector eliminates the need to switch between bulky
cables on the output terminal cables on the output terminal
• Set current with power pack dial or standard remote control pendant • Set current with power pack dial or standard remote control pendant
• Digital amperage meter display (meter now holds the value of the last • Digital amperage meter display (meter now holds the value of the last
current shot) current shot)
• Pulse function • Pulse function
• Locate defects in any direction using prods, central conductor, or coil • Locate defects in any direction using prods, central conductor, or coil
• Dimensions: 44” L x 22” W x 39” H • Many voltages available, single phase
• Many voltages available, single phase • Infinitely variable current control
• Infinitely variable current control • Three (3) Year Parts and Labor Warranty

SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS
Unit: M-2030 For Long Cable Output Unit: M-2040
Output: 3000 Amps AC/HWDC Output: 4000 Amps AC/HWDC
Terminals: Bus Bar Terminals: Bus Bar
Rate Load: 90’ of 4/0 Cable Rate Load: 30’ of 4/0 cable

ACCESSORIES
#622088 standard prod set, 4 PTL plug
#622085 dual horizontal prod assembly, 4 PTL plug
#11307 cable with either end at one end/lug at the other end,
15 feet (457 cm)
#600004 black light, ZB-100F, portable, 100 watt light with sealed
transformer and carrying base for storage of cords (115v/60hz/1ph)
Output rating is based on Load Specified
ACCESSORIES
#622088 standard prod set, 4 PTL plug
#622085 dual horizontal prod assembly, 4 PTL plug
#11307 cable with either end at one end/lug at the other end,
15 feet (457 cm)
#600004 black light, ZB-100F, portable, 100 watt light with sealed
transformer and carrying base for storage of cords (115v/60hz/1ph)
Output rating is based on Load Specified

Note: M-2030 for long cable output is designed for applications in

which the power source cannot be close to the inspection piece.
This unit designed to work with long cable lengths necessary for
inspecting large parts (i.e. power generator parts).
MAGNETIC PARTICLE 10
The M-2060 offers a solution by providing an adaptable mobile unit to SPECIFICATIONS
bring the machine to parts that can’t be moved. These units feature AC or Unit: M-2060
Half Wave DC output. Output: 6000 Amps AC/HWDC
Terminals: Bus Bar
FEATURES Rate Load: 30’ of DOUBLE 4/0 Cable
• Two heavy-duty fixed casters and two swivel casters with locks for easy,
safe movement ACCESSORIES
• AC/HWDC current selector eliminates the need to switch between bulky #622088 standard prod set, 4 PTL plug
cables on the output terminal #622085 dual horizontal prod assembly, 4 PTL plug
• Set current with power pack dial or standard remote control pendant (can #11307 cable with eitherend at one end/lug at the other end,
be moved up to 15’ from power pack) 15 feet (457 cm)
• Digital amperage meter display (meter now holds the value of the last #600004 black light, ZB-100F, portable, 100 watt light with sealed
current shot) transformer and carrying base for storage of cords (115v/60hz/1ph)
• Pulse function Output rating is based on Load Specified
• Locate defects in any direction using prods, central conductor, or coil
(wrap part with 3-5 turns of cable)
• Many voltages available, single phase
NOTES
• Infinitely variable current control
• Three (3) Year Parts and Labor Warranty

MAGNETIC PARTICLE 11
 MAGNAFLUX STATIONARY POWER PACKS
CD-2060 Stationary Power Pack
The CD units are power pack versions of our wet horizontal units
(Magnaflux D-Series). Some of the 2000 Series features may not apply.
The Magnaflux D Series are our most powerful standard wet bench units.
They offer maximum magnetization for finding surface and sub-surface
defects while using minimal power. The two outputs are independently
adjustable to set each magnetic field, circular or longitudinal.
FEATURES
6000 amp 3 Phase FWDC
1 Output—Bus Bars
Voltages Available (208 V or Higher)
MAGNAFLUX MULTI-DIRECTIONAL POWER PACK
CMD Multi-Directional Power Packs
CMD Series
This series of units are the Power Pack versions of the units listed
above. The power packs can easily be integrated with custom handling
equipment, or used to update old wet horizontal units. They can come
with 2 or 3 outputs.
The Magnaflux Multi-Directional units are our most versatile standard
units. The MD Series offers time savings multidirectional magnetization for
finding defects in all orientations with one cycle. The two or three outputs
are independently adjustable to balance the magnetic field intensity, and
each output offers AC, HWDC or One Phase DC output. The user can mix
and match current types while adjusting current levels creating virtually
infinite combinations for the operator.
CD-2100 Stationary Power Pack
The CD units are power pack versions of our wet horizontal units
(Magnaflux D-Series). Some of the 2000 Series features may not apply.
The Magnaflux D Series are our most powerful standard wet bench units.
They offer maximum magnetization for finding surface and sub-surface
defects while using minimal power. The two outputs are independently
adjustable to set each magnetic field, circular or longitudinal.
FEATURES
10,000 amp 3 Phase FWDC
1 Output—Bus Bars
Voltages Available (230 V or Higher)
These combinations allow the machine to be used with a wide range of
parts, while the Customer Programmable Settings insure repeatability
whether you process the same part every day or once a year. Supervisor
Locks keeps stored setting safe from inadvertent variation.
MD-2030- USES CMD-2030
3000 amp HWDC, FWDC, 2500 amp AC Output Capabilities
2 Outputs—Contacts, Flux-Flo® Coils
Voltages Available (208 V or Higher)
Only Available in Standard Size
Standard Type Coil May be Substituted for Flux-Flo® Coils
MD-2060- USES CMD-2060
6000 amp HWDC, FWDC, 5000 amp AC Output Capabilities
2 Outputs—Contacts, Flux-Flo® Coils
Voltages Available (380 V or Higher)
Only available in standard size
Standard Type Coil May be Substituted for Flux-Flo® Coils
MD3-2060- USES CMD3-2060
6000 amp HWDC, FWDC, 5000 amp AC Output Capabilities
3 Outputs—Contacts, Flux-Flo® Coils, 16” ID Auxiliary Coil
Voltages Available (380 V or Higher)
20” or 25” ID Coil May be Substituted for 16” ID C
MAGNETIC PARTICLE 12
 WET HORIZONTAL ACCESSORIES

Headstock Steadyrests Small Parts Adapter- Headstock

Steadyrests are made to support long or heavy parts during inspection. Enables inspection of small parts such as bolts, screws and pins on
Choose from the rail-mounted roller type, headstock-mounted roller type, wet horizontal units. Solid copper and mounts to either headstock or
or headstock-mounted V-type, depending upon your wet horizontal mag tailstock.
unit. Part # 405152: Headstock adapter
Part # 405176: rail-mounted roller type
Part # 405177: headstock-mounted roller type
Part # 405178: headstock-mounted V-type

Raising Block- 3” Small Parts Adapter-Tailstock

For centering parts on units. Used with roller-type rail-mounted Enables inspection of small parts such as bolts, screws and pins on
steadyrest. wet horizontal units. Solid copper and mounts to either headstock or
Part # 405179: 3” tailstock.
Part # 405153: Tailstock adapter

Raising Block- 5-3/4” Contact Pad-Copper Braid

For centering parts on units. Used with roller-type rail-mounted Copper braid pads prevent burning by ensuring good electrical contact
steadyrest. between test part and contact heads. Available in two styles: unpadded
Part # 405180: 5-3/4” heavy copper braid, and heavy copper braid over neoprene base and
molded-in V-block centers. The flexibility of these pads provides contact
over a greater surface area.
Part # 405108: Copper braid pad
Part # 405110: Copper braid pad, v-block, and neoprene insert

MAGNETIC PARTICLE 13
14A Magnaglo Wet Fluorescent Mag Particles
405000 | Magnaflux
WET METHOD MAGNETIC PARTICLES

14A Magnaglo WetWET

Fluorescent Mag Particles
METHOD MAGNETIC PARTICLES
405000 | Magnaflux
14A Fluorescent Particles (to be mixed with Carrier II or Water/Additives)

14A is a dry, free flowing, 14Aand brown magnetic

Magnaglo powder which
Wet Fluorescent fluoresces bright yellow-green
Mag Particles
under black light. 14A is intended for use in high sensitivity wet method magnetic particle
inspection. It may be suspended in either a petroleum-based vehicle (oil) such as
14A Fluorescent Particles
MAGNAFLUX®/ MAGNAGLO® (to be Carrier
mixed with II, orCarrier II orWhen
in water. Water/Additives)
water is used as a vehicle,
conditioning agents such as WA-2B or WA-4 are required.
14A is a dry, free flowing, and brown magnetic powder which fluoresces bright yellow-green
under black light. 14A is intended for use in high sensitivity wet method magnetic particle
Suspension: Water/Oil
inspection. It may be suspended in either a petroleum-based vehicle (oil) such as
Recommended Concentration: 16 oz. /gallon (1.25 grams/liter)
MAGNAFLUX®/ MAGNAGLO® Carrier II, or in water. When water is used as a vehicle,
14A Fluorescent Particles (to be mixed with Carrier II or Water/Additives)
conditioning agents such as WA-2B or WA-4 are required.
Dry, free flowing, brown magnetic powder which fluoresces bright yellow-green under black light. Is intended for use in high sensitivity wet method magnetic
particle inspection. It may be suspended in either a petroleum-based vehicle (oil) such as MAGNAFLUX®/ MAGNAGLO® Carrier II, or in water. When water
NEWCO #
Suspension: DESCRIPTION
Water/Oil
is used as a vehicle, conditioning agents such as WA-2B or WA-4 are required.
PCKG PKG/CASE
Recommended Concentration: 16 oz. /gallon (1.25 grams/liter)
SUSPENSION: Water/Oil
RECOMMENDED
405000 CONCENTRATION: 1/6 oz.Fluorescent
14A Pound /gallon (1.25 grams/liter)
Particles Each 1
405000-C 14A Pound x (6) Fluorescent Particles Case 6
NEWCO
405002 # DESCRIPTION
14A 20 Pound Fluorescent Particles PCKG
Each PKG/CASE
1

405000 14A Pound Fluorescent Particles Each 1

405000-C 14A Pound x (6) Fluorescent Particles Case 6
14A Aqua-Glo Fluorescent Premix with Water
405002 14A 20 Pound Fluorescent Particles Each 1
405005 | Magnaflux

14A Aqua-Glo Fluorescent Premix with Water

14A Aqua-Glo Fluorescent

14A Aqua-Glo™ Fluorescent Premix
Premix with with
WaterWater
405005 | Magnaflux
Fluorescent green prepared solution of 14A fluorescent particles in a water based medium
designed to offer the benefits of water and the convenience of aerosol form.
14A Aqua-Glo™ Fluorescent Premix with Water
Suspension: Water Only
Fluorescent green prepared solution of 14A fluorescent particles in a water based medium designed to offer the benefits of water and the convenience of
aerosol form.
Fluorescent green prepared solution of 14A fluorescent particles in a water based medium
SUSPENSION:
designed Water
Recommended OnlyConcentration:
to offer the benefits ofComes water and as athe prepared
conveniencebath of aerosol form.
RECOMMENDED CONCENTRATION: Comes as a prepared bath

14A Aqua-Glo
Suspension: Water Only
NEWCO # DESCRIPTION PCKG PKG/CASE
Recommended
405005-1 Concentration: Comes
Single Can 12 oz. as a prepared bath
14A Aqua-Glo Each 1
405005 (12) Cans 12 oz. 14A Aqua-Glo Case 12
14A Aqua-Glo
NEWCO # DESCRIPTION MAGNETIC
PCKGPARTICLEPKG/CASE14
14A Redi-Bath Fluorescent Premix Concentrate for Water
405006 | Magnaflux
14A Redi-Bath Fluorescent Premix Concentrate for Water
405006 | Magnaflux
14A Redi-Bath Fluorescent Premix Concentrate for Water
14A Redi-Bath™ Fluorescent Premix Concentrate for Water

14A Redi-Bath™
Preblended Fluorescent
concentrate Premix
of our 14A Concentrate
fluorescent for Water
green magnetic particle powder, mixed with water,
wetting agent and corrosion inhibitor. Easiest method of water bath preparation. Simply add pre-
Preblended concentrate
blended concentrate of our 14A fluorescent green magnetic particle powder, mixed with water,
to water.
wetting agent and corrosion inhibitor. Easiest method of water bath preparation. Simply add pre-
blended concentrate
Suspension: to water.
Water Only
Preblended concentrate of our 14A fluorescent green magnetic particle powder, mixed with water, wetting agent and corrosion inhibitor. Easiest method of
water bath preparation.
Suspension:
Recommended Simply
Water add pre-blended concentrate
Only
Concentration: 2.7 oz.to/gallon
water. (21 ml/liter)

SUSPENSION: Water Only

Recommended
14A Redi-Bath
RECOMMENDED Concentration:
CONCENTRATION: 2.7(21oz.
2.7 oz. /gallon /gallon
ml/liter) (21 ml/liter)
NEWCO # DESCRIPTION PCKG PKG/CASE
14A Redi-Bath Single Can 27 oz. Bottle 14A Redi-Bath
405006-1 Each 1
NEWCO
405006 # (6)
DESCRIPTION
27 oz Bottles 14A Redi-Bath PCKG
Case 6 PKG/CASE
405006-1 Single Can 27 oz. Bottle 14A Redi-Bath Each 1
405006 (6) 27 oz Bottles 14A Redi-Bath Case 6
14AM Fluorescent Premix with Carrier II
405003 | Magnaflux 14AM Fluorescent Premix with Carrier II
14AM Fluorescent Premix with Carrier II
405003 | Magnaflux

14AM Fluorescent Premix with Carrier II

Fluorescent
14AM preparedPremix
Fluorescent bath ofwith
14A Carrier
powder II
and Carrier II (a high flash point petroleum vehicle).
Ready to use without measuring and mixing.
Fluorescent prepared bath of 14A powder and Carrier II (a high flash point petroleum vehicle). Ready to use without measuring and mixing.
Fluorescent prepared bath of 14A powder and Carrier II (a high flash point petroleum vehicle).
Suspension:
Ready useOil
to Oil without measuring and mixing.
SUSPENSION:
Recommended Concentration:
RECOMMENDED CONCENTRATION: Comes as Comes as a prepared bath
a prepared bath
Suspension: Oil
14AM Fluorescent
Recommended Premix with Carrier
Concentration: ComesIIas a prepared bath
NEWCO # DESCRIPTION PCKG PKG/CASE
405004Fluorescent
14AM Single Canwith
Premix 16 oz. 14AM II
Carrier Each 1
405003
NEWCO # 5DESCRIPTION
gallon Pail 14AM Fluorescent Premix Pail
PCKG 1 PKG/CASE
405004-1
405004 (9) CansCan
Single 16 16
oz.oz.
14AM
14AM Case
Each 91
405003 5 gallon Pail 14AM Fluorescent Premix Pail 1
405004-1 (9) Cans 16 oz. 14AM Case 9

MAGNETIC PARTICLE 15
405007 | Magnaflux

20B Preblended Dry Mix Fluorescent Particles-14A+ Additives

405007
20B | Magnaflux
Preblended Dry Mix Fluorescent Particles (14A+Additives)
20B Preblended Dry Mix Fluorescent Particles-14A+ Additives
20B is composed of fluorescent magnetic powder, nonionic surfactants, and corrosion inhibitors.
It is a pre-blended dry mix of 14A magnetic powder and WA-2B water conditioner.
20B Preblended Dry Mix Fluorescent Particles (14A+Additives)
Suspension: Water Only
20B is composed of fluorescent magnetic powder, nonionic surfactants, and corrosion inhibitors.
Recommended Concentration: 1.5 oz. /gallon of water (11.25 grams/liter)
It is a pre-blended dry mix of 14A magnetic powder and WA-2B water conditioner.

20B
20Bis composed of fluorescent magnetic powder, nonionic surfactants, and corrosion inhibitors. It is a pre-blended dry mix of 14A magnetic powder and WA-
Preblended
Suspension:
2B water conditioner.
Water Only
Dry Mix
NEWCO
SUSPENSION:
Recommended
# OnlyConcentration:
Water DESCRIPTION 1.5 oz. /gallon of water
(11.25 grams/liter)
PCKG PKG/CASE
RECOMMENDED
405007-1 CONCENTRATION: 1.5 oz. Fluorescent
20B 1 Pound /gallon of water (11.25 grams/liter)
Particles
Each 1
405007
20B Preblended20B 1 Pound x (6) Fluorescent Particles Case 6
405008
Dry Mix 20B 15 Pound Container Fluorescent Part, Container 1
405009
NEWCO # 20B 30 Pound Container Fluorescent Part,
DESCRIPTION Container
PCKG 1
PKG/CASE
405007-1 20B 1 Pound Fluorescent Particles Each 1
405007 20B 1 Pound x (6) Fluorescent Particles Case 6
MG-410
405008 Fluorescent Particles
20B 15 Pound Container(to be mixed
Fluorescent Part,w/ Carrier II or H20 1Additives)
Container
405009 | Magnaflux
405010 20B 30 Pound Container Fluorescent Part, Container 1

MG-410 Fluorescent Particles (to be mixed w/ Carrier II or H20 Additives)

MG-410 Fluorescent Particles (to be mixed w/ Carrier II or H20 Additives)

MG-410 Fluorescent Particles (to be Mixed with Carrier II or Water/Additives)
405010 | Magnaflux
MG-410 is a dry, free flowing, green magnetic powder which fluoresces bright green under black
light.

MG-410 is a dry,
Suspension:
MG-410 free flowing, green
Water/Oil
Fluorescent magnetic powder
Particles (to bewhich fluoresces
Mixed withbright green under
Carrier black
II or light.
Water/Additives)

SUSPENSION:
MG-410 isWater/Oil
Recommended a dry,Concentration:
free flowing, 110green oz.magnetic
/gallon ofpowdervehicle which
RECOMMENDED CONCENTRATION: 1/10 oz. /gallon of vehicle (0.75 gram/liter)
(0.75 gram/liter)
fluoresces bright green under black
light.
MG-410
Fluorescent
Suspension: Water/Oil
Particles
NEWCO # Concentration:
Recommended DESCRIPTION PCKG
110 oz. /gallon of vehicle (0.75 gram/liter) PKG/CASE
405010 MG-410 1 Pound Fluorescent Particles Each 1
405012
MG-410 MG-410 10 Pound Fluorescent Particles Container 1
Fluorescent
405008 MG-410 15 Pound Fluorescent Particles Container 1
Particles
405013 MG-410 25 Pound Fluorescent Particles Container 1
NEWCO # DESCRIPTION PCKG PKG/CASE
MG-410 1 Pound Fluorescent Particles MAGNETIC
Each PARTICLE
16
405010 1
 Visible Particles
7C Black- Visible Particles
405015 || Magnaflux
405015 Magnaflux

7C Black- Visible Particles

Black Visible
7C Black Visible Particles
Particles (to
(to be
be mixed
mixed with
with Carrier
Carrier IIII or
or Water/Additives)
Water/Additives)

Non-fluorescent black
Non-fluorescent black magnetic
magnetic particles.
particles. Provides
Provides excellent
excellent color
color contrast
contrast on
on shiny
shiny or
orlight
light
colored surfaces.
colored surfaces.

Non-fluorescent
Suspension:
Suspension: blackWater/Oil
magnetic particles. Provides excellent color contrast on shiny or light colored surfaces.
Water/Oil

SUSPENSION: Water/Oil
Recommended
Recommended
RECOMMENDED
Concentration:
Concentration:
CONCENTRATION:
1.25
1.25
1.25 oz. /gallon
oz.
(9.36oz.
/gallon (9.36
/gallon
grams/liter)
(9.36 grams/liter)
grams/liter)

7C Black
Black
NEWCO # DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION PCKG
PCKG PKG/CASE
PKG/CASE
405015
405015 7C Black
7C Black 88 Pound
Pound Container
Container Each
Each 11

Black-Visible Premix
7HF Black-Visible Premix with
with Carrier
Carrier IIII
7HF Black-Visible Premix with Carrier II
405017 || Magnaflux
405017 Magnaflux

7HF Black
Black Visible
Visible Premix
Premix with
with Carrier
Carrier IIII

7C Black
Black Powder
Powder premixed
premixed with
with Carrier
Carrier IIII packaged
packaged in
in an
an aerosol
aerosol can.
can.

7C Black Powder premixed

Suspension:
Suspension: Oil with Carrier II packaged in an aerosol can.
Oil

SUSPENSION: Oil
Recommended
Recommended
RECOMMENDED
Concentration:
Concentration:
CONCENTRATION:
Premixed
Premixed in
Premixed in Aerosols in Aerosols
Aerosols

7HF Black
Black
NEWCO # DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION PCKG
PCKG PKG/CASE
PKG/CASE
405017-2
405017-2 7HF
7HF Black
Black 16
16 Oz.
Oz. Aerosol
Aerosol Can
Can Each
Each 11
405017
405017 7HF
7HF Black
Black (9)
(9) xx 16
16 Oz.
Oz. Aerosol
Aerosol Cans
Cans Case
Case 99

MAGNETIC PARTICLE 17
9C Red Visible Particles (to be mixed with Carrier II or H2O Additives)
405018 | Magnaflux
9C Red Visible Particles (to be mixed with Carrier II or H2O Additives)
405018 | Magnaflux
9C Red Visible Particles (to be mixed with Carrier II or H2O Additives)
9C Red Visible Particles (to be Mixed with Carrier II or Water/Additives)

Non-fluorescent red magnetic

9C Red Visible Particles particles.
(to be Mixed Similar to 7C II
with Carrier but
orpreferred for good contrast on gray,
Water/Additives)
black or dark surfaces.
Non-fluorescent red magnetic particles. Similar to 7C but preferred for good contrast on gray,
Suspension:
black or darkWater/Oil
surfaces.

Non-fluorescent
Recommended
Suspension: red magnetic particles. Similar to 1.25
Concentration:
Water/Oil 7C but preferred for good(9.36
oz. /gallon contrastgrams/liter)
on gray, black or dark surfaces.

SUSPENSION: Water/Oil
9C Red
RECOMMENDED
Recommended CONCENTRATION: 1.25 oz. /gallon
Concentration: 1.25(9.36
oz.grams/liter)
/gallon (9.36 grams/liter)
NEWCO # DESCRIPTION PCKG PKG/CASE
9C Red
405018 9C Red 8 Pound Container Each 1
NEWCO # DESCRIPTION PCKG PKG/CASE
405018 9C Red 8 Pound Container Each 1

9CM Visible Premix with 9CM

Carrier II Premix with Carrier II
Visible
405020-1 | Magnaflux
9CM Visible Premix with Carrier II
405020-1 | Magnaflux
9CM Visible Premix with Carrier II

9C
9CMRed powder
Visible premixed
Premix with with Carrier
Carrier II II packaged in an aerosol can.

9C Red powder premixed

Suspension: Oil with Carrier II packaged in an aerosol can.
9C Red powder premixed with Carrier II packaged in an aerosol can.
SUSPENSION: Oil
RECOMMENDED
Suspension:CONCENTRATION:
Recommended Premixed Premixed
OilConcentration: in Aerosols in Aerosols

9CM
Recommended Concentration: Premixed in Aerosols
NEWCO # DESCRIPTION PCKG PKG/CASE
9CM
405020-1 9CM Red (1) 16 Oz. Aerosol Can Each 1
NEWCO # DESCRIPTION PCKG PKG/CASE
405020-1 9CM Red (1) 16 Oz. Aerosol Can Each 1

MAGNETIC PARTICLE 18
 OIL VEHICLE
OIL VEHICLE
Carrier II- Oil Vehicle
Carrier II- Oil Vehicle
405021 | Magnaflux

Carrier II Oil Vehicle

Suspension Vehicle formulated for magnetic particle testing; odor-free, low-viscosity, high flash
point. Vehicle formulated for magnetic particle testing; odor-free, low-viscosity, high flash point.
Suspension

Carrier II
NEWCO # DESCRIPTION PCKG PKG/CASE
405021 Carrier II- 5 Gallon Pail Pail 1
405022 Carrier II- 20 Gallon Drum Drum 1
405023 Carrier II- 55 Gallon Drum Drum 1

NOTES

WATER VEHICLE CONDITIONERS

AX-52 Corrosion Inhibitor

405025 | Magnaflux

AX-52 Corrosion Inhibitor

AX-52 is a Corrosion Inhibitor. Corrosion Inhibitors retard water’s attack on the magnetic particles
and thus extend bath life. They also help prevent corrosion of parts during processing and protect
any exposed parts of inspection machinery. They are not designed to provide long-term corrosion
protection for parts during storage after testing. When long term protection is required, an oil
vehicle or separate anticorrosion treatment is recommended.

Form: Yellow Liquid

Recommended Concentration: 1% – 5% by Volume MAGNETIC PARTICLE 19

 WATER VEHICLE CONDITIONERS

WATER VEHICLE CONDITIONERS

AX-52 Corrosion Inhibitor
405025 | Magnaflux

AX-52 Corrosion Inhibitor

AX-52 Corrosion Inhibitor

AX-52 is a Corrosion Inhibitor. Corrosion Inhibitors retard water’s attack on the magnetic particles
and thus extend bath life. They also help prevent corrosion of parts during processing and protect
any exposed parts of inspection machinery. They are not designed to provide long-term corrosion
protection for parts during storage after testing. When long term protection is required, an oil
vehicle or separate anticorrosion treatment is recommended.
AX-52 is a Corrosion Inhibitor. Corrosion Inhibitors retard water’s attack on the magnetic particles and thus extend bath life. They also help prevent corrosion
of parts during processing and protect any exposed parts of inspection machinery. They are not designed to provide long-term corrosion protection for parts
during
Form: storage after testing.
Yellow LiquidWhen long term protection is required, an oil vehicle or separate anticorrosion treatment is recommended.

FORM: Yellow Liquid

RECOMMENDED
Recommended CONCENTRATION: 1% – 5% by1%
Concentration: Volume
– 5% by Volume

AX-52 Corrosion Inhibitor

NEWCO # DESCRIPTION PCKG PKG/CASE
405024 AX-52 (4) x 1 Gallon Container 4
405025 AX-52 (5) Gallon Pail Pail 1
WA-2B Water Bath Additive
405027 | Magnaflux
WA-2B Water Bath Additive

WA-2B Water Bath Additive

WA-2B is a wetting agent and corrosion inhibitor and antifoam water bath additive. Wetting
Agents enable easier suspension of magnetic particles in water.

WA-2B
Form: is aWhite
wetting agent and corrosion
Granular inhibitor and antifoam water bath additive. Wetting Agents enable easier suspension of magnetic particles in water.
Powder
FORM: White Granular Powder
Recommended
RECOMMENDED Concentration:
CONCENTRATION: 1.33
1.33 oz. /gallon oz. /gallon
(10 grams/liter) (10 grams/liter)

WA-2B Water Bath Additive

NEWCO # DESCRIPTION PCKG PKG/CASE
405027 WA-2B 5 Pound Container Container 1

WA-4 Water Bath Additive

405030 | Magnaflux MAGNETIC PARTICLE 20
WA-2B Water Bath Additive
NEWCO # DESCRIPTION PCKG PKG/CASE
405027 WA-2B 5 Pound Container Container 1

WA-4 Water Bath Additive

405030 | Magnaflux WA-4 Water Bath Additive

WA-4 Water Bath Additive

WA-4 consists of a Wetting Agent and Corrosion Inhibitor.

Form:
WA-4 Amber
consists Liquid
of a Wetting Agent and Corrosion Inhibitor.

FORM: Amber Liquid

Recommended
RECOMMENDED Concentration:
CONCENTRATION: 1%
1% by Volume by Volume

WA-4 Water Bath Additive

NEWCO # DESCRIPTION PCKG PKG/CASE
405030 WA-4 5 Gallon Pail Pail 1

ZAF-2 Antifoaming Additive

ZAF-2 Antifoaming Additive
505087 | Magnaflux

ZAF-2 Antifoaming Additive

Antifoaming agents suppress the natural tendency of any water bath to foam when agitated.

Form: Clear
Antifoaming Liquidthe natural tendency of any water bath to foam when agitated.
agents suppress

FORM: Clear Liquid

Recommended
RECOMMENDED Concentration:
CONCENTRATION: 3 –gallons
3 – 5 Drops/15 5 Drops/15 gallons

ZAF-2 Antifoaming Additive

NEWCO # DESCRIPTION PCKG PKG/CASE
505087 ZA-F2 1 Gallon Jug Jug 1

DRY METHOD MAGNETIC PARTICLES

Gray #1 General Purpose Dry Method Particles

405034 | Magnaflux

MAGNETIC PARTICLE 21
ZAF-2 Antifoaming Additive
NEWCO # DESCRIPTION PCKG PKG/CASE
505087 ZA-F2 1 Gallon Jug Jug 1

DRY METHOD MAGNETIC PARTICLES

DRY METHOD MAGNETIC PARTICLES
Gray #1 General Purpose Dry Method Particles
Gray #1 General Purpose Dry Method Particles
405034 | Magnaflux

#1 Gray General Purpose

General Purpose Dry Method Particles. Choose the color that offers the best contrast to the
surface you are inspecting.
General Purpose Dry Method Particles. Choose the color that offers the best contrast to the surface you are inspecting.

#1 Gray General Purpose Dry Method Mag Particle

NEWCO # DESCRIPTION PCKG PKG/CASE
405021 #1 Gray 10 Pound Pail Pail 1
GP5-400155-25 #1 Gray 25 Pound Pail Pail 1
405036 #1 Gray 45 Pound Pail Pail 1

Red #8A General

#8A Red General Purpose PurposeParticles
Dry Method Dry Method Particles

405038 | Magnaflux

#8A Red

General Purpose Dry Method Particles. Choose the color that offers the best contrast to the
surface
General youDryare
Purpose inspecting.
Method Particles. Choose the color that offers the best contrast to the surface you are inspecting.

#8A Red General Purpose Dry Method Mag Particle

NEWCO # DESCRIPTION PCKG PKG/CASE
405038 #8A Red 10 Pound Pail 1
405040 #8A Red 45 Pound Pail 1

#3A Black General Purpose Dry Method Particles

405041 | Magnaflux

MAGNETIC PARTICLE 22
#8A Red General Purpose Dry Method Particles
405038 | Magnaflux
Yellow #2 General Purpose Dry Method Particles

#8A Red

General Purpose Dry Method Particles. Choose the color that offers the best contrast to the
surface you are inspecting.

#8A Red
General General
Purpose Purpose
Dry Method Dry Method
Particles. Choose the color thatMag
offers Particle
the best contrast to the surface you are inspecting.
NEWCO # DESCRIPTION PCKG PKG/CASE
NEWCO # #8A
405038 DESCRIPTION
Red 10 Pound PailPCKG 1 PKG/CASE
405040
405181 #8A Red 45 Pound
#2 Yellow 10 Pound Pail PailPail 1 1
405183 #2 Yellow 45 Pound Pail Pail 1

#3A Black GeneralBlack

Purpose Dry Method
#3A General PurposeParticles
Dry Method Particles
405041 | Magnaflux
PARKER DRY METHOD MAGNETIC PARTICLES

GP5 Gray Parker Dry Method Mag Particles

400155-5
#3A Black | Parker Research

General Purpose Dry Method Particles. Choose the color that offers the best contrast to the
General
GP5 Purpose
surface you
Dry Dry
areMethod
Method Particles.
inspecting.
Magnetic Choose Particles
the color that offers the best contrast to the surface you are inspecting.

#3A BlackPurpose
General General Purpose Dry Method
Dry Method Mag
Particles. Particle
Choose the color that offers the best contrast to the
NEWCO
surface you#areDESCRIPTION
inspecting. PCKG PKG/CASE
405041-1 #3A Black 1 Pound Container Container 1
405041
NEWCO # #3A Black (12) x 1 Pound Container
DESCRIPTION Container
PCKG 12 PKG/CASE
405042
400155-5 #3A
GP5Black 10 Pound
5 POUND Container Pail1 1 1
405044
400155-25 #3A
GP5Black 45 Pound
25 POUND Container Pail1 1 1
400155-50 GP5 50 POUND Container 1 1

Yellow #2 General Purpose Dry Method Particles

405181 | Magnaflux
Red Parker Powder Dry Method Magnetic Particles
400154-5 | Parker Research

#2 Yellow General Purpose

RP6 General Purpose Dry Method

Particles.Magnetic Particles
General Purpose Dry Method Choose the MAGNETIC
color PARTICLE
that offers the best contrast to the 23
surface you are inspecting.
NEWCO
NEWCO #
# DESCRIPTION PCKG PKG/CASE
PKG/CASE
405181
405181 #2
#2 Yellow
Yellow 10
10 Pound
Pound Pail
Pail Pail
Pail 11
405183
405183 #2
#2 Yellow
Yellow 45
45 Pound
Pound Pail
Pail Pail
Pail 11
PARKER DRY METHOD MAGNETIC PARTICLES

PARKER
PARKER DRY METHOD MAGNETIC PARTICLES
GP5 Gray Parker Dry Method Magnetic Particles

GP5
GP5 Gray
Gray Parker Dry Method Mag Particles
400155-5
400155-5 || Parker
Parker Research

GP5
GP5 Dry
Dry Method
Method Magnetic Particles

General
General Purpose
Purpose Dry Dry Method Particles. Choose the color that offers the best best contrast
contrast to
to the
the
General
surface
surfacePurpose
you
you Dryare
Method
are Particles. Choose the color that offers the best contrast to the surface you are inspecting.
inspecting.
inspecting.

NEWCO
NEWCO #
# DESCRIPTION PCKG PKG/CASE
PKG/CASE
400155-5
400155-5 GP5
GP5 5 POUND Container 1 11
400155-25
400155-25 GP5
GP5 25 POUND Container 1 11
400155-50
400155-50 GP5
GP5 50 POUND Container 1 11

Red Parker Powder Dry Method Magnetic Particles

Red Parker
Red Parker Powder Dry Method Magnetic Particles
400154-5 || Parker
400154-5 Parker Research

RP6 General
RP6 General Purpose
Purpose Dry Method Magnetic Particles

General Purpose
General Purpose Dry Dry Method Particles. Choose the color that offers the best best contrast
contrast to
to the
the
surface
surface
General you are
youDryare
Purpose inspecting.
inspecting.
Method Particles. Choose the color that offers the best contrast to the surface you are inspecting.

NEWCO #
NEWCO # DESCRIPTION PCKG PKG/CASE
PKG/CASE
400154-5
400154-5 RP6 5 POUND Container
RP6 1 11
400154-25
400154-25 RP6 25 POUND Container
RP6 1 11
400154-50
400154-50 RP6 50 POUND Container
RP6 1 11

Yellow Parker MAGNETIC

Parker Powder Dry Method Magnetic PARTICLE
Particles 24
Yellow
 Yellow Parker Powder Dry Method Magnetic Particles

General Purpose Dry Method Particles. Choose the color that offers the best contrast to the
surface
General youDryare
Purpose inspecting.
Method Particles. Choose the color that offers the best contrast to the surface you are inspecting.
General Purpose Dry Method Particles. Choose the color that offers the best contrast to the
NEWCO
surface DESCRIPTION
you#are inspecting. PCKG PKG/CASE
400156-5 YP10 5 POUND Container 1 1
NEWCO
400156-25 # DESCRIPTION
YP10 25 POUND Container PCKG
1 PKG/CASE
1
400156-50
400156-5 YP10 550POUND
POUNDContainer
Container 1 1
400156-25 YP10 25 POUND Container 1 1
400156-50 YP10 50 POUND Container 1 1
WCP-2 White Contrast Paint
WCP-2 White Contrast Paint
405045-1 | Magnaflux
WCP-2 White Contrast Paint
405045-1 | Magnaflux
WCP-2 White Contrast Paint

WCP-2 White Contrast Paint

NEWCO # DESCRIPTION PCKG PKG/CASE
WCP-2
405045-1 WCP-2 (1) 16 Oz. Aerosol Can Each 1
NEWCO
405045 # DESCRIPTION
WCP-2 (9) x 16 Oz. Aerosol Cans PCKG
Case PKG/CASE
9
405045-1 WCP-2 (1) 16 Oz. Aerosol Can Each 1
405045 WCP-2 (9) x 16 Oz. Aerosol Cans Case 9

MAGNETIC PARTICLE 25
 Lead Contact Plate Central Conductor

Duplicates original headstock/tailstock contact plates. This soft lead plate
provides excellent contact. Also available are heavy duty lead contact
plates made of braided copper impregnated with lead. Size: 1/4” x 6-3/4”
x 6-5/8”.
Part # 405111: Lead contact plate
Part # 405112: Heavy duty contact plate
Part # 405113: Lead contact plate for A915 and Mag Series
These solid copper rods provide circular magnetization of hollow parts.
Three sizes are available as a set or individually.
Part # 405116: Set of three
Part # 405116-1: 3/4” diameter x 24” long (A)
Part # 405116-2: 1” diameter x 18” long (B)
Part # 405116-3: 1/2” diameter x 12” long (C)

Contact Block Sump Screen

When clamped between heads, the contact block supplies magnetizing Traps dirt and allows magnetic particles to pass. Fits all wet horizontal
current to remote prods or clamps through a flexible cable (not included) units with V-type agitators.
and permits remote testing of parts that are too heavy or too large for
processing on the unit.

Flat Magnetizing Coil

FEATURES
• Accessory for use with any magnetic particle unit or power pack
• Neon-contact method of applying field
• Allows for quick, easy processing of small parts, such as fasteners, ring-
like parts (even several parts at a time )

MAGNETIC PARTICLE 26
 PORTABLE MAGNETIC PARTICLE ACCESSORIES

Standard Prod Set, 3PTL for P-Series Cables and Connectors

Cables and Connectors

405149 | Magnaflux
Individual contact prods offer maximum flexibility in prod-spacing
Rubberand Rubber cables
covered flexible covered are
flexible cables arein available
available standard in standard
lengths lengths
of 10',of15',
10’, and
magnetizing of complete shaped parts. The dual prod assembly
choiceoffers 15’, and
of either end or 20’
lug with your choice Individual
connectors. of either end connectors
or lug connectors. Individualworn
to replace
one-person operation with variable (4”-8”) prods spacing. Supplied with are alsoconnectors
connectors to replace worn or damaged connectors are also available.
available.
20’ of control cable and built-in firing button.
Standard 4/0STANDARD 4/0 CABLE ASSEMBLIES
Cable Assemblies
FEATURES
• For use in magnetic testing
Part Number Length (Feet) Fittings

• Individual contact prods for maximum flexibility 405143 15 Lugs at both ends
• For P-Series portable power packs
405143-1 15 Lug and either end

Remote Control Cable 405143-2 15 Either ends at both ends

11312 20 Lugs at both ends
11313 20 Lug and either end
11314 20 Either ends at both ends

Product Number Description

405149 4/0 either end connector (A)

405149-1 4/0 either end lug adapter (C)
This 15’ cable allows remote energization of portable packs. Standard w/ 405149-2 4/0 either end 90° lug adapter (D)
3 PTL plug.

Contact Clamps Grainger Portable Pressure Sprayer

Grainger Portable Pressure Sprayer

405133-1 | Newco

This easy to use, heavy duty pressure sprayer is ideal for spot application of mag
bath. The one-quart chrome-plated brass container is pressurized with compresse
cartridges.

Powder Bulb
This spring-loaded contact clamp with braided copper contact provides This easy to use, heavy duty pressure sprayer is ideal for spot application
405080 | Magnaflux
a solid path for magnetizing current. For 1-1/4” to 2-1/2” diameter tubing, of magnetic particle bath. The one-quart chrome-plated brass container is
bars, or other parts. Replacement copper braid available. pressurized with compressed air or CO2 cartridges.

Lightweight, easy to user spray bulb. Cap removes for easy filling.
MAGNETIC PARTICLE 27
 Powder Bulb PB-5 Powder Blower

Lightweight, easy to user spray bulb. Cap removes for easy filling.
Powder Blower Bulb
The PB-5 Magnetic Powder Blower gently applies powder to horizontal,
vertical or overhead surfaces. Metered Powder delivery provides uniform
application without operator influence. Blow-off air will not disturb relevant
indications. Continuous air flow through supply hose eliminates powder
accumulation in system. Simplicity of design means dependable operation
and reduction of effects from outside factors.

FEATURES
Complete mix of all particle sizes
Hand gun with low voltage, high intensity light
Controlled powder delivery
Continuous operation
Operates on less than 2 Amps at 115 VAC
5 pound capacity
Air puffer used to remove excess powder particles from test areas.
Low cost

PB-1 Controlled Powder Blower SPECIFICATIONS

PB-5 PB-5S
Line Voltage single phase: 115 VAC, 60 Hz 230 VAC, 50 Hz
Line Current: 1.76 A 1.00 A
Secondary Voltage: 12 VAC
Construction: Steel case/Aluminum gun
Hose Length: 12 ft
Unit Dimensions: 9.00” (229mm) H × 11.25” (286mm) W × 5.88” (149mm) D
Powder Capacity: 5 lb
Shipping Weight: 25 lb (1 carton)

Hand-held, one-pound powder blower with a magnetic control for controlled

application of powder to all areas of inspection...vertical, overhead and
below

Magnetic Powder Pick-Up Stick

The Pick-Up Stick consists of a powerful magnet on a slide within a plastic

housing. Magnetic inspection powder and other ferrous material will attach
themselves to the tip of the stick and can then be released into a container
by pulling out the slide. 12” or 36”.
MAGNETIC PARTICLE 28
 NA-16 Test Bar TB-10 Weight Lift Test Bar

The NA-16 Notch Test Bar complies with the requirements of MIL-STD- The TB-10 Magnetic Weight Lift Test Bar provides the calibration and
271E and F (Ships), paragraph 4.3.1.2, and NAVSEA-TB-T9074-AS-GIB- certification of magnetic particle inspection yokes. Bar weight is stamped
010/271. on each bar and is traceable to NIST.

The procedure specifies an inspection with the ability to detect the smallest
rejectable surface defects, artificial or natural, in a test specimen.

Quantitative Quality Indicators (QQI’s) Magnetic Penetrameter (Pie Gauge)

QQI’s, artificial flaw shim standards, are placed on the part surface to An octagonal-shaped indicator made up of eight segments, used to
verify field direction and relative strength and are useful for balancing establish adequacy of field per requirements of MIL-STD-271, ASTM
multi-directional fields. E709 and ASTM E1444.
Part # 405082: Standard model KSC230
Part # 405083: Miniature model KSC4-230
Part # 405084: Variable depth model KSCT234

Ketos Test Ring Magnetic Field Strength Indicator

Fast and reliable performance test for circular magnetism. Drilled holes Uncalibrated model has scale of 10-0-10. Calibrated models have readings
simulate subsurface discontinuities to form surface indications at various in Gauss of either 10-0-10 or 20-0-20.
magnetizing levels. Meets ASTM E1444 requirements. Part # 405090: Uncalibrated
Part # 405091: 10-0-10 Calibrated
Part # 405092: 20-0-20 Calibrated

MAGNETIC PARTICLE 29
 5100 Series Portable Gauss Meter
The 5100 Series Hall effect portable gauss meters represents the most
recent design from the world leader in magnetic measuring equipment. This
new design incorporates the use of digital signal processing technology
making it the world’s first hand-held gauss meter to have a digital signal
processor (DSP) on board. Allows measurements from 0 to 30 kG with a
basic accuracy of 1%.
Key features include Auto Zero, Min./Max./Peak Hold, Auto Range and
Relative Mode. Both models allow the user to select Gauss or Tesla
readings. The Model 5180 also has a selection for readings in Ampere/
Meters and features a corrected analog output (±3V FS) and a USB
communications port.
The 5100 Series Hand-Held Gauss meter’s built-in software eliminates
the need for complex calibration procedures. User prompts on the custom
formatted LCD allow fast, simple push button operation. All models come
equipped with a detachable transverse probe, zero gauss chamber,
instruction manual, hard carrying case, and four AA batteries. Axial and
other style probes are available as options.
Applications for the 5100 Series range from the most sensitive laboratory
environment to the most rugged industrial setting. All instruments are CE
compliant.
Model 5170 DC-20 kHz
Model 5180 DC-40 kHz
Centrifuge Tube and Stand
Used to monitor the concentration and level of contamination of magnetic
particles in magnetic baths. The 14A centrifuge tube is graduated 0-100
ml in 0.05 increments and is used for fluorescent materials. The 7C/9C
centrifuge tube is graduated 0-100 ml in 0.10 increments and is used for
color-contrast materials.
Part # 405094: 14A, 14AM and 20B Centrifuge Tube
Part # 405094-3E: Centrifuge Tube #2
Part # 405094-MX: Similar to 405094 but not exact. Will work for
most customers but not up to standards.
Part # 405095: 7C/9C Centrifuge Tube
Part # 405095-M: Centrifuge Tube for 7C, 9C, 9CM
Part # 405095-MX: Centrifuge Tube Stand
Quick Break Tester
Fast test confirms function status of “quick break” circuitry in three phase
FWDC magnetic particle units.
MAGNETIC PARTICLE 30
 MAGNETIZING YOKES AND COILS

Designed for one-person magnetic particle inspection of ferrous parts. Articulating, double jointed legs of yokes contour to any part shape to assure good
contact and lightweight coil with footswitch makes handling easy. Available with yoke only or as a kit. Kits contain powders, baths, contrast paint, cleaners,
powder bulb, and magnetic field indicator, can gun and carrying case.

Y-6 Yoke Only- 115v or 230v Y-7 Yoke Only- 115v or 230V

Y-6 Yoke Only (#43530-115V; #43540-230V) Y-7 Yoke Only (#45310-115V; #43512-230V)
• For detection of surface cracks FEATURES
• Pull Force (10 lbs. AC) complies with all industry specifications • For detection of surface and near-surface cracks
• Solid state controls located in housing for maximum safety and reliability • Similar to Y-6 yoke but has DC and AC currents
• 2-minute on/off duty cycle for fast, efficient inspections • Pull force (60 lbs. DC and 10 lbs. AC) complies with all industry
• Includes carrying case specifications
• Includes carrying case

Y-6 AC Yoke Kit, 115V Y-7 Yoke Kit, AC/DC 115V

Designed for reliable, one person magnetic particle inspection of ferrous Designed for reliable, one person magnetic particle inspection of ferrous
parts when portability is essential. Because the kits are portable and the parts. Y-7 Yoke kit is used to find surface and near surface defects.
yokes fit into tight places, they are ideal for in-plant structures and field
work. A variety of options are offered, so you can select exactly what you
need.

FEATURES FEATURES
• The Y-6 AC Yoke is used to locate surface cracks. • Y-7 Yoke kit is used to find surface and near surface defects.
• Designed for reliable, one person magnetic particle inspection of ferrous • Designed for reliable, one person magnetic particle inspection of ferrous
parts. parts.
• Includes yoke, case, powder spray bulb, paint marker, wiping cloth and • Includes yoke, case, powder spray bulb, paint marker, wiping cloth and
instructions instructions
• Also includes #1 Gray Powder, #8A Red Powder, 4 packets of Scrubs • Also includes #1 Gray Powder, #8A Red Powder, 4 packets of Scrubs
• NEW One Year Warranty.
MAGNETIC PARTICLE 31
 Y-8 Yoke Kit DA-200 Contour Probe Series

The Y-8 DC Yoke is battery operated. A 6 volt, 12 amp battery provides up
to 8 hours of reliable inspection per charge. Comes with a 10’ cord and
easy to grip handle.
FEATURES
The kit Includes Y-8 Yoke, battery charger, powder (1 pound of #1 Gray),
powder bulb, and padded battery pack with shoulder strap, carrying case
and instructions.
L-10 Magnetizing Coil
The DA-200 Contour Probe is a portable, self-contained instrument
designed to produce a magnetic field on or within ferro-magnetic materials.
The selective AC and pulsed DC functions are built into a single reliable
instrument.
The AC mode produces an intense AC field for detection of surface defects
and demagnetizing after inspection. The DC mode produces an intense
pulsed DC field for detection of some sub-surface defects. Combined
with the flexibility of articulating legs and a rugged molded housing, the
Contour Probe can be used on nearly any part or surface contour... in the
lab, factory, or field site.
FEATURES
• Versatility and powerful performance in a rugged, reliable instrument
• Constant AC or pulsed DC fields with the flip of a switch; for the location
of surface and some sub-surface defects
• Apply continuous or residual magnetic fields and demagnetize too!
• Use with dry powder, wet fluorescent or visible
• High impact-molded housing
• One-year repair/replacement guarantee

SPECIFICATIONS
FEATURES DA200 DA200S A210 A210S
• For detection of surface cracks.
• 10” coil I.D., 15” O.D. Physical 10.5” (266 mm) × 11.0” (280mm) × 2.75” (70mm)
• Wear-Resistant neoprene coating
• Equipped with footswitch for energizing magnetic current Line Voltage Single Phase 115 VAC 230VAC 115 VAC 230VAC
• 10’ flexible line cable 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
• 115V, 60Hz, single-phase power source required Line Current 6A 4A 8A 3A
• Includes carrying case AC/DC AC/DC AC/DC AC/DC
Duty Cycle 2 minutes on – 2 minutes off
Weight 13 lb (5.9 kg)
Construction Glass-filled nylon housing
10 foot (3 m) 3-wire power cord
Span 18 in. (457 mm) across poles
Field AC/DC AC/DC AC AC

MAGNETIC PARTICLE 32
 DA-400 Contour Probe Yoke Only DA-400 Contour Probe Kit A

The DA-400 Contour Probe is a portable, self-contained instrument FEATURES

designed to produce a magnetic field on or within ferro-magnetic Truly portable one-man inspection packages “A” KIT ITEMS
materials. Steel carrying case
1 lb. Red Powder
The selective AC and pulsed DC functions are built into a single reliable 1 lb. Gray Powder
instrument. The AC mode produces an intense AC field for detection PB1 Applicator
of surface defects and demagnetizing after inspection. The DC mode
produces an intense pulsed DC field for detection of some subsurface Note: Probe instrument is NOT included with kit
defects. Optional Y-400 Yoke Light where shown is available at additional
cost
Controls and solid-state electronics are contained within the high impact
molded housing. Articulating legs allow the AC or DC field to be applied to
the precise area of inspection on nearly any part of the surface shape... in
the lab, factory or field site.
DA-400 Contour Probe Kit AB

FEATURES
• Versatility and powerful performance in a lightweight (8 lbs.) instrument
• Constant AC or pulsed DC fields with the flip of a switch for the location
of surface and some sub-surface defects
• Apply continuous or residual magnetic fields and demagnetize too!
• Use with dry powder, wet fluorescent or visible
• High impact molded housing
• One year repair/replacement guarantee
• Optional Y-400 Yoke Light where shown is available at additional cost FEATURES
• Steel carrying case
• 1 lb. Red Powder
• 1 lb. Gray Powder
• PB1 Applicator

PLUS
EA140 Hand-Held UV Light
778A (9.5 oz.) Aerosol Can
Fluorescent Particles

Note: Probe instrument is NOT included with kit

Optional Y-400 Yoke Light where shown is available at additional
cost

MAGNETIC PARTICLE 33
 B-100 Contour Probe- Yoke Only B-100 AC Contour Probe- Kit A

If you do any work with ferrous metals such as in the shipyard, aerospace, FEATURES
steel mill, foundry, weldment or vehicle overhaul, you need the performance Truly portable one-man inspection packages “A” KIT ITEMS
advantage of the B-100 Contour Probe. • Steel carrying case
• 1 lb. Red Powder
WIDE VERSATILITY • 1 lb. Gray Powder
Mechanically, the B-100 Probe will conform to practically any surface • PB1 Applicator
configuration. Strong, constant AC fields or high intensity pulsed DC
fields, using the DC-300 power supply.

ONE-PERSON PACKAGE B-100 Contour Probe- Kit AB

The B-100 Contour Probe is a complete magnetic package. One person
takes it to work and easily performs a thorough and reliable inspection in
a fraction of the time consumed by large bulky equipment.

PRECISE AREA INSPECTION

Powerful magnetic fields are concentrated and applied to the precise area
to be inspected. The construction of the new B-100 Contour Probe allows
for the replacement of all internal components.

FEATURES
• Handheld AC Magnetic Yoke
• Lightweight FEATURES
• Durable Molded Construction Truly portable one-man inspection packages “AB” KIT ITEMS
• Powerful AC Magnetic Field
• Economical • Steel carrying case
• One-Year Guarantee • 1 lb. Red Powder
• Totally Repairable • 1 lb. Gray Powder
• PB1 Applicator
SPECIFICATIONS
B-100 B-100S PLUS:
Line Voltage Single Phase 115 VAC 230 VAC EA140 Hand-Held UV Light
50/60 Hz 50/60Hz 778A (9.5 oz.) Aerosol Can
Line Current 4A 3A Fluorescent Particles
Weight 6½ lb (2.95 kg)
Note: Probe instrument and optional Y-400 Yoke Light are NOT
included with kit

MAGNETIC PARTICLE 34
 DC-300 Optional Pulsed DC Power Supply B-310 Mini AC Contour Probe - Yoke Only

DESCRIPTION
The DC-300 contains an electronic circuit board assembly completely
sealed within the housing. The B-100 Probe should be connected to the
output power cord, while the input plug of the power supply should be
connected to a grounded power source. Smallest of the Small. The B-310 Contour Probe is a lightweight (6
DC-300 (115 VAC, 50/60 Hz Input) lbs.) Magnetic Inspection Yoke designed to perform magnetic particle
DC-300S (230 VAC, 50/60 Hz Input) inspections quickly and reliably, and with greater versatility. The overall
length of the unit is only 7.25”.

B-300 Contour Probe- Kit A The B-310 Mini Contour Probe provides great flexibility and reduced size.
The reversible strain-relief feature allows the power cord to enter from the
rear or top of the unit permitting greater access to small work areas. Has
fully adjustable legs permitting the AC magnetic field to be applied to the
precise area of inspection.

FEATURES
• Units are available in 115, 230, 42-48 VAC and 4-12 VDC
• All units may be CE certified
FEATURES • When required, the B-310 may be operated from the optional DC-300
Truly portable one-man inspection packages “A” KIT ITEMS pulsed DC power supply to provide intense DC magnetic fields
• Steel carrying case • One year repair/replacement guarantee
• 1 lb. Red Powder
• 1 lb. Gray Powder SPECIFICATIONS
• PB1 Applicator B-310 B-310S B-142
Please note: Probe instrument is NOT included with kit. Optional Y- Physical 7 3/4” (H) × 7 1/4” (W) × 2 1/8” (D)
300 Yoke Light where shown is available at additional cost Line Voltage 115 VAC 230 VAC 42-48 VAC
Single Phase 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Line Current 4A 3A 7½ A
B-300 Contour Probe- Kit AB Duty Cycle 2 minutes on – 2 minutes off
Weight 6 lb (2.73 Kg)
Construction Polyurethane-filled glass/nylon housing
8 foot / 3 wire power cord
Span 0-9 in. across poles

FEATURES
Truly portable one-man inspection packages “AB” KIT ITEMS
• Steel carrying case
• 1 lb. Red Powder
• 1 lb. Gray Powder
• PB1 Applicator
PLUS
EA140 Hand-Held UV Light
778A (9.5 oz.) Aerosol Can
Fluorescent Particles
Note: Probe instrument is NOT included with kit. Optional Y-300 Yoke
Light where shown is available at additional cost
MAGNETIC PARTICLE 35
 B-300 Lightweight AC Contour Probe- Yoke Probe Light
Yoke Only

The B-300 Contour Probe is a lightweight (7½ pounds) Magnetic MODEL NUMBERS
Inspection Yoke designed to perform magnetic particle inspections quickly Y-300 Molded Induction Yoke Light for B300 Contour Probe
and reliably. Have fully adjustable legs which allow the strong AC field to Y-400 Molded Induction Yoke Light for DA400 Contour Probe
be applied directly to the precise area to be inspected, regardless of part
size or mass. Y-300 and Y-400 Probe Lights are molded inspection lights designed to fit
the B-300 and DA-400 Contour Probes respectively.
Excellent in fields of: Production, Field Maintenance, Automotive and
Industrial. The lights operate from the induction of the AC magnetic field produced by
the Yokes. A small coil wound within the molded light housing produces 12
FEATURES volts AC which operates the small cylindrical shaped bulb. There are no
• Units are available in 115, 230, 42-48 VAC and 4-12 VDC wiring connections necessary for installation. It should be noted that the
• All units are CE compliant lights operate in the AC mode only.
• When required, the B-300 may be operated from the optional DC-300
pulsed DC power supply to provide intense DC magnetic fields The Y-300 Probe Light is designed to fit the rear leg housing of the Parker
• One year repair/replacement guarantee B-300 Contour Probe. The Y-400 is designed to fit the rear leg housing
of the DA-400 Contour Probe. Both are molded from durable glass filled
SPECIFICATIONS nylon which is extremely resistant to shock, wear and chemicals. The
B-300 B-300S B-48 B12D bulbs are an automotive dome light bulb which may be available from
Physical 7 1/8” H × 9 1/4” W × 2 1/8” D local sources. Replacements are also available at minimal cost.
Line Voltage 115 VAC 230 VAC 42-48 VAC 115 VDC
Single Phase 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Line Current 4A 3A 6.5 A 2.5 A 5-Turn Coils
Duty Cycle 2 minutes on – 2 minutes off
Weight 7½ lb
Construction Polyurethane-filled glass/nylon housing
8 foot / 3 wire power cord
Span 0-12 in. across poles

B-300UF Special Contour Probe

FEATURES AND DESCRIPTION
Part # 28501 12” Coil
Part # 28511 16” Coil
Part #28531 20” Coil
Part #28541 25” Coil
5-turn coils in various diameters for all units, except A-915 and MAG
III Series units
Part # 26193 Coil Base
For use with coils on all units except A-915 and MAG III Series units
FEATURES Part # 169584 12” Coil for A-915 and MAG III Series
• Includes GFCI Plug on 25’ Neoprene (black or yellow) Power Cord. Part # 285015-turn coil, similar to: Fits A-915 and MAG III Series units
• Switch and Power Cord entries are sealed. Part # 169579 Coil Base : For use with #169584 on A-915 and MAG III
• Unit is designed for use in extreme moisture conditions. Series units

MAGNETIC PARTICLE 36
 ULTRAVIOLET/ BLACK LIGHTS LABINO LIGHTS

PRODUCTS: ULTRAVIOLET LIGHT - HIGH INTENSITY MPXL

The Labino Ultraviolet Light lamps are based on two key components – Labino DUV-35W Gas Discharge Bulb (MPXL-technology) and Labino Trigger Ballasts
(Electronics). Labino ultraviolet light lamps are available with a choice of reflectors: spotlight, midlight, or floodlight. Our ultraviolet light lamps are among the
most powerful on the market.

JENNIFER: PLEASE ADD THE PICTURES NEXT TO EACH

MAGNETIC PARTICLE 37
MODEL DESCRIPTION (Find them on www.labino.com if the
 Labino Spotlight Description

TRAC LIGHT
A light weight, flexible, highly portable battery operated lamp, with trigger
ballast, battery and bulb in one housing. Functional operating time is
approximately 1 hour and 20 minutes. Charged via the Labino special
charger (for TrAc Light only) and operated from the internal Li-ion battery.
Running time: 1.3 hrs +/- 5%. Charging time: approximately 3 hours.
First time charging: 8 hours. Battery: 14.8 V Li-ion accumulator. Weight:
2.32 kilos. Available models: 135 TL (mounting brackets), H 135 TL (top
handle), and PH 135 TL (pistol handle). Available in either UV or White
light models with choice of reflectors: spotlight, midlight, or floodlight. Note
UV SPOTLIGHT
that it is not possible to charge and operate the lamp at the same time.
BENEFITS OF UV-SPOTLIGHT
Very focused light TRAC LIGHT PRO
Can be used outside in daylight A versatile, portable duo lamp consisting of a luminary unit and a battery/
Can be used in a lit room electronics unit. The TrAc Light PRO is battery operated which offers the
Can be used at long distances operator flexibility. Functional operating time is approximately 2.5 hours
Unaffected by magnetic fields +/- 5%. The lamp is charged via the Labino special charger (for TrAc Light
Full power after 5-15 sec PRO only) and operated from the internal Lithium batteries. It may also
Low heat generation, no cooling fans be plugged into the mains and operated at the same time. Charging time:
Distribution angle of spotlight lamp: (Beam) 3.5° approximately 6 hours. Note: this lamp is shipped fully charged. Batteries:
Irradiance of spotlight lamp: > 45 000 µW/cm²=at 38 cm two 14.8 V Li-ion accumulators. Weight: hand unit: 1.1 kilos; battery/
trigger ballast unit: 2.4 kilos. Available models: PS135 (pistol handle) and
OHS135 (open handle). Available in either UV or White light models with
SPECIFICATIONS
choice of reflectors: spotlight, midlight, or floodlight. Choose between 100,
Voltage: 100 VAC, 115 VAC, 230 VAC or 12-24 VDC
115 or 230 V mains cable.
Input Power: 43 W
Output Power: 35 W
Mechanical Stability (bulb): IEC810 TRAC PACK STANDARD
Service Life (bulb): appr. 2 000 h A portable battery-operated lamp model, consisting of a luminary unit
Wavelength: UV-A, peak at 365 nm and a battery/electronics unit. Charged via the Labino standard charger
Material in housing: anodized aluminum, plastics PA6-30 (included) and operated from the internal battery (12-24 VDC). Weight:
The housing is via pre milled slots prepared for mounting devices luminary unit: 1.2 kg; battery/electronic unit: 4.4 kg. Cable length: luminary
S, CE, ETL/cETL approved – battery/electronic unit: 2.3 m. Charging time: 4-5 hours; Operating time:
IP65 classified, dust and temporary water jetting proof approximately 1 hour and 20 minutes.

MODEL DESCRIPTION TRAC PACK PRO

A compact unit supplied as 135, H135 or as PH135. H=Handle, PH=Pistol
Handle, 135=without any handle but with a pair of mounting brackets (for
stationary mounting), one on each side of lamp. Weight: 2.25 kg. Cable
length: 2.0 m.
COMPACT: Electronics inside: Models: 135, H135 and PH135.
DUO: Electronics on the side: Models: S135, PS135 and OHS135
A portable battery-operated lamp, consisting of a luminary unit and
a battery/electronics unit. As this model includes the Labino special
charger PSU and a cigarette lighter cable it provides three possibilities of
operation: from mains via the PSU with simultaneous charging of internal
battery; from an external 12-24VDC source via the cigarette lighter cable;
or from the internal battery. Charging time: 4-5 hours; Operating time:
approximately 1 hour and 20 minutes.

A two-part lamp comprised of a luminary unit and a ballast unit (electronics). The Labino UV-spotlight is used within the following areas:
The luminary unit is both short in length and light in weight. S=Short Non Destructive Testing
(without any handle but with a pair of mounting brackets, one on each Crime Scene Investigations
side). PS=Pistol Short. OHS=Open Handle Short. Weight: luminary unit: Laboratory Use
1.2 kg; ballast unit: 1.5 kg. Cable length: mains cable: 2.0 m; luminary Sanitation
– ballast unit: 3.0 m. Engine Leakage Detection
Leak Detection in Filter Systems
TRAC: Battery operated: TrAc Light, TrAc Light Pro, TrAc Pack Standard, Leak Detection in Heating and Cooling Plant
and TrAc Pack Pro
MAGNETIC PARTICLE 38
 Labino UV / Black Light Midlight Overview
PRODUCTS - UV-MIDLIGHT LAMP
BENEFITS OF MIDLIGHT LAMP:
Smooth light beam
Stable light beam
Large light beam
UV-light Unaffected by magnetic fields
Full power after 5-15 sec
UV-light lamp has low heat generation, no cooling fans
Distribution angle of midlight lamp: (Beam) 20°
Irradiance midlight lamp:> 8 000 µW/cm²=at 38 cm
SPECIFICATIONS
Voltage: 100 VAC, 115 VAC, 230 VAC or 12-24 VDC
Input Power: 43 W
Output Power: 35 W
Mechanical Stability (bulb): IEC810
Service Life (bulb): approx. 2 000 h
Wavelength: UV-A, peak at 365 nm
Material in housing: anodized aluminum, plastics PA6-30
The housing is via pre milled slots prepared for mounting devices
S, CE, ETL/cETL approved
IP65 classified, dust and temporary water jetting proof
MODELS:
Compact (Electronics inside): 135 UV, H135 UV, and PH135 UV
A compact unit supplied as 135, H135 or as PH135. H=Handle, PH=Pistol
Handle, 135=without any handle but with a pair of mounting brackets (for
stationary mounting), one on each side of lamp. Weight: 2.25 kg. Cable
length: 2.0 m
Duo (Electronics on the side): Models: S135, PS135 and OHS135.
A two-part lamp comprised of a luminary unit and a ballast unit (electronics).
The luminary unit is both short in length and light in weight. S=Short
(without handle but with a pair of mounting brackets, one on each side).
PS=Pistol Short. OHS=Open Handle Short. Weight: luminary unit: 1.2 kg;
ballast unit: 1.5 kg. Cable length: mains cable: 2.0 m; luminary - ballast
unit: 3.0 m.
TRAC LIGHT
A light weight, flexible, highly portable battery operated lamp, with trigger
ballast, battery and bulb in one housing. Functional operating time is
approximately 1 hour and 20 minutes. Charged via the Labino special
charger (for TrAc Light only) and operated from the internal Li-ion battery.
Running time: 1.3 hrs +/- 5%. Charging time: approximately 3 hours.
First time charging: 8 hours. Battery: 14.8 V Li-ion accumulator. Weight:
2.32 kilos. Available models: 135 TL (mounting brackets), H 135 TL (top
handle), and PH 135 TL (pistol handle). Available in either UV or White
light models with choice of reflectors: spotlight, midlight, or floodlight. Note
that it is not possible to charge and operate the lamp at the same time.
TRAC LIGHT PRO
A versatile, portable duo lamp consisting of a luminary unit and a battery/
electronics unit. The TrAc Light PRO is battery operated which offers the
operator flexibility. Functional operating time is approximately 2.5 hours
+/- 5%. The lamp is charged via the Labino special charger (for TrAc Light
PRO only) and operated from the internal Lithium batteries. It may also
be plugged into the mains and operated at the same time. Charging time:
approximately 6 hours. Note: this lamp is shipped fully charged. Batteries:
two 14.8 V Li-ion accumulators. Weight: hand unit: 1.1 kilos; battery/
trigger ballast unit: 2.4 kilos. Available models: PS135 (pistol handle) and
OHS135 (open handle). Available in either UV or White light models with
choice of reflectors: spotlight, midlight, or floodlight. Choose between 100,
115 or 230 V mains cable.
TRAC PACK STANDARD
A portable battery-operated lamp model, consisting of a luminary unit
and a battery/electronics unit. Charged via the Labino standard charger
(included) and operated from the internal battery (12-24 VDC). Weight:
luminary unit: 1.2 kg; battery/electronic unit: 4.4 kg. Cable length: luminary
– battery/electronic unit: 2.3 m. Charging time: 4-5 hours; Operating time:
approximately 1 hour and 20 minutes.
TRAC PAC PRO
A portable battery-operated lamp, consisting of a luminary unit and
a battery/electronics unit. As this model includes the Labino special
charger PSU and a cigarette lighter cable it provides three possibilities of
operation: from mains via the PSU with simultaneous charging of internal
battery; from an external 12-24VDC source via the cigarette lighter cable;
or from the internal battery. Charging time: 4-5 hours; Operating time:
approximately 1 hour and 20 minutes.
MAGNETIC PARTICLE 39
 Labino UV / Black Light Floodlight Overview

PRODUCTS - UV-FLOODLIGHT LAMP TRAC LIGHT

A light weight, flexible, highly portable battery operated lamp, with trigger
BENEFITS OF FLOODLIGHT LAMP: ballast, battery and bulb in one housing. Functional operating time is
Very large light beam approximately 1 hour and 20 minutes. Charged via the Labino special
Unaffected by magnetic fields charger (for TrAc Light only) and operated from the internal Li-ion battery.
Full power after 5-15 sec Running time: 1.3 hrs +/- 5%. Charging time: approximately 3 hours.
Low heat generation, no cooling fans First time charging: 8 hours. Battery: 14.8 V Li-ion accumulator. Weight:
Extremely low white light emission 2.32 kilos. Available models: 135 TL (mounting brackets), H 135 TL (top
Distribution angle of floodlight lamp: (beam) 45° handle), and PH 135 TL (pistol handle). Available in either UV or White
Irradiance of floodlight lamp: ≥3 500 µW/cm²=at 38 cm light models with choice of reflectors: spotlight, midlight, or floodlight. Note
that it is not possible to charge and operate the lamp at the same time.

SPECIFICATIONS TRAC LIGHT PRO

Voltage: 100 VAC, 115 VAC, 230 VAC or 12-24 VDC
Input Power: 43 W
Output Power: 35 W
Mechanical Stability (bulb): IEC810
Service Life (bulb): approx. 2 000 h
Wavelength: UV-A, peak at 365 nm
Material in housing: anodized aluminum, plastics PA6-30
The housing is via pre milled slots prepared for mounting devices
S, CE, ETL/cETL approved
IP65 classified, dust and temporary water jetting proof
MODELS:
Compact (Electronics inside): Models: 135, H135 and PH135.
A compact unit supplied as 135, H135 or as PH135. H=Handle, PH=Pistol
Handle, 135=without any handle but with a pair of mounting brackets (for
stationary mounting), one on each side of lamp. Weight: 2.25 kg. Cable
length: 2.0 m.
Duo (Electronics on the side): Models S135, PS135 and OHS135
A two-part lamp comprised of a luminary unit and a ballast unit (electronics).
The luminary unit is both short in length and light in weight. S=Short
(without any handle but with a pair of mounting brackets, one on each
side). PS=Pistol Short. OHS=Open Handle Short. Weight: luminary unit:
1.2 kg; ballast unit: 1.5 kg. Cable length: mains cable: 2.0 m; luminary
– ballast units: 3.0 m.
A versatile, portable duo lamp consisting of a luminary unit and a battery/
electronics unit. The TrAc Light PRO is battery operated which offers the
operator flexibility. Functional operating time is approximately 2.5 hours
+/- 5%. The lamp is charged via the Labino special charger (for TrAc Light
PRO only) and operated from the internal Lithium batteries. It may also
be plugged into the mains and operated at the same time. Charging time:
approximately 6 hours. Note: this lamp is shipped fully charged. Batteries:
two 14.8 V Li-ion accumulators. Weight: hand unit: 1.1 kilos; battery/
trigger ballast unit: 2.4 kilos. Available models: PS135 (pistol handle) and
OHS135 (open handle). Available in either UV or White light models with
choice of reflectors: spotlight, midlight, or floodlight. Choose between 100,
115 or 230 V mains cable.
TRAC PACK STANDARD
A portable battery-operated lamp model, consisting of a luminary unit
and a battery/electronics unit. Charged via the Labino standard charger
(included) and operated from the internal battery (12-24 VDC). Weight:
luminary unit: 1.2 kg; battery/electronic unit: 4.4 kg. Cable length: luminary
– battery/electronic unit: 2.3 m. Charging time: 4-5 hours; Operating time:
approximately 1 hour and 20 minutes.
TRAC PACK PRO
A portable battery-operated lamp consisting of a luminary unit and
a battery/electronics unit. As this model includes the Labino special
charger PSU and a cigarette lighter cable it provides three possibilities of
operation: from mains via the PSU with simultaneous charging of internal
battery; from an external 12-24VDC source via the cigarette lighter cable;
or from the internal battery. Charging time: 4-5 hours; Operating time:
approximately 1 hour and 20 minutes.

MAGNETIC PARTICLE 40
 MAGNAFLUX LIGHTS

ZB-100 Handheld UV / Blacklight ZB-100F Mag Shot Blacklight / UV

Produces longwave ultraviolet light, providing optimum fluorescence in Energize your MPI equipment directly from the ZB-100F MB
MAGNAGLO and ZYGLO testing materials. Includes transformer, cords, blacklight!
GFCI and plug. Stay-cool handle and protective bezel Energize Power Packs and Wet Benches REMOTELY when checking for
cracks in extra-long parts!
PART NUMBERS New design has remote button integrated into the handle of the blacklight
to eliminate the need to continuously return to the MPI Unit to initiate
115v/60/1: 505108 another mag shot.
220v/50/1: 505108-220
The new light can be easily retrofitted into existing equipment by obtaining
Side Mount Assembly: 600029
the specific kit designed for you particular MPI Unit. A schematic and
Table Top Mount Assembly: 505114
instruction sheet is provided with each new light.

ZB-100 Blacklight / UV Conversion Kit ZB-100F Blacklight / UV No Cart

FEATURES FEATURES
Converts ZB-23, ZB-24, ZB-26, and ZB-27 lamps 100W 115V 60Hz
Includes ZB-100 housing, bulb, and cords Includes transformer, cords, GFCI and plug
Uses existing transformer Built-in fan keeps light cool (#600004 pictured)
Part no: 505110

ZB-150 FSB Self Ballast UV / Blacklight ZB-100F Blacklight / UV and Cart

FEATURES
ZB-150 FSB Hand-Held, Self-Ballasted Black Light for Portable 100W 115V/60Hz/1 ph
Inspections! NEW Ergonomic Grip! Includes transformer, cords, GFCI, plug, and base
Built-in fan keeps light cool
Self-ballasted blacklight eliminates need for external transformer Part no: 505160
Uses 150w Self-Ballasted Replacement Bulb
MAGNETIC PARTICLE 41
 ZB-240 Cool Max Fluorescent Overhead Light Fixture
ZB-240 Cool Max is the latest addition to the MAGNAFLUX UV Inspection Line. Perfect for MP Inspection or FP Inspection, wash station inspection and any
application that requires large inspection area.
SPECTROLINE BLACKLIGHT/ UV LIGHTS
36-380 Blacklight / UV Wand
The Spectroline 36-380 pencil lamp is one of the smallest sources available
of filtered, long wave ultraviolet (Black Light) radiation. It is basically the
11SC-1 lamp coated with conversion phosphors that absorb the 254nm
line and convert this energy into a band peaking at 365nm. The lamp is
encased in a tubular glass filter that absorbs visible light while transmitting
maximum ultraviolet intensity. The 36-380 lamp is ideal for fluorescent
penetrant analysis and boroscopic inspection in ordinarily inaccessible
locations.
SPECIFICATIONS
Average Intensity: 1,000 µW/cm2 of 365nm (3650 A°U, 365mµ) radiation
at 1” (2.54cm)
Housing: The quartz tube is bonded inside a phenolic handle with Viton™
and a special insulating resin. A 24” (61cm) ozone-resistant cord set with
plug is provided for attachment to the SCT-1A power supply
Operation: The lamp plugs into the Spectroline SCT-1A power supply
Dimensions: Tube: 2 1/8” (5.30cm), 3/8” (0.95cm) OD / Housing: 5 1/4”
(13.34cm)
Weight: 2 1/2 oz. (70g)
AP-400 Ultrawand UV Inspection Kit
FEATURES
Compact, battery-powered, long-wave UV lamp illuminates even
previously inaccessible areas without disassembly
Versatile and slender inspection tool is perfect for checking the tightest
spots — jet engine turbine blades, small-diameter pipes or machinery,
and much more
Lightweight — entire kit weighs only 6 1/4 pounds, including batteries
Long-lasting power — runs for over 40 hours on ordinary “D” cell
batteries
Cost effective — pays for itself fast by saving time and labor
Includes everything needed — complete with carrying case, adjustable
inspection mirror, 10-foot power cord, 10-foot extension cord and spare
UV tube
SPECIFICATIONS
Light Source: 4-watt, integrally filtered, long-wave UV fluorescent tube
Typical Peak UV-A Output: 7,600 µW/cm2 at the source; 1,800 µW/cm2
at 1” (2.4cm)
Initial Warm Up: 5 minutes
Replacement Tube: BLE-220B
Power Requirements: 8 “D” cell alkaline batteries (not included)
Dimensions: 9 1/4 W x 12 1/2 L x 4” H / (23.5 W x 31.8 L x 10.2cm H)
Weight: 6 1/4 lbs (2.8kg)
MAGNETIC PARTICLE 42
 AP-800 Ultrawand UV Lamp
FEATURES
• Long and Slender — Measures 30 inches long by only one inch in
diameter to go where no NDT inspection lamp could go before
• Lightweight — One-pound probe is ergonomically designed to be held
comfortably during lengthy inspections
• Cost Effective and Economical — Costs thousands of dollars less than
borescopes with liquid-filled light guides
• Powerful — 8-watt lamp plugs into any AC outlet to find critical indications
that other UV light sources may miss
• Versatile — Long-wave UV lamp illuminates previously inaccessible
areas without disassembly
• Used by major tube and pipeline inspection companies
SPECIFICATIONS
Light Source: 8-watt, integrally filtered, long-wave UV fluorescent tube,
10” (25.4cm) long
Steady-State UV-A Output: 4,800 µW/cm2 at 1” (2.5cm) / 2,200 µW/cm2
at 2” (5.1cm)
Initial Warm Up: 3 minutes
Replacement Tube: BLE-760B
Power Requirements: 115 volt/60 Hz or 230 volt/50 Hz AC
Dimensions: (probe only)/ 1” (2.5 cm) diameter; 30” (76.2cm) long
Weight: (probe only) 1 lb. (0.45kg)
Primary Cord: (to power supply) 6 ft. (1.8m)
Secondary Cord: (to lamp) 6 ft. (1.8m)
B-Series Battery Operated UV Lamps
FEATURES
• Your choice of 7 lightweight, compact models ( See www.newcoinc.com
fir details)
• Versatile units are available in short, medium and long wave models for
countless applications
• Lamps can operate 5 to 7 hours on ordinary “C” cell alkaline or NiCad
rechargeable batteries!
• Separate LONGLIFE™ filter assembly on short and medium wave
lamps lasts up to 50 times longer than conventional UV filters!
• Lamps are specially constructed to feel comfortable in your hand, even
after hours of operation.
• The 6-watt lamps have a built-in, metal carrying handle. The 4-watt
models have either a convenient wrist carrying strap or use a snap-on
metal carrying handle (available as an accessory).
C-100PA Blacklight / UV Lamp Series
FEATURES
• Feature compact lamp head for ease of use and maximum comfort. Ideal
for spotting surface flaws in confined areas. Easily fit into tight or hard-to-
reach areas.
• Powerful — 100-watt spot bulb powered by magnetic ballast encapsulated
in a high-impact plastic housing. Nominal steady-state UV-A intensity of
5,000 µW/cm² at 15 inches (38 cm).
• Lightweight — Compact lamp head weighs only 15/8 lbs (0.7 kg).
Long Life — Average rated bulb life of 5,000 hours.
• Safe — Heat-resistant filter holder virtually eliminates filter movement
during use, reducing the risk of breakage and preventing visible light
leakage. CE compliant.
• Easy to Use — constructed of anodized aluminum with a stay-cool pistol
grip for extra comfort, safety and hours of fatigue-free handling.
• Versatile — ideal for nondestructive testing, quality control and other
applications. Easily meets MIL and ASTM specs for FPI and MPI.
MODELS
C-100PA comes with 8-foot (2.4 m) primary and 8-foot secondary cords.
C-100PAX comes with 8-foot (2.4 m) primary and 20-foot (6.1 m)
secondary cords.
C-100PAR comes with 8-foot (2.4 m) primary cord and 30-foot (9.1 m)
retractable secondary cord in “flying reel”. Also features attached FP-50
filter protector/lamp stand.
C-100PA comes with 8-foot (2.4 m) primary and 8-foot secondary cords.
SPECIFICATIONS
UV Wavelength :365 nm
UV Intensity: 5,000 µW/cm² at 15” (38 cm)
Bulb Type: 100 watt, mercury vapor
Bulb Life : 5,000 hours (average rated life)
Power Supply :Magnetic ballast
DIMENSIONS
Housing : 7 L x 9 H x 5” D (17.8 x 22.9 x 12.7 cm)
Lamp Head: 7 L x 9 ½” H (17.8 x 24.1 cm)
Lamp Head Weight : 15/8 lb. (0.7 kg)
Power Requirements : 120V/60Hz, 230V/50Hz, 240V/50Hz
or 100V/50-60Hz
Total Weight: 10 lbs. (4.5 kg)
ACCESSORIES
FP-50: Filter protector/lamp stand
REPLACEMENT PARTS
2F123: Filter, BLE-100S/MC: Spot bulb – 100 watt, medium base
MAGNETIC PARTICLE 43
 CH-50P/12 High-Intensity
Blacklight / UV
FEATURES
• High Performance — Produces higher UV intensity than competitors’
12-volt lamps.
• “Instant On” Operation — enables you to perform inspections immediately
at the push of a button without waiting for warm-up.
• Impact-Resistant, Dent-Proof Housing — made of a super-tough
engineering polymer.
• Compact Lamp Head — only 51¼4W x 71¼2”L (13 x 19 cm) at its
widest point, its compact size enables you to work in tight spaces.
• Excellent Portability — Battery-operated unit weighs only two pounds.
• Longer Battery Life — Consumes 50% less power than competitors’
12-volt lamps, doubling battery life.
• Versatile Dual Connections — includes a 4-foot (1.2 m) cord with
cigarette-lighter plug and a 1-foot (0.3 m) adapter cord with alligator clips.
Connects to any 12-volt battery or cigarette-lighter outlet. A 12-foot (13.6
m) extension cord is also provided.
• Flexible Silicone-Rubber Filter Holder — can be removed without tools
for quick and easy bulb replacement.
• Filter Protector/Lamp Stand — Helps prevent filter damage and serves
as a convenient stand.
• Free Safety Glasses — UV-absorbing glasses are included at no extra
charge.
• Battery Pack Accessory — Compact, lightweight (only 7 lbs.) BP-
12A battery pack comes complete with a 12V 7Ahr sealed lead acid
rechargeable battery and a charger in a weather-resistant case with a
shoulder strap. Permits field use of the CH-50P/12 lamp in areas where
an AC outlet is not available.
SPECIFICATIONS
Voltage Requirements : 12V
Bulb Rating: 50 watts
Operation: Instant-On
Lamp Head: Diameter x Length of Housing : 5 1/4 x 7 1/2” (13.3 x
19.1cm)
Weight: 2 lbs (0.9kg)
Cord Length: 4 ft (1.2m), 1 ft (0.3m) and 12 ft (3.6m)
E/12-Series UV Lamp with 12v
Rechargeable Battery
FEATURES
• Portable, compact, lightweight models provide ideal combinations of
wavelengths, intensities, sizes and wattages.
• Specially designed to provide the highest intensity in its class
• All lamps come standard with attached convenient carrying handle.
• Rechargeable, battery-operated units with four-way power, each with a
distinct mode of operation.
• Choice of automatic or manual rechargers
SPECIFICATIONS
In order to use the lamp, one or more of the following accessories must be
ordered. To power the lamp from the BP-12A battery pack or from a vehicle’s
cigarette-lighter receptacle, use the AL-12 adapter with a male cigarette-
lighter plug. To power the lamp directly from a vehicle battery or any 12-volt
battery that can supply at least 0.5 amp of continuous current, use the AA-12
adapter with two alligator clips on one end. Use the AP-12/4 or AP-12/6 AC
adapter with a 10-foot cord to power the lamp from a 120 volt AC outlet.
Features of the E/12-Series UV lamps include a silver, anodized-aluminum
housing that makes it both attractive and durable. For extra hand-held
convenience, a carrying handle is attached. ‘‘On/Off’’ toggle switch puts
irradiance control at your fingertips. Also, an LED on the front endcap of each
unit lights when the battery needs recharging.
ACCESSORIES
BP-12A Battery Pack, Complete with 12 Volt, 7 AHr, Rechargeable Battery
with Female Cigarette-Lighter Receptacle, RB-12M Battery Charger, Circuit-
Protector 2A Fuse and Nylon Carrying Case
AP-12/4 120 Volt AC Adapter with 10-Foot Cord (for 4- and 5-Watt Lamps)
AP-12/6 120 Volt AC Adapter with 10-Foot Cord (for 6- and 8-Watt Lamps)
AA-12 External 12 Volt Battery Adapter with Alligator Clips
AL-12 External 12 Volt Battery Adapter with Male Cigarette-Lighter Plug
9B65 Rechargeable Battery, 12 Volt, 7 AHr
CH-180 Lamp Carrying Handle (Replacement)
SE-140 Lamp Stand
MAGNETIC PARTICLE 44
 FC-100 Blacklight / UV with Spotbulb
FEATURES
Cool operation : Built-in fan dramatically reduces running temperatures;
allows faster and easier restarting of the lamp while providing safety and
comfort during use
Super-high intensity: Exceptional UV intensity exposes unprecedented
view of critical indications, enabling more accurate inspection
Extra tough Impact Resistant: Dent-proof lamp housing is made of
super-strong engineering polymer
Superior quality : Built to exacting engineering standards to meet MIL
and ASTM specifications for FPI and MPI
Longer-lasting bulb Special Bulb-Saver™: Protects the bulb from
mechanical shock damage and ensures longer bulb life (average rated
life is 5,000 hours)
Dual-purpose filter protector: Vinyl-coated, stainless filter protector
drastically minimizes damage to the filter and also functions as a lamp
stand
Ergonomic design : Lightweight lamp head and contoured pistol-grip
handle permit extended hand-held use without discomfort or fatigue
Hassle-free bulb/filter replacement : Flexible silicone-rubber filter holder is
easily removable without tools for quick bulb and filter replacement
Crack-resistant filter : For minimizing visible light (less than 2 footcandles
or 20 lux) while maximizing long wave UV irradiance
SPECIFICATIONS
Intensity : Nominal steady-state UV-A intensity 5,000 µW/cm² at 15”
Weight : Lamp - 2.5 lbs (1.1kg) / Transformer - 7.5 lbs (3.4kg)
Power cord : Primary - 8-foot (2.4m) / Secondary - 8 foot
Voltages : 120V, 230V, 240V and 100V
Bulbs : 100-watt, spot and flood versions
FC-150 Blacklight /UV with Spotbulb
FEATURES
Cool operation : Built-in fan dramatically reduces running temperatures;
allows faster and easier restarting of the lamp while providing safety and
comfort during use
Super-high intensity Exceptional UV intensity exposes unprecedented
view of critical indications, enabling more accurate inspection
Impact Resistant: Extra tough, dent-proof lamp housing is made of
super-strong engineering polymer
Superior quality: Built to exacting engineering standards to meet MIL
and ASTM specifications for FPI and MPI
3-position rocker switch (off/fan only/fan and power): For independent
operation of fan and lamp; bulb can be turned off leaving only the fan on to
reduce heat build up in the lamp housing
150-watt Built_In-Ballast Produces the power of a transformer-based lamp
without a heavy external transformer
Longer-lasting bulb Special Bulb-Saver™: Protects the bulb from
mechanical shock damage and ensures longer bulb life (average rated
life is 5,000 hours)
Dual-purpose filter protector: Vinyl-coated, stainless filter protector
drastically minimizes damage to the filter and also functions as a lamp
stand
Ergonomic design: Lightweight lamp head and contoured pistol-grip
handle permit extended hand-held use without discomfort or fatigue
Hassle-free bulb/filter replacement: Flexible silicone-rubber filter holder
is easily removable without tools for quick bulb and filter replacement
Crack-resistant filter for minimizing visible light : (less than 2
footcandles or 20 lux) while maximizing long wave UV irradiance
SPECIFICATIONS
Intensity: 4,500 µW/cm² at 15”
Weight : Lamp - 3.5 lbs (1.6kg)
Self-ballasted; no transformer needed
Power cord : Primary - 8-foot [20-foot (6.1m) for FC-150X model] N/A
Voltages : 120V, 230V, 240V
Bulbs : 150-watt, concentrated spot and broad-beam versions
(NOTE: FC 100X model features 8-foot primary cord and 20-foot
secondary cord; FC-150XR model features 20-primary and secondary
cords)
MAGNETIC PARTICLE 45
 ML-3500 Blacklight/ UV Lamp
THE MAXIMA ML-3500 SERIES
Features state-of-the-art Micro Discharge Light (MDL) technology with
user-friendly design! The only lamp that offers the widest choices to suit
your specific application!
PART NUMBERS
ML-3500S ultra-high intensity spot lamp
ML-3500D diffused spot lamp
ML-3500FL high-output flood lamp
ML-3500C UV curing lamp
120V, 230V, 240V and 100V AC-operated lamps
12V DC portable lamp
FEATURES:
OPTIMAL EFFICIENCY
The MAXIMA ML-3500 series lamps (U.S. Patent 6,573,665) employ Micro
Discharge Light (MDL) technology. The ML-3500S spot configuration
produces a nominal steady-state UV-A intensity of 50,000 µW/cm2 at
15” (38cm) — up to 10 times the output of conventional High Intensity
Discharge (HID) inspection lamps! Ideal for fluorescent leak detection and
for applications where very high output UV is required.
EFFECTIVE OUTDOORS, EVEN IN SUNLIGHT
The ultra-high UV intensity of the MAXIMA ML-3500S lamp exposes the
smallest defects, cracks, flaws and leaks that previously evaded detection
until they become major problems. As a result, inspections are more
comprehensive and accurate.
IDEAL FOR NON-DESTRUCTIVE TESTING
A flood (ML-3500FL) or diffusing filter (ML-3500D) configuration is
recommended for fluorescent penetrant and magnetic particle inspections
(FPI and MPI).
INTEGRAL BULB/REFLECTOR ASSEMBLY
When replacing the bulb or filter in competitors’ lamps, exposed wiring can
be a serious shock hazard due to residual current. To eliminate this risk,
the MAXIMA ML-3500 series lamps’ bulb/reflector assembly is designed
as a single integral unit with “unexposed” circuitry. The unique design
also makes bulb replacement easy (a new bulb/reflector assembly can be
installed with just a 1/4 turn). This helps maintain the original output level
by providing the benefit of a new reflector whenever the bulb is replaced.
PREFOCUSED BULB
The bulb/reflector used in the MAXIMA ML-3500 series lamps is prefocused
at the factory to ensure peak performance. This prevents the loss of output
power that may occur due to incorrect, off-center bulb installation during
bulb replacement.
UNIQUE DIFFUSING FILTER
Due to the ultra-high UV-A intensity of the MAXIMA ML-3500 series lamps,
UV fade of fluorescent penetrants will occur within the “hot spot” of the ML-
3500S focused beam configuration after prolonged exposure. The 2F350
diffusing filter, which comes with the ML-3500D lamp, will effectively
diffuse the hot spot over a broader area and will significantly lengthen the
time before UV fade occurs. A high output flood bulb configuration (ML-
3500FL) is also available.
RESISTANT TO MAGNETIC FIELDS
Interference from magnetic fields can shut off conventional HID lamps,
causing frustrating warm-up delays before restart. The MAXIMA ML-
3500 series lamps are not affected by magnetic fields and thus offer the
advantage of a continuous, uninterrupted inspection process.
SAFE HANDLING
The MAXIMA ML-3500 series lamps never get hot. A special engineering
polymer is used to make the lamp’s housing and the contoured handle. In
addition, the handle is positioned away from the housing. This allows the
entire lamp to remain cool during use to protect against accidental burn
injury.
INSTANT ON/OFF/RESTRIKE
The MAXIMA ML-3500 series lamps’ solid-state ballast offers “instant on”
capability. This eliminates the warm up and cool off waiting time (up to
5 minutes) of conventional HID lamps. The ballast also protects against
voltage fluctuations that can affect the lamp’s performance.
ENVIRONMENTALLY FRIENDLY
The state-of-the-art MDL bulb used in the MAXIMA ML-3500 series
contains 97% less mercury than is found in standard HID bulbs.
SUPER RUGGED AND SHOCK RESISTANT
The lamp head and housing are constructed of a tough engineering
polymer to protect against dents, cracks and scratches. To reduce shock
hazard, MAXIMA ML-3500 series lamps come equipped with a 5-wire
secondary cord and fully enclosed ballast.
LIGHTWEIGHT, PORTABLE, ERGONOMIC DESIGN
The lamp head measures only 71/2 inches (19 cm) long and weighs just
21/2 lbs (1.1kg). The power cord exits directly from the bottom of the
contoured pistol-grip handle, resulting in better balance. An on/off switch is
conveniently positioned on the handle. The primary and secondary cords
are both 8-feet (2.5 m) long.
EASY MAINTENANCE
Flexible, silicone-rubber filter holder can be removed easily without tools
for bulb/reflector or filter replacement.
MAGNETIC PARTICLE 46
 Q-Series UV Magnifier Lamps

FEATURES LONG WAVE (UV-A)/SHORT WAVE (UV-C)

12 powerful models with different combinations of long wave UV, shortwave
UV and white light. Built-in, high-resolution magnifier lens provides three-
power magnification at an 8-inch (20.3cm) focal length. Your choice of
one, two or four long wave (UV) black light tubes. All short wave models
feature our unique LONGLIFE™ filter glass which lasts up to 50 times
longer than conventional UV filters!
Accessories available include the sturdy metal SQ-130 pedestal stand for
hands-free use, the WQ-240 bracket for wall mounting, and the unique
pantographic, spring-balanced flexible arm which extends 36” (91.4cm)
and swings in a 360º arc.
Q-SERIES MODELS
LONG WAVE (UV-A)
Model:Q-12
Equipped with: Two 4-Watt Integrally Filtered Tubes
Typical Peak UV Intensity (µW/cm²)At 6” (15cm): 650
Model:Q-12S
Equipped with: Two 4-Watt Integrally Filtered Tubes and S-130 Pedestal
Stand. Typical Peak UV Intensity (µW/cm²)At 6” (15cm): 650
Model:Q-22B
Equipped with: Four 4-Watt Integrally Filtered Tubes
Typical Peak UV Intensity (µW/cm²)At 6” (15cm): 1,200
Model:Q-22SB
Equipped with: Four 4-Watt Integrally Filtered Tubes and SQ-130 Pedestal
Stand.Typical Peak UV Intensity (µW/cm²)At 6” (15cm): 1,200
Model:Q-22FAB
Equipped with: Four 4-Watt Integrally Filtered Tubes and Flexible Arm
Typical Peak UV Intensity (µW/cm²)At 6” (15cm): 1,200
Model:Q-12NF
Equipped with: One 4-Watt Integrally Filtered UV-A Tube, One 4-Watt UV-
C Tube and LONGLIFE Filter Assembly
Typical Peak UV Intensity (µW/cm²)At 6” (15cm): 350 / 380
Model:Q-12SNF
Equipped with: One 4-Watt Integrally Filtered UV-A Tube, One 4-Watt UV-
C Tube, LONGLIFE Filter Assembly and SQ-130 Pedestal Stand
Typical Peak UV Intensity (µW/cm²)At 6” (15cm): 350 / 380
Model:Q-22NF
Equipped with: Two 4-Watt Integrally Filtered UV-A Tubes, Two 4-Watt
UV-C Tubes and LONGLIFE Filter Assembly
Typical Peak UV Intensity (µW/cm²)At 6” (15cm): 650 / 700
Model:Q-22SNF
Equipped with: Two 4-Watt Integrally Filtered UV-A Tubes, Two 4-Watt UV-
C Tubes, LONGLIFE Filter Assembly and SQ-130 Pedestal Stand
Typical Peak UV Intensity (µW/cm²)At 6” (15cm): 650 / 700
REPLACEMENT TUBES
Long Wave UV : BLE-220B
Short Wave UV : BLE-2537S
White Lite : BLE-95D

LONG WAVE (UV-A) / WHITE LIGHT

Model:Q-22
Equipped with: Two 4-Watt Integrally Filtered UV-A Tubes and Two 4-Watt
White Light Tubes
Typical Peak UV Intensity (µW/cm²)At 6” (15cm): 650
Model:Q-22S
Equipped with: Two 4-Watt Integrally Filtered UV-A Tubes, Two 4-Watt
White Light Tubes and SQ-130 Pedestal Stand
Typical Peak UV Intensity (µW/cm²)At 6” (15cm): 650
Model:Q-22FA
Equipped with: Two 4-Watt Integrally Filtered UV-A Tubes, Two 4-Watt
White Light Tubes and Flexible Arm
Typical Peak UV Intensity (µW/cm²)At 6” (15cm): 650
MAGNETIC PARTICLE 47
 SB-100P Blacklight / UV Lamp

Designed for maximum efficiency and versatility. The SB-100P UV lamp
produces super-high UV intensity without excess visible light! Developed
to make your work easier, the SB-100P is precision-engineered for use
in countless applications. It is perfect for nondestructive testing, quality
control, UV curing, leak detection and much more.
FEATURES
Choice of spot or flood bulbs provides widest range of applications
secondary cords. The lamp head is only 7.5 inches (19 cm) long and
weighs just 2.5 lbs. (1.1 kg). The SB-100P is UL listed and CE approved;
a CSA-approved version is also available. The entire unit, including the
transformer base, weighs 11.5 pounds (5.2 kg).
Flexible, silicone rubber filter holder.
The filter holder is easily removable without tools for bulb or filter
replacement.

The SB-100P can be equipped with your choice of two bulbs, each with a Part # 504116-X The SB-100P, SB-100PX and Part # 500145-PXRF
rated life of 5,000 hours. The spot bulb provides a concentrated beam with SB-100PXR lamps are available for these line voltages:
a steady-state 365nm intensity of 4,800 µW/cm² at 15 inches (38 cm),
while the flood bulb (available with 120V and 100V models only) produces Part # 504116-230
a broader beam of 1,200 µW/cm² at 15 inches. The SB-100P has a very 120V/60Hz
low visible light emission of less than two foot-candles (20 lux) to assure 230V/50Hz
compliance with military and aerospace industry specifications. 240V/50Hz
100V/50-60Hz
Combines new state-of-the-art innovations with proven features.

The SB-100P was designed with the needs of the industry in mind. Its NOTES
lamp head and transformer base housings are constructed of a rugged
engineering polymer that virtually eliminates dents, cracks and scratches.
The cord is made of a heat-and crack-resistant material. It exits from the
stay-cool, contoured handle, which prevents tangling. The crack-resistant,
tempered filter dramatically reduces replacement costs. The lamp head
easily lifts from the metal handle of the transformer base for comfortable
hand-held use. For bench use, it can be conveniently rotated 360° when
mounted on the base handle. The SB-100P is now more effective than
ever with a positioning pin that enables inspection at a 45° angle.

Unique Bulb-Saver™ extends bulb life.

To greatly reduce replacement costs due to broken bulbs, we include our

unique Bulb-Saver at no extra charge. It minimizes bulb movement during
normal handling, reducing the risk of breakage.

Tough, dependable and safe.

To reduce shock hazard, the SB-100P comes equipped with a special

heat-resistant, 3-wire secondary cord and a fully enclosed encapsulated
ballast. The primary and secondary cords are both 8-feet (2.5 m) long. Also
available are the SB-100PX which comes with a 20-foot (6m) secondary
cord and the SB-100PXR which is equipped with 20-foot primary and
MAGNETIC PARTICLE 48
 SB-100PR Blacklight/ UV Lamp

SB-100PR High-Intensity Ultraviolet Lamp with 35 Foot Retractable Cord

The high performance features of our SB-100P high-intensity ultraviolet lamp with the operator convenience only a “flying reel” can provide. With its 35 foot
retractable cord, the Spectroline SB-100PR lamp assures that no job will ever again be out of reach.
See SB-100P for details!

SB-125 Blacklight / UV Lamp

Superior UV irradiance is attributable to a unique specular finish reflector.
Specially contoured to its integrally filtered 125-watt bulb, the reflector is
made of corrosion-resistant anodized aluminum to maintain maximum
intensity over time. The lamp produces a steady-state 365nm irradiance
of 9,000 µW/cm2 at 15 inches (38cm), enabling detection of even the
smallest cracks or defects.
The SB-125 is equipped with 8 foot (2.4m) primary and secondary cords.
Should longer cords be desired, the SB-125X and SB-125XR models
are available. All models are UL listed; CSA-approved versions are also
available.

The SB-125 is designed not only to optimize UV intensity, but to safeguard SPECIFICATIONS
the user as well. The hand gripmay be used for hand-held use or may be Bulb: 125 watts, BLE-125B
rotated 360° in both horizontal and vertical positions while mounted for Cord Length: 8 ft. (2.4m) Primary Cord /8 ft. (2.4m) Secondary Cord
bench use. The transformer has a special heat-resistant, 3-wire secondary Weight: 14 lb. (6.3kg)
cord to reduce shock hazard. Tough and dependable, both the lamp head Model SB-125X
and base are housed in rugged aluminum.

For added protection, the unique Spectroline model AF-125 absorption

filter/splash guard is available. This filter absorbs any harmful UV-B
(312nm) radiation and shields the bulb from splattering liquids.
MAGNETIC PARTICLE 49
 X-Series Bench and Display UV Lamps

FEATURES MEDIUM WAVE (UV-B)

UV bench and display lamps are perfect for use where high-intensity,
wide-area UV coverage is needed. There is a complete line of 18 models
that offer various UV wavelength combinations and a range of intensities,
sizes and wattages. These units are available in single- or double-tubed
versions.
All X-Series lamps are housed in rugged anodized aluminum, except
for the X-30, X-30G, X-40, XX-40 and XX-40N, which have enameled
sheet metal housings. A corrosion-resistant, specular aluminum reflector
ensures maximum UV irradiance. Standard with all short and medium
wave models is our unique LONGLIFE™ filter glass, which ensures higher
initial UV intensity and is extremely resistant to solarization. All lamps have
sturdy metal brackets for easy overhead mounting.
All X-Series lamps are UL listed.
MODELS BY CATEGORY
LONG WAVE (UV-A)
Model: X-15A
Equipped with: One 15-Watt Integrally Filtered Tube
Typical Peak UV Intensity (µW/cm²)at 10”(25cm): 800
Model:X-15N
Equipped with: One 15-Watt Tube and Filter Assembly
Typical Peak UV Intensity (µW/cm²)at 10”(25cm): 600
Model:X-30
Equipped with: One 30-Watt Integrally Filtered Tube
Typical Peak UV Intensity (µW/cm²)at 10”(25cm): 1100
Model:X-40
Equipped with: One 40-Watt Integrally Filtered Tube
Typical Peak UV Intensity (µW/cm²)at 10”(25cm): 1,400
Model:XX-15A
Equipped with: Two 15-Watt Integrally Filtered Tubes
Typical Peak UV Intensity (µW/cm²)at 10”(25cm):1,100
Model:XX-15N
Equipped with: Two 15-Watt Tubes and Filter Assembly
Typical Peak UV Intensity (µW/cm²)at 10”(25cm): 850
Model: XX-40
Equipped With: Two 40-Watt Integrally Filtered Tubes
Typical Peak UV Intensity (µW/cm²)at 10”(25cm): 1,850
Model:XX-40N
Equipped with: Two 40-Watt Tubes and Filter Assembly
Typical Peak UV Intensity (µW/cm²)at 10”(25cm): 1,100
Model:X-15B
Equipped with: One 15-Watt Tube and LONGLIFE Filter Assembly
Typical Peak UV Intensity (µW/cm²)at 10” (25cm):660
Model:XX-15B
Equipped with: Two 15-Watt Tubes and LONGLIFE Filter Assembly
Typical Peak UV Intensity (µW/cm²)at 10” (25cm): 1,150
SHORT WAVE (UV-C)
Model:X-15F
Equipped With: One 15-Watt Tube and LONGLIFE Filter Assembly
Typical Peak UV Intensity (µW/cm²) at 10”(25cm):640
Model:XX-15F
Equipped with: Two 15-Watt Tubes and LONGLIFE Filter Assembly
Typical Peak UV Intensity (µW/cm²) at 10”(25cm): 1,100
LONG WAVE (UV-A/SHORT WAVE (UV-C)
Model:XX-15NF
Equipped with: One 15-Watt Tube, One SW Tube and LONGLIFE Filter
Assembly. Typical Peak UV Intensity (µW/cm²) at 10” (25cm) UV-A: 550
/UV-C: 490
LONG WAVE (UV-A/MEDIUM WAVE (UV-B)
Model:XX-15NB
Equipped with: One 15-Watt LW Tube, One SW Tube and LONGLIFE
Filter Assembly. Typical Peak UV Intensity (µW/cm²) at 10” (25cm): UV-A:
550 /UV-B: 590
MEDIUM WAVE (UV-B/SHORT WAVE (UV-C)
Model:XX-15BF
Equipped with: One 15-Watt MW Tube, One SW Tube and LONGLIFE
Filter Assembly. Typical Peak UV Intensity (µW/cm²) at 10” (25cm) UV-B:
590/UV-C: 490
GERMICIDAL SHORT WAVE (UV-C)
Model:X-15G
Equipped with: One 15-Watt Tube, Not Filtered
Typical Peak UV Intensity (µW/cm²) at 10” (25cm): 820
Model:X-30G
Equipped with: One 30-Watt Tube, Not Filtered
Typical Peak UV Intensity (µW/cm²) at 10” (25cm): 1,850
Model:XX-15G
Equipped with: Two 15-Watt Tubes, Not Filtered
Typical Peak UV Intensity (µW/cm²) at 10” (25cm): 1,550

MAGNETIC PARTICLE 50
 MAGNETIC PARTICLE STANDARDS
ASTM E709 Mag Particle System
Performance Test Plate
Used to verify systems performance, this test plate contains ten (10) EDM
notches 0.125” long x 0.005” through 0.050” deep x 0.005” wide. Material
should be the same alloy as the material to be tested. Plate measures 10”
by 12”. Thickness should be within 1/4” of the material to be tested up to
3/4”, and 3/4” for material 3/4” and over. Notches are filled flush with a
nonconducting material, such as epoxy, to prevent mechanical holding of
the indicating medium. In accordance with ASTM E 709, Figure 15.
Steering Knuckle Standard
This steering knuckle standard is made from a production piece similar to
those being inspected. EDM notches can be machined in areas likely to
exhibit cracking. Typically includes discontinuities of varying degree and
severity to provide an indication of the effectiveness of the dry or wet
magnetic particle examination process. Notches are nor-mall filled flush
with a nonconducting material, such as epoxy, to prevent mechanical
holding of the indicating medium.
Weight Lifting Gear Magnetic Particle Props
These standards will normally contain EDM notches of varying degree
and severity. Notches can be machined in the high-stress areas including,
the bight on both sides and in the throat, the shank, and the area below
the chank. Notches can be normally filled flush with a non conducting
material, such as epoxy, to prevent mechanical holding of the indicating
medium. Hooks, shackles, pins eyebolts, rings, etc can be notched.
MIL-STD-271F Mag Particle Test Plate
Used to verify systems performance, this plate contains EDM notches
oriented 90 degree to the magnetic flux. Notch dimensions are 0.063”
long x 0.006” wide x 0.020” deep (maximum dimensions). Material is 3/8”
thick low alloy steel plate of convenient size. Notches are normally filled
flush with a nonconducting material, such as epoxy, to prevent mechanical
holding of the indicating medium. In accordance with MIL-STD-271F
9SHIPS, Paragraph 4.3.1.2.
GE Compressor Blade Standard
This compressor blade standard is made from a blade similar to those
being inspected. It contains seven (7) EDM slots (notches) located in the
areas shown at left. Notch dimensions are 0.020” long x 0.005” and 0.010”
deep x 0.0035” wide maximum. Most customers prefer these notches to
be as narrow as possible; therefore, we machine them to 0.002” maximum
width. Notches are normally filled flush with a nonconducting material,
such as epoxy, to prevent mechanical holding of the indicating medium. In
accordance with GE Power Generation Engineering Spec. P3C-AG16
MAGNETIC PARTICLE 51
 PENETRANT EQUIPMENT

ZA-1227 Zyglo Water Wash ZA-1633 Water Washable

Penetrant Equipment-Method A Penetrant System-Method A

FEATURES FEATURES
Water Washable Penetrant System (Method A) - Number of Stations: Configured for Water Washable Penetrant System (Method A)
Five (Penetrant Station, Rinse Station, Developer Station, Dryer Station, Number of Stations: Six (Penetrant Station, Drain Station, Wash Station,
Inspection Station) Dryer Station, Developer Station, Inspection Station)
Part no: ZA-1227WW Available in: 220v/440v-50 Hz or 230v/460v-60 Hz
Part no: ZA-1633WW

ZA-1227 Post Emulsified Lipophilic ZA-1227

ZA-1633 Zyglo
Post WaterLipophilic
Emulsified Wash
Penetrant System-Method B Penetrant
Penetrant System-Method B A
Equipment-Method

FEATURES
Number of Stations: Six (Penetrant Station, Emulsifier Station, Rinse
Station, Developer Station, Dryer Station, Inspection Station)
+ Part no: ZA-1227.PE-L-Method B
FEATURES
Configured for Post Emulsified Lipophilic Penetrant System - Method B.
This ZA-1633 has eight (8) Stations. Penetrant Station, Drain Station,
Emulsifier Station, Rinse Station, Drain Station, Dryer Station, Developer
Station, Inspection Station.
Available in: 220v/440v-50 Hz or 230v/460v-60 Hz
Part no: ZA-1633PE-L

liquid penetrant 1
 ZA-1227 Post Emulsified ZA-1633 Zyglo Fluorescent Penetrant Post
Hydrophilic Pent. System-Method D Emulsified Hydrophilic Equipment-Method D

FEATURES FEATURES
Number of Stations: Seven (Penetrant Station, Pre-Rinse Station, This unit has Nine (9) Stations: Penetrant Station, Drain Station, Pre-Rinse
Remover Station, Final Rinse Station, Developer Station, Dryer Station, Station, Drain Station, Remover Station, Rinse Station, Dryer Station,
Inspection Station) Developer Station, Inspection Station.
Part no: ZA-1227PE-H Available in: 220v/440v-50 Hz or 230v/460v-60 Hz
Part no: ZA-1633PE-H

NOTES

liquid penetrant 2
 PENETRANT MATERIALS

Zyglo fluorescent materials are used with the liquid penetrant method. They are available in aerosol or liquid form with five sensi-
tivity levels. Water wash and post emulsifiable penetrants are available plus emulsifiers, removers and developers. New formulas
offer improved sensitivity, brightness and resistance to overwashing.

Liquid Penetrant Classification Per AMS 2644

DESCRIPTION
Types Type 1-Fluorescent Dye

Type 2- Visible Dye

Sensitivity Levels 1/2- Ultra Low

1-Low

2-Medium

3-High

4-Ultra High

Methods Type A: Water Washable

Type B: Post emulsifiable, lipophilic

Type C: Solvent Removable

Type D: Post emulsifiable, hydrophilic

Developer Forms Form A: Dry Powder

Form B: Water Soluble

Form C: Water Suspendible

Form D: Nonaqueous Type 1 Fluorescent WB

Form E: Nonaqueous Type 2 Visible Dye Solvent Based

Zyglo WB Fluorescent Penetrant

505081 | Magnaflux

ZL-4C Zyglo Water Base Fluorescent Penetrant. Typically used on plastics and ceramics to find
cracks. Also used as a leaker penetrant to detect through leaks. Water soluble and can be
diluted but is generally used as supplied or from 1:1 to 1:2 in water. Contains no petroleum
liquid
based solvents. Fluoresces a greenish-yellow color under penetrant
UV radiation of 365 nm. 3
 THE ZYGLO FLUORESCENT PENETRANT PROCESS
The ZYGLO® fluorescent penetrant
process is a nondestructive testing
(NDT) method that helps you
locate and identify surface defects
in order to screen out potential
failure-producing defects, correct
production problems and increase
product uniformity.
It is a quick and accurate process
for locating surface flaws such as
shrinkage cracks, porosity, cold
shuts, fatigue cracks, grinding
cracks, heat treat cracks, seams,
forging laps, forging bursts,
through leaks, and lack of bond.
The ZYGLO fluorescent penetrant
® clean doesn’t mean they are clean
process works effectively in a
variety of porous and non-porous
materials: aluminum, magnesium,
brass, copper, titanium, bronze,
stainless steel, sintered carbide,
non-magnetic alloys, ceramics,
plastic and glass. For magnetic
(ferrous) materials, the Magnaglo
magnetic particle testing method
is recommended.
In general, the ZYGLO® fluorescent
penetrant process consists of the
several steps listed. However, the
process steps for your specific appli-
cation should be determined by the
desired results, specification require-
ments, the penetrant materials being
used and the parts being tested.
STEP 1—PRE-CLEAN PARTS
Successful penetrant testing
depends largely on the ability of
dye penetrant material to enter
surface defects. To ensure that
defects are open, parts must be
thoroughly pre-cleaned before
penetrant is applied.
Shot blasting, polishing and
machining can peen over or
smear cracks, so penetrant testing
should be performed prior to
these finishing operations.
Just because parts appear to be
enough for penetrant testing.
Parts must not only be free of
gross contamination, but anything
that can “clog” surface defects:
• Rust • Grease
• Scale • Oil
• Paint • Wax
• Plating • Water
Solvent degreasing or aqueous
cleaners remove most oily
contaminants. Caustic and acid
cleaners remove most paints and
plastic coatings. Ground-in metal
can be loosened by oily cleaning
compounds (emulsifiers.)
But remember, the cleaning agents
you use to remove foreign materi-
als must also be removed, usually
with water, before applying a pen-
etrant. The water can be removed
by drying. In all cases, the
part must be cleaned and
completely dry before
applying penetrant.
liquid penetrant
STEP 2—APPLY PENETRANT
Once parts are clean and dry,
Zyglo penetrant is applied by
spray, immersion dip, or brush-
ing. Complete coverage of the
area to be inspected is essential,
and a penetrant “dwell” time is
required for the penetrant action
to take place.
The length of dwell time depends
on the material being inspected,
the type of defect being sought,
and specification requirements.
Generally, 10 minutes to 30
minutes is adequate, but materials
like titanium require a longer
dwell period because of the tight-
ness of typical discontinuities.
STEP 3—REMOVE PENETRANT
There are four primary methods for
removing or cleaning surface
penetrants.
1. Post Emulsifiers (PE)—
Lipophilic Method
This method allows close control
of penetrant removal, perm i t t i n g
m o re penetrant to remain in
discontinuities and thus increasing
the detectability of shallow cracks.
You can choose from a variety of
products with different emulsifying
rates, but the emulsifying speed
will vary with different penetrants.
Emulsifiers are usually applied by
dipping parts in a tank. Then, the
emulsifier must be allowed to
drain off for 2–5 minutes. After
draining, the emulsifier/penetrant
is washed off with water.
4
 THE ZYGLO FLUORESCENT PENETRANT PROCESS
METHOD B
LIPOPHILIC
CLEAN AND DRY
APPLY
PENETRANT
DWELL
LIPOPHILIC
EMULSIFIER
DWELL
WATER RINSE
AQUEOUS
DRY
DEVELOPER
DRY
DEVELOPER
DRY
DWELL
INSPECTION
POST CLEAN
Post-emulsifiable, lipophilic penetrant
inspection process flow chart
2. Post Remover (PR)—
Hydrophilic Method
In this method the concentrates
are fully miscible in water and are
usually applied by immersing
parts in a remover tank. The PR
method prevents excessive pene-
trant removal because it only pro-
vides limited solvent action.
Because PR penetrants are not
compatible with water, care must
be taken to avoid excessive pene-
trant contamination of the
remover bath.
A water spray Pre-Rinse removes
excessive penetrant, leaving only
a fine film when parts are
immersed in the remover tank.
In the immersion tank, removal
of penetrant relies largely on bath
agitation. Immersion time varies
from 20 seconds to 5 minutes,
depending on the type of Zyglo
penetrant, concentration, part
surface texture, agitation rate,
desired results and specification
requirements. After immersion, a METHOD A
water spray Post-Rinse removes WATER-WASHABLE
any remaining penetrant solution. CLEAN AND DRY
Post Removers can also be spray APPLY
PENETRANT
applied, using injectors or meter-
DWELL
ing pumps for automatic concen-
tration control and 20 PSI spray
WATER RINSE
pressure. Pre-Rinsing and Post-
Rinse are still recommended. D RY
AQUEOUS
DEVELOPER
DRY
D RY NONAQUEOUS
DRY
DEVELOPER DRY DEVELOPER
NONAQUEOUS
DEVELOPER METHOD D
HYDROPHILIC DWELL
INSPECTION
CLEAN AND DRY
APPLY POST CLEAN
PENETRANT
DWELL
PRE-RINSE Water-washable penetrant inspection
APPLY REMOVER
process flow chart
POST RINSE
(CLEAN WATER)
4. The Solvent Removable
Method is used when water
AQUEOUS
cannot be conveniently used.
DRY DRY
DEVELOPER
DRY
DEVELOPER DRY
NONAQUEOUS
DEVELOPER Refer to the Magnaflux Zyglo
penetrant kit operating instruc-
DWELL
tions for step-by-step procedures.
INSPECTION
POST CLEAN STEP 4—DRY PARTS
Post-emulsifiable, hydrophilic penetrant Drying is commonly done in a
inspection process flow chart
recirculating hot air dryer with
part temperatures not exceed-
ing 160° F. Parts should be
3. The Water Washable
taken from the drier as soon as
(WW) method uses penetrants
surface moisture is gone. Over-
that include washing agents in
drying can reduce inspection
their formulation, so they elimi-
effectiveness. Air blow-off after
nate the emulsifier or remover
final rinsing shortens the drying
process steps. However, be careful
time for any application, but it’s
not to “overwash” parts.
particularly helpful for large parts
Spray washing is generally that don’t fit into your dryer.
employed, with water temperature
Refer to the flow charts shown
of 50-100° F and black lights to
above to determine the proper
visually determine the complete-
drying sequence for the developer
ness of penetrant removal.
being used.
Water washable penetrant remov-
ability is affected by water tem-
perature, pressure and wash time.
liquid penetrant 5
 THE ZYGLO FLUORESCENT PENETRANT PROCESS
STEP 5—APPLY DEVELOPER
Developers act as capillary sys-
tems to draw fluorescent penetrant
out of cracks and to the surface of
parts, thus making defect indica-
tions much more prominent. There
are three types of developers:
1. Dry Powder Developers
a re free-flowing, lightweight,
fluffy materials. They are applied
after parts are dry by dusting,
conventional spraying, or electro-
static spraying. (ZYGLO® ZP-4B)
2. Aqueous Developers are
supplied as dry powders which
are mixed with water. They are
applied by immersion or spraying
before drying. If the developer is
sprayed on, be careful to avoid
“foaming” because when foam
bubbles break, they leave holes
in the developer coating.
The recommended method for
c o n t rolling aqueous developer
concentration is regular hydro -
meter measurements of specific
gravity. Magnaflux has two
Aqueous Developers
• Suspendible Aqueous
Developers (ZYGLO® ZP-5B)
require bath agitation to
p revent settling.
• Soluble Aqueous Developers
(ZYGLO ZP-14A) are completely
water soluble, thus eliminating
the need for bath agitation.
3. Non-Aqueous Developers
(ZYGLO® ZP-9F) are the most sensi-
tive type of developer. They usually
consist of developer particles sus-
pended in a volatile solvent, they
are always spray applied after
drying, and agitation is required to
maintain developer uniformity.
STEP 6—INSPECTION
Once the part is dry and the
developer is applied, a 10-minute
developer dwell allows time for the
parts to cool and for the developer
to do its job of drawing out the
penetrant from surface defects.
Inspection must take place in a
well darkened area. Inspectors
should allow their eyes to
become dark adapted before
testing begins.
For fluorescent inspections, a
black light must be used such as
the MAGNAFLUX ZB-100F. They
should be measured regularly to
ensure proper output (1000 micro
watts/cm2 at part surface, 15
inches from 100-watt bulb). To
avoid eye fatigue, black lights
should be located so they don’t
shine directly into inspector’s eyes.
After the inspection is complete,
Post Inspection Cleaning is
a good idea. This optional step,
usually a water spray, removes
most inspection materials.
liquid penetrant
Brushing is normally required to
remove non-aqueous developers
or to remove stubborn, baked-on
aqueous developers.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS*
Zyglo materials are intended for industrial
use by qualified personnel only. Common
sense must be used in handling, using and
storing NDT materials.
Zyglo contains materials generally con-
sidered to be non-hazardous. However,
Magnaflux recommends handling materi-
als per the following guidelines:
• Wear protective gloves to avoid
skin irritation
• Do not smoke or eat while using
NDT materials
• Wash hands thoroughly after
using NDT materials
• Avoid clothing contact with NDT
materials
• Avoid breathing spray mists, air-
borne powders and solvent vapors
• S t o re all NDT materials in closed
containers well apart from open
flames or other heat sources
*Refer to Material Safety Data Sheets for
complete health and safety information.
6
 0 10 120
DEVELOPMENT TIME ZP-5B:
ZP-5B: Water Suspendib
Water Suspendible ZP-14A:
Water Soluble
10 min.–2 hrs. max.
Apply Dry Apply
Aqueous Developer at 140° F Inspect Aqueous Develope

0 10 240
DEVELOPMENT TIME
ZP-4B:
Dry Developer

10 min.–4 hrs. max.

Dry Apply Dry
at 140° F Dry Developer at 140° F

Method C Method D
SOLVENT REMOVABLE HYDROPHIL
ETRANT PROCESS GUIDE 0 10
DWELL TIME
30

DCN-282: Aerospace
DCN-200: Non-Spec
ZL
ZL
Method B Dwell Time
DCN 236: Neutral ZL

T INSPECTION LIPOPHILIC FOR FLUORESCENT INSPECTION 10–30 minutes,

in some cases, longer Preclean
with Daraclean
Ap
Preclean Apply Penetrant
with SKC-S or SKC-HF SKL-SP1: Visible0 Solvent 10
Removable 30
DCN-282: Aerospace ZL-2C: Level 2 Visible Water
SKL-WP: DWELL Washable TIME
DCN-200: Non-spec ZL-27A: ZL-27A:
Level 3 Fluorescent Solvent Removable ZE-4B
ZL-60D: Fluorescent Water Washable
DCN 236: Neutral ZL-37: Level 4 ZP-5B:
Water Suspendib
Dwell Time
Rinse Preclean Apply Penetrant 10–30 minutes, Apply Emulsifier Post-rinse ZP-14A:
at 50–100° F with Daraclean in some cases, longer Visible at 50–100° F Water Soluble
at <40 PSI at <40 PSI
Apply
Aqueous Develope

0 10 Inspect
120
ZP-5B: DEVELOPMENT TIME
Water Suspendible
RemoveZP-14A:
Excess Penetrant Apply Developer
with dry cloth. Water Soluble onto cloth
Spray cleaner SKD-S2 for visible
(do NOT spray on area as Fluorescent
ZP-9F for fluorescent
10 min.–2 hrs. max.
Apply
indication will wash out). Remove Dry 0 10 60
ect Aqueous
remaining surfaceDeveloper
penetrant. at 140° D
F EVELOPMENT TIME Inspect Dry
at 140° F
10 min.–1 hr. max.
0 10 240
DEVELOPMENT TIME
ZP-4B:
Dry Developer

10 min.–4 hrs. max.

Dry Apply
at 140° F Dry Developer

Method D
HYDROPHILIC FOR FLUORESCENT INSPECTION
10 30 0 10 30
WELL TIME DWELL TIME
DCN-282: Aerospace ZL-2C: Level 2
DCN-200: Non-Spec ZL-27A: Level 3
ZR-10B
DCN 236: Neutral ZL-37: Level 4
Dwell Time Dwell Time
10–30 minutes, 10–30 minutes,
ome cases, longer Preclean Apply Penetrant in some cases, longer Pre-rinse Apply Remover Post-rinse
with Daraclean at 50–100° F at 50–100° F
at <40 PSI at <40 PSI

0 10 120
ZP-5B: DEVELOPMENT TIME
Water Suspendible
ZP-14A:
ble Water Soluble
10 min.–2 hrs. max.
Apply Dry
Aqueous Developer at 140° F Inspect

0 10 240
DEVELOPMENT TIME
ZP-4B:
Dry Developer
scent

10 min.–4 hrs. max.

Dry Apply
at 140° F Dry Developer

liquid penetrant 7
 MaGnaFluX penetrant prOCeSS Guide

PENETRANT PROCESS
Method A Method B
WATER WASH FOR FLUORESCENT INSPECTION LIPOPHILIC F
0 10 30
DCN-282: Aerospace ZL-15B: Level 1/2 DWELL TIME DCN-282: Aerospace
ZL-19: Level 1
DCN-200: Non-spec ZL-60D: Level 2 DCN-200: Non-spec
DCN 236: Neutral ZL-67: Level 3 DCN 236: Neutral
ZL-56: Level 4
Dwell Time
Preclean Apply Penetrant 10–30 minutes, Rinse Preclean
with Daraclean in some cases, longer at 50–100° F with Daraclean
at <40 PSI

0 10 120
DEVELOPMENT TIME ZP-5B:
ZP-5B: Water Suspendibl
Water Suspendible ZP-14A:
Water Soluble
10 min.–2 hrs. max.
Apply Dry Apply
Aqueous Developer at 140° F Inspect Aqueous Develope

0 10 240
DEVELOPMENT TIME
ZP-4B:
Dry Developer

10 min.–4 hrs. max.

Dry Apply Dry
at 140° F Dry Developer at 140° F

ETRANT PROCESS GUIDE

SOLVENT REMOVABLE
Method C Method D
HYDROPHILI
0 10 30
Method B DWELL TIME
DCN-282: Aerospace ZL-
T INSPECTION LIPOPHILIC FOR FLUORESCENT INSPECTION DCN-200: Non-Spec ZL-
DCN 236: Neutral ZL-
0 10 30 Dwell Time
10–30 minutes,
DCN-282: Aerospace ZL-2C: Level 2 DWELL TIME
in some cases, longer Preclean App
DCN-200: Non-spec ZL-27A: Level 3 ZE-4B with Daraclean
Preclean Apply Penetrant
DCN
with236: Neutral
SKC-S or SKC-HF ZL-37: Level 4 Visible Solvent Removable
SKL-SP1:
SKL-WP: Visible Water Washable
Dwell Time
ZL-27A: Fluorescent Solvent
10–30Removable
minutes,
Rinse Preclean Apply Penetrant Apply Emulsifier Post-rinse
ZL-60D: Fluorescent in
Water
someWashable
cases, longer
at 50–100° F with Daraclean at 50–100° F
ZP-5B:
at <40 PSI at <40 PSI Water Suspendibl
ZP-14A:
Visible Water Soluble
0 10 120
ZP-5B: DEVELOPMENT TIME Apply
Water Suspendible Aqueous Develope
ZP-14A:
Water Soluble Inspect
10 min.–2 hrs. max.
Apply Dry
ect RemoveAqueous
Excess Penetrant
Developer Apply
at 140° F Developer Inspect
with dry cloth. Spray cleaner onto cloth SKD-S2 for visible
(do NOT spray on area as Fluorescent
ZP-9F for fluorescent
indication will wash out). Remove 0 10 240
0 10 60
DEVELOPMENT TIME
remaining surface penetrant. Dry
DEVELOPMENT TIME
ZP-4B: at 140° F
Dry Developer 10 min.–1 hr. max.

10 min.–4 hrs. max.

Dry Apply
at 140° F Dry Developer

Method D
HYDROPHILIC FOR FLUORESCENT INSPECTION
10 30 0 10 30
WELL TIME DWELL TIME
DCN-282: Aerospace ZL-2C: Level 2
DCN-200: Non-Spec ZL-27A: Level 3
ZR-10B
DCN 236: Neutral ZL-37: Level 4
Dwell Time Dwell Time
10–30 minutes, 10–30 minutes,
ome cases, longer Preclean Apply Penetrant in some cases, longer Pre-rinse Apply Remover Post-rinse
with Daraclean at 50–100° F at 50–100° F
at <40 PSI at <40 PSI

0 10 120
ZP-5B: DEVELOPMENT TIME
Water Suspendible
ZP-14A:
ble Water Soluble
10 min.–2 hrs. max.
Apply Dry
Aqueous Developer at 140° F Inspect

ZP-4B:
0 10
liquid penetrant
DEVELOPMENT TIME
240 8
Dry Developer
 Zyglo ZL-2C PE Fluorescent Penetrant

ZL-2C PE Fluorescent Penetrant. Level 2-Medium Sensitivity. Typically APPLicATionS

used on castings, forgings, extrusions and on rough or machined surfaces Zyglo delivers extremely accurate crack detection results in the following
to find cracks, seams, laps, laminations and porosity. applications:

Aerospace industry and Military: Engine components, Landing

APPRovEd dEvELoPERS: ZP-4B, ZP-9F, ZP-5B, ZP-14A and gear,Wheels,Wing spars,Brakes,Springs
SKD-S2 Foundries: Raw Castings
Automotive components Manufacturers: Brakes,Steering
APPRovEd REMovERS: ZR-10B, ZE-4B, SKC-S and SKC-HF components,Connecting rods,Wheels,Engine mounts,
Pistons,Cylinder blocks
The Zyglo post emulsifiable fluorescent penetrants are used for a wide Test Labs: NDT Inspections
range of sensitive applications and are formulated to be impervious to
water to assure against being over washed from defects. These penetrants
require the application of lipophilic or hydrophilic emulsifier to render it
washable with water. Fluoresces a bright greenish-yellow color under
UV radiation. Use of a black light source with peak wavelength of 365
nanometers is recommended.

PKG/
NEWCO # DESCRIPTION PCKG
CASE
505157 55 gallon Post Emulsifiable Fluorescent Penetrant: Level 2 Drum 1

505154 #99 4x1 gallon Post Emulsifiable Fluorescent Penetrant: Level 2 Gallon 4

505154-1 1 gallon Post Emulsifiable Fluorescent Penetrant: Level 2 Gallon 1

505156 20 gallon Post Emulsifiable Fluorescent Penetrant: Level 2 Drum 1

505155 5 gallon Post Emulsifiable Fluorescent Penetrant: Level 2 Pail 1

liquid penetrant 9
 Zyglo ZL-19 Fluorescent Penetrant (WW)

ZL-19 Water Washable Fluorescent Penetrant. Level 1- low sensitivity penetrant. Higher brightness and sensitivity than ZL-15B.

ZYGLO is an extremely sensitive fluorescent penetrant inspection method that reveals cracks and other surface discontinuities in virtually any non-porous
material. Available in aerosols and liquid form Five sensitivity levels to satisfy military, industry or company specifications

BEnEFiTS
Zyglo fluorescent penetrants are formulated to offer improved sensitivity, brightness and resistance to over-washing. Just like our visible penetrants, we use
high quality raw materials to give superior results in finding defects. Zyglo penetrant products are known in the industry for their consistent performance and
reliability. They are preferred by many of the largest aircraft manufacturers and overhaul facilities.

APPLicATionS
Zyglo delivers extremely accurate crack detection results in the following applications:

Aerospace Industry and Military: Engine components, Landing gear, Wheels, Wing spars, Brakes,Springs
Foundries: Raw Castings
Automotive Components Manufacturers: Brakes, Steering components,
Connecting rods, Wheels, Engine mounts, Pistons, Cylinder blocks
Test Labs: NDT Inspections

Newco # DESCRIPTION PCKG PKG/CASE

5 gallon Water Washable Penetrant: Level
505046 Pail 1
1- Low Sensitivity Penetrant
55 Gallon- Level 1 - Low Sensitivity
505045 Drum
Penetrant
1

liquid penetrant 10
 Zyglo Zl-15B Water Washable penetrant

ZL-15B Water Washable Penetrant is used to check for cracks in a wide range of sensitive applications. This penetrant will fluoresce a greenish-yellow color
under ultraviolet radiation. Use black light source with peak wavelength of 365 nanometers. Level 1/2- Lowest Sensitivity.

Exhibits excellent washability for castings and rough surfaces.

APPRovEd dEvELoPERS: ZP-4B, ZP-9F, ZP-5B and SKD-S2

ZYGLO is an extremely sensitive fluorescent penetrant inspection method that reveals cracks and other surface discontinuities in virtually any non-porous
material. Available in aerosols and liquid form
Five sensitivity levels to satisfy military, industry or company specifications

BEnEFiTS
Zyglo fluorescent penetrants are formulated to offer improved sensitivity, brightness and resistance to over-washing. Just like our visible penetrants, we use
high quality raw materials to give superior results in finding defects. Zyglo penetrant products are known in the industry for their consistent performance and
reliability. They are preferred by many of the largest aircraft manufacturers and overhaul facilities.

APPLicATionS
Zyglo delivers extremely accurate crack detection results in the following applications:

Aerospace Industry and Military: Engine components, Landing gear, Wheels, Wing spars, Brakes,Springs
Foundries: Raw Castings
Automotive Components Manufacturers: Brakes, Steering components, Connecting rods, Wheels, Engine mounts, Pistons, Cylinder blocks
Test Labs: NDT Inspections

PKG/
NEWCO # DESCRIPTION PCKG
CASE
5 gallon Water Washable Penetrant: Level 1/2
505043 Pail 1
Lowest Sensitivity
20 gallon Water Washable Penetrant: Level 1/2
505044 Drum 1
Lowest Sensitivity

liquid penetrant 11
 Zyglo WB Fluorescent Penetrant

ZL-4C Zyglo Water Base Fluorescent Penetrant. Typically used on plastics and ceramics to find cracks. Also used as a leaker penetrant to detect through
leaks. Water soluble and can be diluted but is generally used as supplied or from 1:1 to 1:2 in water. Contains no petroleum based solvents. Fluoresces a
greenish-yellow color under UV radiation of 365 nm.

PKG/
NEWCO # DESCRIPTION PCKG
CASE
505081 5 gallon ZL-4C Water Based Fluorescent Penetrant Pail 1

505081-55 55 gallon ZL-4C Water Based Fluorescent Penetrant Drum 1

nOteS

liquid penetrant 12
 Zyglo ZL-27A PE Fluorescent Penetrant

ZL-27A PE Fluorescent Penetrant. Level 3-High Sensitivity. Typically used on castings, forgings, extrusions and rough or machined surfaces to find cracks,
seams, laps, laminations and porosity.

The Zyglo post emulsifiable fluorescent penetrants are used for a wide range of sensitive applications and are formulated to be impervious to water to assure
against being over washed from defects. These penetrants require the application of lipophilic or hydrophilic emulsifier to render it washable with water.
Fluoresces a bright greenish-yellow color under UV radiation. Use of a black light source with peak wavelength of 365 nanometers is recommended.

APPLicATionS
Zyglo delivers extremely accurate crack detection results in the following applications:

Aerospace Industry and Military: Engine components, Landing gear, Wheels, Wing spars, Brakes,Springs
Foundries: Raw Castings
Automotive Components Manufacturers: Brakes, Steering components,
Connecting rods, Wheels, Engine mounts, Pistons, Cylinder blocks
Test Labs: NDT Inspections

PKG/
NEWCO # DESCRIPTION PCKG
CASE

50505 6-1 1 gallon Post Emulsifiable Fluorescent Penetrant: Level 3 Gallon 1

505056 4 x 1 gallon Post Emulsifiable Fluorescent Penetrant: Level 3 Gallon 4

505059-1 16 oz Can Post Emulsifiable Fluorescent Penetrant: Level 3 Ea 1

505058 20 gallon Post Emulsifiable Fluorescent Penetrant: Level 3 Drum 1

505057 5 gallon Post Emulsifiable Fluorescent Penetrant: Level 3 Pail 1

505059 9x16 oz Cans Post Emulsifiable Fluorescent Penetrant: Level 3 Ea 9

liquid penetrant 13
 Zyglo ZL-37 PE Fluorescent Penetrant

ZL-37A PE Fluorescent Penetrant. Level 4-Ultra High Sensitivity. Typically used on castings, forgings, extrusions, rough or machined surfaces to find cracks,
seams, laps, laminations and porosity.

The Zyglo post emulsifiable fluorescent penetrants are used for a wide range of sensitive applications and are formulated to be impervious to water to assure
against being over washed from defects. These penetrants require the application of lipophilic or hydrophilic emulsifier to render it washable with water.
Fluoresces a bright greenish-yellow color under UV radiation. Use of a black light source with peak wavelength of 365 nanometers is recommended.

APPLicATionS
Zyglo delivers extremely accurate crack detection results in the following applications:
Aerospace industry and Military: Engine components, Landing gear, Wheels, Wing spars, Brakes,Springs
Foundries: Raw Castings
Automotive components Manufacturers: Brakes, Steering components, Connecting rods, Wheels, Engine mounts, Pistons, Cylinder blocks
Test Labs: NDT Inspections

PKG/
NEWCO# DESCRIPTION PCKG
CASE
505060-P Zyglo Fluorescent Penetrant Pen- Box of 12 Ea 12

505060-1 1 gallon Zyglo ZL-37 Fluorescent Penetrant- Level 4 Gallon 1

505060 4 x 1 gallon Zyglo ZL-37 Fluorescent Penetrant-Level 4 Gallon 4

505061 5 gallon Zyglo ZL-37 Fluorescent Penetrant- Level 4 Pail 1

505062 20 gallon Zyglo ZL-37 Fluorescent Penetrant- Level 4 Drum 1

505274-1 Zyglo ZL-37 Fluorescent Penetrant- Level 4 Refill Kit Ea 1

505274 Zyglo ZL-37 Fluorescent Penetrant- Level 4 Refill Kit Ea 10

liquid penetrant 14
 Zyglo ZL-56 Fluorescent Penetrant (WW)

ZL-56 Water Washable Fluorescent Penetrant. Level 4-Ultra High Sensitivity. Typically used on smooth, non-porous, highly machined surfaces to find cracks,
seams and scratches.

APPRovEd dEvELoPERS: ZP-4B, ZP-9F, ZP-5B and SKD-S2

ZYGLO is an extremely sensitive fluorescent penetrant inspection method that reveals cracks and other surface discontinuities in virtually any non-porous
material. Available in aerosols and liquid form Five sensitivity levels to satisfy military, industry or company specifications.

BEnEFiTS
Zyglo fluorescent penetrants are formulated to offer improved sensitivity, brightness and resistance to over-washing. Just like our visible penetrants, we use
high quality raw materials to give superior results in finding defects. Zyglo penetrant products are known in the industry for their consistent performance and
reliability. They are preferred by many of the largest aircraft manufacturers and overhaul facilities.

APPLicATionS
Zyglo delivers extremely accurate crack detection results in the following applications:
Aerospace industry and Military: Engine components, Landing gear, Wheels, Wing spars, Brakes,Springs
Foundries: Raw Castings
Automotive components Manufacturers: Brakes, Steering components, Connecting rods, Wheels, Engine mounts, Pistons, Cylinder blocks
Test Labs: NDT Inspections

PKG/
NEWCO # DESCRIPTION PCKG
CASE
Water Wash Penetrant 20 gallons: Level 4
505153 Drum 1
Ultra High Sensitivity
5 gallons Water Wash Penetrant: Level 4
505152 Pail 1
Ultra High Sensitivity

liquid penetrant 15
 PENETRANT ACCESSORIES

Hydro-Wash Spray Gun Aluminum Test Block (for sensitivity)

This gun is useful with low or fluctuating water pressure. Air injection
boosts the velocity and permits faster rinsing with less water usage.
Cracked aluminum block compares sensitivity of different penetrants or
sensitivity of new and old penetrants.
Complies with ASTM E 165; ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel code.
Blocks do not have a specific crack size in them because they are heated
and cooled to a specific temperature located in the ASTM E 165 and
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Standards. This heating and
cooling creates quenched cracks.

Stainless Steel Test Block

Grainger Portable Pressure Sprayer
(for washability)

This easy to use, heavy duty pressure sprayer is ideal for spot application
of magnetic particle bath. The one-quart chrome-plated brass container is
pressurized with compressed air or CO2 cartridges.
Stainless Steel Test Block (for washability) monitors washability of water-
wash or post-emulsified penetrants.
Grit-blasted rough surface retains “background” when washability is
impaired
May be used repeatedly if thoroughly cleaned after each use.
Complies with ASTM E 165.

liquid penetrant 16
 Portable Pressure Sprayer Crack Comparator

Lightweight pressure sprayer for spot application of penetrants, developers General purpose crack comparator, 0.005” to 0.125” increments.
and cleaners.
Includes interchangeable nozzles for mist or pin spray Part # 51409: Metric Crack Comparator
Chrome-plated solid brass construction
One-quart capacity
Pressurize with compressed air to a maximum of 200 psi.

Purified Wiping Cloths- 12 rolls Purified Wiping Cloths- Roll

For use when specifications require certified pure wiping cloths. Includes For use when specifications require certified pure wiping cloths. Includes
dispensing rack and manufacturers certification dispensing rack and manufacturer’s certification.

Magnaflux Round Wire Basket Refractometer: 0-32 degree

Round Wire Basket is 12” diameter x 3/4” mesh Optical device used for measuring concentration of hydrophilic removers
Enables processing of numerous small parts at one time in water.
Sturdy construction with nylon-coating to protect parts. Includes chart to convert to percent concentration for ZR-10B Zyglo
hydrophilic removers.
Rectangular or square wire baskets are
Alternate Part #: 505265-F
also available:
Steel or SS304 Stainless Steel
Sizes from 4” W x 10” L x 4” D to 24” x 24” x 24”
Handles: dual grip, loop rigid, or square rigid

liquid penetrant 17
 TAM Crack Comparator
TAM Crack Comparator. 0.010” to 0.180” increments. Meets Pratt &
Whitney requirements (P&W reference: TAM 135273)
Penetrant Materials Test Kit
For testing properties of penetrant materials. Comes complete with
portable case containing aluminum and stainless steel panels, NiCr
test panels, hydrometer, refractometer, viscometer, radiometer,
sampling wand, fluid container assembly with spray attachment
and other miscellaneous items.
TAM Test Panel
This Magnaflux Tam 40 stainless steel panel monitors both sensitivity and
washability of penetrant process. Includes a rough surface for washability
testing, plus a polished chrome section with 5 “star” shaped defects
ranging in size from coarse to extremely fine.
4” x 6” stainless steel panel monitors both sensitivity and washability of
penetrant process. Includes a rough surface for washability testing, plus a
polished chrome section with 5 “star” shaped defects ranging in size from
coarse to extremely fine.
Pratt and Whitney TAM #146040 : Part #: 505105-1
OTHER TAM PANELS AVAIABLE FROM NEWCO
PART # 505105-OC (PW).......... TAM Panel Polished Chrome with handle
PART # 505105-0....................... TAM Panel Grit with handle/ No Case
PART # 505105-0Case (GEB)... TAM Panel Grit blasted with handle in box
PART # 505105-0CC(PWB)....... TAM Panel polished with handle in box
PART # 505105-0S (GEH)......... TAM Panel Grit blasted without handle
PART # 505105-1S (GE)............ TAM Panel Grit blasted with handle
PART # 505105-2 (PWH).......... TAM Panel polished chrome without handle
PART # 505105-C......................... TAM Panel 146040-1 PSM5 Chrome
(Chrome/Grit Panels)
PART # 505105-G...................... TAM Panel 146040-2 PSM5 Grit
(Grit blasted Panel)
PART # 505105-WTP1............... Wash Panel for Penetrant
Hydrometer
Magnaflux Hydrometer uses specific gravity readings to monitor water
based developer concentration and maintain optimum developer
performance.
liquid penetrant 18
 ULTRASONIC INSPECTION EQUIPMENT
FLAW DETECTOR

NewSonic Mach-I Ultrasonic The NewSonic Mach-I is a user-friendly Ultrasonic Flaw Detector with an
easy to read color LCD/TFT display, fast scanning speed, wide viewing
Flaw Detector
angle, auto DAC with -6dB and -14dB curves, li-ion battery for 8 hour
operation, and very low noise.

Specifications
0.500" to 200" (10 mm to 5000 mm) (in steel). In Hot Key Mode it has 13
Test Range
preset values. In Fine Mode it is adjustable in step of 1mm.
0.0400 in/�s to 0.4000 in/�s (1000 m/sec to 9999 m/sec). In Hot Key Mode
Velocity it has 7 preset values. In Fine Mode it is adjustable in step of 1
meter/second,
Delay Variable from 0 to 100 in (0 to 3000 mm)
Total Amplifier Gain: 140 dB. Calibrated Gain: 100 dB adjustable in steps
Gain
of 0.5,1,2,6,12 or 20 dB.
Rejection 0 to 80% FSH with LED indication
Rectification Full wave rectification with filtering.
Frequency Broad Band amplifier 0.5 MHz to 15 MHz.
Test Modes Pulse Echo and Transmit/Receiver.
Connectors BNC and LEMO (Size 1) both are provided.
Dual gate adjustable in 1% of Screen width with Positive/Negative logic,
Monitor
Gate Expand modes.
Gate Expand Expands Range to width of the gate.
200 Trace Patterns can be stored, recalled, printed or transferred to PC via
A-Scan Memory*
RS-232 serial port.
Calibration Setup 50 different calibration set-ups can be Stored and Recalled.
Using “NewSoft TFT” software A-Scan with calibration set-ups can be
Software*
transferred to PC via RS-232 serial link for storage in PC or printing.
IBM compatible Printer having serial port can be directly attached to main
Printer Attachment
unit for printing of stored A-Scan waveform with calibration data.
High brightness Color TFT LCD Display. Display area 320 x 240 pixel
Display
(122x92 mm). Eleven different color scheme options.
Full Screen By pressing Zoom key A-Scan can be displayed in Full Screen area.
Reference A-Scan pattern of standard test object can be saved and
Reference A-Scan*
recalled in the background for easy comparison during testing.
DAC curve can be entered using minimum 2 to maximum 10 points and
DAC*
then digitally drawn with –6dB and –14dB curves.
Thickness/Depth can be displayed in digital readout when using a normal
Digital Readout* and
probe and Beam path, Surface Distance and Depth are directly displayed
Trig. Function
when angle probe is in use.
Update Rate 50Hz
Lithium-Ion Battery pack 14.4VDC, 4AH, gives 8 hours continuous
Power
operation from fully charged battery.
Charger Input Voltage 100 to 240 VAC. Charges status indicator is provided.
Temperature 32° to 131°F (0 to 55° C)
Size 5.98 in H x 10.04 in W x 2.76 in D (152x255x70 mm)
Weight 5.07 lbs (2.3 kg.) with Battery.

ULTRASONIC 1
 THICKNESS GAUGES

Mach T UT Thickness Gauge

Basic, most economical model ultrasonic thickness gauge. Designed to make reliable, accurate thickness readings on mostly steel structures with access to
only one side.

FEATURES
Size: 5” (127mm)(L) x 3” (76.2mm)(W) x 1.25” (31.75mm)(H)
Units: English/Metric/Microseconds
Battery Life: Up to 200 hours ( 40 hours with backlight on)
Display: 128 x 64 Graphics LCD monochrome
Package: Custom, splash-proof, high impact plastic with rubber, illuminating keypad for go/no go testing
Backlight: LED, On/Off or Auto On based on valid readings or last key press
Shut Off: Auto, time out (after x minutes user programmable after no reading, loss or no key press)
Carrying Case: Custom molded pouch with wrist strap for either left or right handed operators (Optional)
Shipping Case: Hard plastic with high density molded cut out for all accessories (Optional)
Standard Mach T Includes: UT Thickness Gauge, DK-537 potted, 5MHz 0.375” diameter, operational manual, USB cable and couplant.

Item Specification Description Mach T Mach T Plus Mach T DL

Thickness Range: 0.008-20 inches (.20mm-508mm) x x x

Auto at power up with listed numeric value. Ideal for

Delay line zero measurement: correcting delay line wear/curvature and for transducer x x x
acoustic drift at elevated temperatures.
Displays minimum or maximum thickness value at 20
Scan mode: x x x
measurements per second.
Holds display to retain last thickness reading with
Hold mode: x x x
reverse video display.
Freeze mode: Freezes display x x x

Units: Inches/Millimeters/Microseconds x x x

Gain: Low, Standard or High for varying testing positions. x x

Displays the difference from the actual thickness

Differential Mode: x x
measurement and a user entered reference value.
Minimum/Maximum depth, vibralarm, beeps and
Alarms: display flashes as well as keypad illumination and x x
vibration.

F1=Red, F2=Yellow and F3=Green for easy go/no go

Illuminating Keypad: x x
testing ( Patent Pending)
Measures the metal thickness only ( ignore paint and
Echo to Echo: Upgradeable x
coatings)

ULTRASONIC 2
 F1=Red, F2=Yellow and F3=Green for easy go/no go
Illuminating Keypad: x x
testing ( Patent Pending)
Measures the metal thickness only ( ignore paint and
Echo to Echo: Upgradeable x
coatings)

Item Specification Description Mach T Mach T Plus Mach T DL

Thickness Range: 0.008-20 inches (.20mm-508mm) x x x

Auto at power up with listed numeric value.
Ideal for correcting delay line wear/curvature
Delay line zero and for transducer acoustic drift at elevated
measurement: temperatures. x x x
Displays minimum or maximum thickness value
Scan mode: at 20 measurements per second. x x x
Holds display to retain last thickness reading
Hold mode: with reverse video display. x x x

Freeze mode: Freezes display x x x

Units: Inches/Millimeters/Microseconds x x x
Low, Standard or High for varying testing
Gain: positions. x x

Newsonic Mach T Colorwave Thickness Gauge

Introducing the world’s smallest ultrasonic thickness gage with high resolution COLOR waveform display, The Mach T. Unique features include live COLOR
A-Scan, B-Scan, and 50K thickness reading (5000 waveforms) data logger with interface program, vibration and COLOR change of waveform on alarm.

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS

Boiler Tubes Pipes

Home Oil Tanks Steam lines
Pressure Vessels Compressors
Ship Hulls Shafts
Storage Tanks Bridge Pins
Containers Bond Inspection

Auto range centers echoes in the middle of the screen independent of material thickness. The blanking and gain adjustments are ideal for complete waveform
adjustment and control. The echo to echo feature can ignore the paint or coating thickness. The waveform option can even be added to our popular Mach T
gages.

ULTRASONIC 3
 Ultrasonic Thickness Gauge TT120 Ultrasonic Thickness Gauge TT130

Time ultrasonic thickness gauges measure the thickness of ultrasonic
wave well-conductive materials with parallel top and bottom surfaces.
They are also used on measuring wall thickness of pipes and pressure
vessels to determine surface erosion. Model TT100, TT130 measures
metals, aluminum, titanium, plastics, ceramics, glass etc. TT120 measures
steel. TT120 can measure materials temperature 0º to 300ºC while other
models measure materials temperature -10º to 60ºC. TT130 is designed
for higher precision.
Time ultrasonic thickness gauges measure the thickness of ultrasonic
wave well-conductive materials with parallel top and bottom surfaces.
They are also used on measuring wall thickness of pipes and pressure
vessels to determine surface erosion. Model TT100, TT130 measures
metals, aluminum, titanium, plastics, ceramics, glass etc. TT120 measures
steel. TT120 can measure materials temperature 0º to 300ºC while other
models measure materials temperature -10º to 60ºC. TT130 is designed
for higher precision.

All models have the following functions: Measuring display mm/inch All models have the following functions: Measuring display mm/inch
selectable; automatic calibration; Automatic V-path correction; Coupling selectable; automatic calibration; Automatic V-path correction; Coupling
condition indication; Low battery indication; Auto shut-off. They all use (2) condition indication; Low battery indication; Auto shut-off. They all use (2)
1.5V AA alkaline batteries. All come with a compact carrying case. 1.5V AA alkaline batteries. All come with a compact carrying case.

STANDARD ACCESSORIES: STANDARD ACCESSORIES:

1 Calibration Certificate 1 Calibration Certificate
1 Main Unit 1 Main Unit
1 Probe 5PФ10 (for TT100, TT130) 1 probe ZW5P (for TT120) 1 Probe 5PФ10 (for TT100, TT130) 1 probe ZW5P (for TT120)
2—1.5V Batteries 2—1.5V Batteries
1 Instruction Manual 1 Instruction Manual
1 Carrying Case 1 Carrying Case
1 Bottle of Coupling Paste (special paste for TT120) 1 Bottle of Coupling Paste (special paste for TT120)

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES: OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES:

Probe 5PФ10/90º Probe 5PФ10/90º
Probe SZ2.5P Probe SZ2.5P
Probe 7PФ6 Probe 7PФ6

ULTRASONIC 4
 Ultrasonic Thickness Gauge TT300 TT100 UT Thickness Gauge

Time ultrasonic thickness gauges measure the thickness of ultrasonic FEATURES

wave well-conductive materials with parallel top and bottom surfaces. • Easy to operate ultrasonic thickness gauge
They are also used to measure wall thickness of pipes and pressure • Suitable for all metallic and non-metallic materials
vessels to determine surface erosion. • Two Standard 5 MHz transducers included
• Sound velocity range up to 9999m/s
TT300 measures metals, aluminum, titanium, plastics, ceramics, glass • Clear 4-Digit LCD display with backlight
etc. • Display resolution 0.1mm
• Memory for 10 readings
FEATURES: • 5 pre-set sound velocities for repeating applications
• Measuring display mm/inch selectable; automatic calibration • Mm/inch selectable
• Automatic V-path correction
• Coupling condition indication
• Low battery indication
• Auto shut-off. NOTES
• Uses (2) 1.5V AA alkaline batteries and comes with a compact carrying
case.

TT300 is comfortable to hold and comes with a water proof cover. Optional
micro printer TA220S can be installed.

TT300 has the capability to communicate with computer: Data output RS-
232 serial, asynchronous. 8 bits, 1 stop bit, selectable baud rate (1200,
2400, 4800, and 9600).

STANDARD ACCESSORIES:
Calibration Certificate
1 Main Unit with Protection Cover
1 Probe 5PФ10
2—1.5V Batteries
1 Instruction Manual
1 Carrying Case
1 Screwdriver
1 Bottle of Coupling Paste

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES:
Probe 5PФ10
Probe 5PФ10/90º
Probe 7PФ6
Coupling paste
Micro Printer TA220S
Dataview software & communication cable

ULTRASONIC 5
 Ultrasonic Systems Section

Automated Rocket Motor Automated, Transportable, Large

Inspection System Diameter Tube Inspection System

DESCRIPTION
Automatic load and unload with accept and reject. One minute inspection
time per piece using 6 independent/simultaneous channels. High-speed
(12-bit) data acquisition with on-board DSP and .020” data densities.
DESCRIPTION
• Mounted in two 40’ sealed-type truck trailers, one housing the utilities
and controller, and the other housing the tube rotating system
• Designed to rotate 24” diameter tube, 40’ long at 60 rpm
• 4-channel flaw and thickness
• Designed for use throughout the world

Automated Ultrasonic Inspection

High Pressure Gas Cylinders
System (AUIS)

DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
• 17 Axes Control: Automated systems (approximately 25 over a 4-year period) for the
• Scissors lifting mechanism inspection of high-pressure gas cylinders and tubes. 4-channel longitudinal
• Turntable and shear wave flaw detection, in addition to a high-resolution thickness
• Two 6-axes robots with swivel measurement. Location and sizing of ID defects. Approximate inspection
• Transducer tolerances .020” over 20’ diameter and 28’ height time per cylinder is 2 minutes. Additional features can include automated
• Complex curve following, including scallops loading and unloading with failed part separation and labeling.
• Simultaneous 4-channel data collection for superior range
• Turntable rated at 40 tons

Automated Valve Lifter Inspection System

DESCRIPTION
In-process test to determine thickness and bond quality of a carbide
wafer bonded to the top of a steel valve after grinding. Nominal thickness
of carbide .050”. Parts are then sorted by an evaluation program in the
computer to accept or reject bins depending on thickness or bond quality.
Operator involvement during calibration only.
ULTRASONIC 6
 Labscanners Portable Large Diameter Cylinder Scan

DESCRIPTION Capable of C-Scanning large tanks or cylinders for corrosion or damage.

• Hard coated aluminum scanning frame
• Scanning speeds capable of exceeding 20”/sec. DESCRIPTION
• Available in any size up to 36” x 36” x 36” in acrylic or stainless steel • The height of the scan rail and arm are adjustable to accommodate
• Low EMI motors used for minimal ultrasonic background noise most tank configurations.
OPTIONS • Unique vacuum system holds the scanner in position. System can
• Motorized gimbal be configured for pulse echo or thru-transmission.
• Gimbal • Synchronized ID and OD motion for thru-transmission applications
• Turntable
• Bar rotator
• Dual Z-axes

Precision Aircraft Forging

Large Gantry System
Scanning System

Large gantry system for the inspection of aircraft wing sections using DESCRIPTION
squirters in a thru-transmission configuration with a toneburst pulser and The system was supplied for the inspection of aircraft engine disks. Tank
remote preamp. dimensions are 4’ x 4’ x 4’. Rotary motion using a stainless steel, 36”
diameter platen with a stainless steel-geared 4-jaw centering device.
DESCRIPTION Weight capacity: 2,000 lbs. MUIS32 imaging software is interfaced to an
• Synchronized Z- and Y-axes existing ultrasonic instrument.
• 25’ x 8’ scanning area

Small Diameter Tube Inspection System

DESCRIPTION
Inspection of 4” to 2.5” diameter tubes up to 50’ in length. Testing required
detection of OD and ID flaws in both the longitudinal and circumferential
direction, as well as thickness measurements along the length of the tube.
Rejected areas are automatically marked with dye to identify defects.
ULTRASONIC 7
 Scanmaster DS-200i UT System
DESCRIPTION
• The DS-200i immersion ultrasonic inspection system is designed for
the scanning of oversize parts. The systems are fully integrated imaging
systems, including scanning mechanics, motion control, ultrasonic
electronics, and data acquisition and processing software.
• Exceptional resolution and repeatability on all the linear and angular
axes allowing for scanning of complex parts. The ultrasonic electronics
provide excellent near- surface flaw resolution, exceptional penetration
power, and have a high immunity against electromagnetic noise.
• Multiple channel and gates allow for real time C-scan and B-scan
imaging. The extensive real-time and post-scan data processing software
includes utilities for analysis, measurement, signal to noise evaluation and
advanced flaw evaluation.
• Standard and Customized report generation includes inspection setup
and results.
• Applications include Large Engine disks, oversize forgings and vertical
shafts.
Scanmaster DS-200PI UT System
DESCRIPTION
• The DS-200 PI series immersion ultrasonic inspection systems for
plate inspection are rugged and reliable for use in multi shift operation
and industrial type environments. These fully integrated systems include
scanning mechanics, motion control, ultrasonic electronics, and data
acquisition & processing software.
• The high accuracy scanning mechanics have exceptional resolution and
repeatability on all the linear and angular axes allowing for scanning of
complex parts. The ultrasonic electronics provide excellent near- surface
flaw resolution, exceptional penetration power, and have a high immunity
against electromagnetic noise.
• Multiple channel and multiple gates allow for real time C-scan and B-scan
imaging. The extensive real time and post-scan data processing software
includes utilities for analysis, measurement, signal to noise evaluation and
advanced flaw evaluation. Standard and Customized report generation
includes inspection setup and results.
Scanmaster LS-200 UT System
DESCRIPTION
• The LS-200 series immersion ultrasonic inspection systems are rugged,
reliable systems for multi shift operation in an industrial environment. These
fully integrated systems include scanning mechanics, motion control,
ultrasonic electronics, and data acquisition & processing software.
• The high accuracy scanning mechanics have exceptional resolution and
repeatability on all the linear and angular axes allowing for scanning of
complex parts. The ultrasonic electronics provide excellent near- surface
flaw resolution, exceptional penetration power, and have a high immunity
against electromagnetic noise.
• Multiple channel and multiple gates allow for real time C-scan and B-scan
imaging. The extensive real time and post-scan data processing software
includes utilities for analysis, measurement, signal to noise evaluation and
advanced flaw evaluation. Standard and Customized report generation
includes inspection setup and results.
• Applications include disks, bars, shafts, billets and plates.
Scanmaster LS-200b UT System
DESCRIPTION
• The LS-200b immersion ultrasonic inspection system is a rugged, reliable
system for multi shift operation in an industrial environment. The systems
are fully integrated imaging systems including scanning mechanics,
motion control, ultrasonic electronics, and data acquisition and processing
software.
• The high accuracy scanning mechanics have exceptional resolution and
repeatability on all the axes. Interchangeable transducer holding devices
with mechanical following for scanning of bars and billets either in single
or multi-zone mode. The ultrasonic electronics provide excellent near-
surface flaw resolution, exceptional penetration power, and have a high
immunity against electromagnetic noise.
• Multiple channel and multiple gates allow for real time C-scan and B-scan
imaging. The extensive real time and post-scan data processing software
includes utilities for analysis, measurement, signal to noise evaluation and
advanced flaw evaluation. Standard and Customized report generation
includes inspection setup and results.
ULTRASONIC 8
 Ultrasonic Accessories Section
Ultrasonic Test Calibration Blocks
All reference blocks are machined to precision tolerances from ultrasonic tested material and produced
to the required specifications. Test blocks are available in aluminum, steel and stainless steel. Other
materials are available upon request. Optional hardwood cases are available. Specify material when ordering.

IIW Type I Test Reference Block UT Angle Beam Reference Block

DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
Block Type: IIW Type 1 Block Type: Angle Beam
Per Int’l Institute of Welding (IIW), ASTM-E-164 and MIL-STD-2154. Per ASTM-E-164 and U.S.A.F.T.O. 33 B-1-1 (6-1-84)
APPLICATION APPLICATION
Calibration of transverse and longitudinal wave distance setting Angle Beam Calibration
determination of the sound beam point of incidence and exact angle of
propagation.
GEOMETRY
½” or 1” thick, 1” radius opposite 2” radius with 5/64” diameter by ¾” deep
GEOMETRY flat bottom hole (1” thick only).
1” x 4” x 12”. Contains 2” diameter hole and 4” radius. Also 1/8” x 1” radius
STANDARD MATERIALS
alternate reflector 1/16” deep on echo side.
• Aluminum 7075 T-6- Part# 200119-A
STANDARD MATERIALS • Steel A36/ 1018
• Aluminum 7075 T-6- Part # 200112-3 • Stainless Steel 304
• Steel A36 / 1018- Part # 200112-2
• Stainless Steel 304- Part # 200112-1
• Case Sold Separately- Part # 200112-C

IIW Type 2 Reference Block DSC UT Reference Block

DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION Block Type: IIW Type 2
Block Type: IIW Type 2 Per IIW and U.S.A.F.T.O.33 B-1-1 (6-1-84)
Per IIW and U.S.A.F.T.O.33 B-1-1 (6-1-84) APPLICATION
APPLICATION Modified version of IIW Type 1, with a 2” radius 1/4” deep cut out test side
Modified version of IIW Type 1, with a 2” radius 1/4” deep cut out test side and 3 extra side drilled resolution holes.
and 3 extra side drilled resolution holes. STANDARD MATERIALS
PART NUMBERS Part# 200113-2 Aluminum 7075 T-6
Part# 200113-2 Aluminum 7075 T-6 Part# 200113-4 MINI Aluminum
Part# 200113-4 MINI Aluminum Part# 200113-1 Stainless Steel 304
Part# 200113-1 Stainless Steel 304 Part# 200113-C Case for IIW Type 2 Block
Part# 200113-C Case for IIW Type 2 Block Part# 200113-4C Case for MINI Aluminum:
Part# 200113-4C Case for MINI Aluminum
ULTRASONIC 9
 UT DC Reference Test Block UT DS Reference Block

DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
Block Type: DC Block Type: DS
Per AWS and ASTM-E-164 Per ANSI/AWS
APPLICATION APPLICATION
Distance Calibration (shear wave) Distance and sensitivity.
GEOMETRY GEOMETRY
1” radius overlying 2” radius on 180° half circle. 2” x 2” x 6” with a 2” wide cutout.
STANDARD MATERIALS STANDARD MATERIALS
• Aluminum 7075-T6 • Aluminum 7075-T6
• Steel 1018 • Steel 1018
• Stainless Steel 304- Part# 200116-1 • Stainless Steel 304- Part# 200127-0
• Case Sold Separately- Part# 200127-C

SC Reference Test Block Miniature Resolution Test Block

DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
Block Type: SC Block Type: Angle Beam
Per AWS / ASTM-E-164 Per ASTM-E-164 and U.S.A.F.T.O. 33 B-1-1 (6-1-84)
APPLICATION APPLICATION
Sensitivity Calibration (Shear wave) Angle Beam Calibration
GEOMETRY GEOMETRY
905” x 1.25” x 3”. Contains two .062” diameter side drilled holes. ½” or 1” thick, 1” radius opposite 2” radius with 5/64” diameter by ¾” deep
STANDARD MATERIALS flat bottom hole (1” thick only).
• Aluminum 7075-T6 STANDARD MATERIALS
• Steel A36 / 1018 • Aluminum 7075 T-6- Part# 200119-A
• Stainless Steel 304- Part# 200117-1 • Steel A36/ 1018
• Case sold separately- Part# 200117-C • Stainless Steel 304

ULTRASONIC 10
 ANSI/AWS Resolution Reference Block NAVSHIPS Reference Test Block

DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
Block Type: ANSI/AWS RESOLUTION (RC – Resolution Reference Block Type: NAVSHIPS
Block) Per NAVSEA T 9074-AS-GIB-010/271 (Formerly Navships 0900-006-
APPLICATION 3010Sec. 6 and MIL STD-271F)
Checking resolution capabilities of angle beam transducers. Per AWS and APPLICATION
BPR Distance correction and sensitivity levels.
GEOMETRY GEOMETRY
1” x 3” x 6”. Contains nine .062” diameter holes for 45°, 60°, and 70°. 1 ¼” x 3” x 12”. Contains seven 3/64” Diameter side drilled holes at
STANDARD MATERIALS distances of 1/8” through 2 ¾”.
Aluminum 7075 T-6 STANDARD MATERIALS
Steel A36 / /1018 Part# 200124-1 Aluminum 7075 T-6
Part# 200120-AWS Stainless Steel 304 Part# 200124 Steel 1018
Part# 200120-C Case Sold Separately Part# 200124-0 Stainless Steel 304
Part# 200124-C Case sold separately

30 FBH Resolution Test Block ASME N-625 Reference Test Block

DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
Block Type: 30 FBH Resolution Block Block Type: ASME-N-625 Reference Plate
Per ASTM-E-428; ASTM-E-127 D/A Spec. Per ASME 1275N B.P., Section 3, Nuclear Vessels
APPLICATION APPLICATION
Area/Amplitude plots for normal beam transducer and determining For longitudinal shear and surface wave sensitivity calibration.
resolution and sensitivity capabilities. GEOMETRY
GEOMETRY ½” x 6” x 12”. Contains five (5) flat bottom holes and one (1) thru hole;three
1 1/2” x 4” x 11”. Contains three series of 3/64”, 5/64”, and 8/64”diameter (3) each .062” diameter holes at depths of .050”, .250” and thru. One
holes at metal travel distances of .050” thru 1.250”. .062” diameter hole at 1.5” depth; .125” diameter hole at 1.625” depth;
STANDARD MATERIALS one (1) 250” diameter hole at 1.750” depth. Also contains one .002” deep
Part# 200121-A-30 Aluminum 7075 T-6 surface wave notch.
Steel 4340 STANDARD MATERIALS
Part# 200121-0-30 Stainless Steel 304 Part# 200123-0 Stainless 304
Part# 200121-C Case sold separately Steel 1018
Aluminum 7075 T-6
Part# 200123-C Case sold separately

ULTRASONIC 11
 IOW Beam Profile Reference Test Block ASTM Distance/Area Amplitude-Set of 10

DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
Block Type: IOW Beam Profile English or Metric ASTM–E–127 or ASTM–E–428. ASTM DISTANCE/AREA AMPLITUDE
Per BS2704 (British Standards Institute) Set of 10
APPLICATION Contains the following hole diameters and metal travel distances:
Beam profile measurement of angle beam transducer. 3/64” - 3.0” (3-0300)
GEOMETRY 5/64” - .12” (5-0012)
2” x 3” x 12”. Contains two 1/16” diameter x 7/8” deep calibration holes 5/64” - .25” (5-0025)
on near side; two 1/16” diameter x 7/8” deep calibration holes on far side. 5/64” - .50” (5-0050)
Also contains five 1/16” diameter resolution holes drilled on 10º slope, far 5/64” - .75” (5-0075)
side only. 5/64” - 1.5” (5-0150)
5/64” - 3.0” (5-0300)
STANDARD MATERIALS 5/64” - 6.0” (5-0600)
Part# 200114-1 Aluminum 7075 T-6 8/64” - 3.0” (8-0300)
Part# 200114-0 Steel 1018 8/64” - 6.0” (8-0600)
Part# 200114-2 Stainless Steel 304
Part# 200114-C Case sold separately
STANDARD MATERIALS
Part# 200126-1-ASTM Aluminum 7075 T-6
Steel 4340 Vac. Melt
ASTM Area Amplitude-Set of 8 Part# 200126-0-ASTM Stainless Steel 304
Part# 200126-C Case sold separately
Titanium
Individual ASTM blocks are available in all metal travels.

NOTES

DESCRIPTION
ASTM–E–127 or ASTM–E–428. ASTM AREA AMPLITUDE Set of 8
Contains the following hole diameters and metal travel distances:
1/64” - 3.0” (1-0300)
2/64” - 3.0” (2-0300)
3/64” - 3.0” (3-0300)
4/64” - 3.0” (4-0300)
5/64” - 3.0” (5-0300)
6/64” - 3.0” (6-0300)
7/64” - 3.0” (7-0300)
8/64” - 3.0” (8-0300)
STANDARD MATERIALS
Aluminum 7075 T-6
Steel 4340 Vac. Melt
Part# 200128-0-ASTM Stainless Steel 304
Part# 200128-C Case Sold Separately
Titanium
Individual ASTM blocks are available in all metal travels.
ULTRASONIC 12
 ASTM Distance Amplitude- Set of 19 4-Step Step Block

DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
ASTM–E–127 or ASTM–E–428. ASTM DISTANCE AMPLITUDE Set of Block Type: 4-Step Blocks
19 APPLICATION
Contains hole diameters of 3/64”, 5/64”, or 8/64” with metal travel Thickness and linearity calibration. Per ASTM-E-797
distances of: GEOMETRY
.06” (X-0006) .750” square with thickness of .250”, .500”, .750”, and 1.000. Two metric
.12” (X-0012) versions are available; (4A), 6.25mm through 25mm, and (4B), 5mm
.25” (X-0025) through 20mm.
.37” (X-0037)
STANDARD MATERIALS
.50” (X-0050)
Part# 200115-4 Aluminum 7075-T6
.62” (X-0062)
Steel 1018
.75” (X-0075)
Part# 200115-4SS Stainless Steel
.87” (X-0087)
Steel 4340 available
1.0” (X-0100)
Part# 200115-4NI 4-Step Block NI
1.25” (X-0125)
1.75” (X-0175)
2.25” (X-0225)
2.75” (X-0275) 5-Step Step Block
3.25” (X-0325)
3.75” (X-0375)
4.25” (X-0425)
4.75” (X-0475)
5.25” (X-0525)
5.75” (X-0575)

STANDARD MATERIALS
Aluminum 7075 T-6 DESCRIPTION
Steel 4340 Vac. Melt BLOCK TYPE: 5-Step Blocks
Part# 200129-0-ASTM Stainless Steel 304 Per ASTM-E-797
Part# 200129-C Case Sold Separately GEOMETRY
Titanium .750” square with thickness of .100”, .200”, .300”, .400”, .500”. Two metric
Individual ASTM blocks are available in all metal travels. versions are available; (5A), 2.50mm through 12.5mm. (5B) 2mm through
10mm.
STANDARD MATERIALS
Part# 200115-5 Aluminum 7075-T6
Steel 1018
Stainless Steel
Steel 4340 available

ULTRASONIC 13
 ASME Basic Reference Test Block

DESCRIPTION GEOMETRY
Block Type: ASME Basic Reference Block. Per ASME SEC V Article 23 PART# 200125-0 1” or less : .750” x 6” x 7”
T-534.2.1 PART# 200125-0C Case Sold Separately
PART# 200125-1 Over 1” through 2” : 1.5” x 6” x 10”
APPLICATION PART# 200125-1C Case Sold Separately
Angle beam calibration. PART# 200125-2 Over 2” through 4”: 3” x 6” x 12”
Contains 2 slots; one on each face, and three side drilled holes 1.5” deep
x (diameter is determined by the thickness of the block).

STANDARD MATERIALS
• Aluminum 7075 T-6
• Steel 1018
• Stainless Steel 304

NOTES

ULTRASONIC 14
 Scanmaster LS-200X UT System Pulser Receiver Section

DESCRIPTION PULCER RECEIVER

• The LS-200X immersion ultrasonic inspection system is an affordable,
rugged, reliable system for multi shift operation in an industrial
environment. These fully integrated systems include, scanning mechanics,
motion control, ultrasonic electronics, and data acquisition & processing
software.
• The high accuracy scanning mechanics have exceptional resolution and
repeatability on all the linear and angular axes allowing for scanning of
complex parts. The ultrasonic electronics provide excellent near- surface
flaw resolution, exceptional penetration power, and have a high immunity
against electromagnetic noise.
• Multiple channel and multiple gates allow for real time C-scan and B-scan
imaging. The extensive real time and post-scan data processing software
includes utilities for analysis, measurement, signal to noise evaluation and
advanced flaw evaluation. Standard and Customized report generation
includes inspection setup and results.
The pulser section produces an electrical pulse to excite a piezoelectric
transducer, which emits an ultrasonic pulse. In pulse-echo applications,
this pulse travels through the test material until it is reflected from an
interface back to the transducer. In through transmission applications,
this pulse travels through the test material to a second transducer acting
as a receiver.
In either case, the transducer converts the pulse into an electrical signal
which is then amplified and conditioned by the receiver section and made
available depending upon customer application.
Call Newco today for information regarding pulse-receivers.

Scanmaster LS-500 UT System Immersion Tanks

Multi-Axis Immersion Tank

DESCRIPTION
• The LS-500 immersion ultrasonic inspection systems utilize modular
design allowing for sizing of the tank and scanner to fit the application.
These fully integrated systems include scanning mechanics, motion control,
ultrasonic electronics, and data acquisition & processing software.
• The modularity allows the user to decide select from a range of
turntables, whether to include a motorized manipulator, or whether to
include an optional drop in bar rotator, resulting in greater price flexibility.
FEATURES
The scanning mechanics have exceptional resolution and repeatability on
• Stainless Steel design
all the linear and optional angular axes.
• Speeds up to 30 rpm (dependent upon data density requirements)
• The ultrasonic electronics provide excellent near- surface flaw resolution,
• Designs available to accommodate up to 2,000 lbs.
exceptional penetration power, and have a high immunity against
• Direct gear driven
electromagnetic noise. Multiple channel and multiple gates allow for real
• 3- or 4-jaw chuck design
time C-scan and B-scan imaging.
• Platen sizes up to 48”
• The extensive real time and post-scan data processing software
• Angular resolution 0.01”
includes utilities for analysis, measurement, signal to noise evaluation and
• Removable
advanced flaw evaluation. Standard and Customized report generation
• No through holes to leak
includes inspection setup and results. Modular systems include LS-500-
• Full tank scanning envelope when removed
1000 (1000mm in length), LS-500-1500 (1500mm in length), LS-500-2000
• Easily maintained
(2000mm in length).
• Applications include disks, bars, billets.
ULTRASONIC 15
 CONTACT TRANSDUCERS
Contact transducers are rugged enough to withstand direct contact testing of metals and versatile
enough to be used on materials such as composites and plastics. Features such as the unique WC-5
wear plates and Comfort Fit Sleeves make these transducers highly durable and easy to grip.

ULTRASONIC 16
ULTRASONIC 17
 Contact Transducers-General Purpose Fingertip Contact Transducers

We offer a complete line of Standard and Fingertip Contact Transducers.
These transducers are compatible with all commercially available flaw
detectors and some thickness gauges. Surface knurling ensures a very
comfortable non-slip grip and color coded caps makes them readily
identifiable.
The General Purpose (GP) Series, offers the best combination of sensitivity
and resolution for the majority of contact flaw detection applications.
Fingertip Contact Transducers (CF) are best suited for limited access areas
or when higher frequencies and smaller diameters are desired. These
transducers feature rugged construction in stainless steel housing for
excellent resistance to abrasive surfaces. They also have an acoustically
matched alumina wearface for optimum performance and excellent
durability. A side mounted microdot connector is supplied. See our website
at www.newcoinc.com for specific product datasheet information.

The High Resolution (HR) Series is designed for optimum resolution and
maximum bandwidth. They can be used on all flaw detectors and certain
thickness gauges.

Standard Contact Transducers (C) are used when accessibility to the test
area presents no problem. Each features stainless steel housing with an
acoustically matched alumina wearface surrounded by a hardened steel
wear ring. This insures optimum sound transmission, rugged dependability
and excellent resistance to abrasive surfaces. See our website at www.
newcoinc.com for specific product datasheet information.

NOTES

ULTRASONIC 18
 Dual Element Transducers
DUAL ELEMENT TRANSDUCERS
We offer a complete line of Dual Element Transducers suitable for
inspection of materials at ambient or high temperature. These transducers
are designed for the detection of near surface discontinuities or thin wall
sections. Each transducer is actually two transducers constructed within
single stainless steel housing, electrically and acoustically isolated from
each other. Each half is angled toward the other with one side acting as
the transmitter and the other the receiver. This produces a better signal/
noise ratio than can be achieved by single element transducers.
REMOVABLE BELL HOUSING TRANSDUCER (DRB)
The Removable Bell Housing Transducer (DRB) is offered in both ambient
and high temperature styles which operate up to 550°F. This transducer
is designed to operate on all commercially available flaw detectors and
can also be ordered for many digital thickness gauges. A removable
bell housing is provided for operator comfort. Cable must be ordered
separately. Please be sure to order Bell Housing Cables, which include a
strain relief. Please see Dual Element Transducer Datasheet.pdf for
specifications at our website www.newcoinc.com
HIGH TEMPERATURE TRANSDUCERS (DHT)
The High Temperature Tranducers are best suited for limited access areas
or the inspection of insulated pipes or vessels. This transducer is designed
to operate on all commercially available flaw detectors and is offered in two
temperature ranges, one up to 550°F, and the other up to 900°F. Please
see Dual Element Transducer Datasheet.pdf for specifications at our
website www.newcoinc.com
REMOVABLE DELAY TRANSDUCERS (DR)
The Removable Delay Transducers (DR) are ideal for scanning large
areas where there are no space restrictions. They have been designed
with replaceable delays which allow for greater flexibility. The delays can
be replaced due to wear, curved for pipe inspection or replaced with High
Temerpature Delays for testing materials up to 450°F. This transducer is
provided with a set of standard delays and microdot connectors. Color
coded caps make these transducers easy to identify. Please see Dual
Element Transducer Datasheet.pdf for specifications at our website
www.newcoinc.com
ULTRASONIC 19
 Standard Angle Beam
Transducer and Wedges
STANDARD ANGLE BEAM TRANSDUCERS
We offer a complete line of Angle Beam Transducers (ABS) compatible
with all commercially available flaw detectors. These are longitudinal
wave transducers which can generate shear waves when coupled to a
wedge. They are primarily used for weld inspection or flaw detection of
defects with favorable orientation. Technisonic’s angle beam transducers
are constructed within stainless steel housings for durability and rugged
dependability. An acoustically matched epoxy lens insures optimum
performance and color coded labels make them easy to identify. These
transducers, when coupled to wedges, provide excellent gain and signal/
noise ratios. Supplied with a BNC connector, other connectors are available
on special order. Technisonic also manufactures a line of AWS Structural
Welding Code Transducers which meet or exceed all the requirements of
DI.I when used with Technisonic AWS Wedges.
SERRATED, STYLE AWS AND HIGH TEMP WEDGES
We offer standard replacement wedges in three basic styles. Style WSR
(Serrated Wedge) is used for standard angle beam transducers and offers
excellent signal/noise ratios. Style AWS Wedges are “Snail” Wedges
specifically designed for our AWS transducers and display optimum
signal/noise ratios.
Finally, our style WHT (High Temperature Wedges) is best suited for
elevated temperatures up to 550°F. These high temperature wedges are
made from a material we call “Technitherm” and are designed to reduce
drift and attenuation as compared to other materials. Intermittent use at
elevated temperatures is recommended to avoid transducer overheating.
Delay Line Transducers
DELAY LINE TRANSDUCERS
Offered in our High Resolution Series. These transducers are damped
to the current limits of technology and have maximum bandwidth. They
are recommended for thickness measurements or flaw detection of
very thin materials on commercially available flaw detectors and some
thickness gauges. The small case design permits access into restricted
areas and is ideal for wall measurements on small diameter tubing. Delay
line transducers are available in both permanent and replaceable delays
offering greater flexibility. These transducers have a knurled exterior for a
comfortable non-slip grip and color coded caps for easy identification. A
side mounted microdot connector is supplied.
Delay Line transducers are available in three models.
The Standard (GRD) is recommended for most applications and is
available in two sizes. The most popular GRD has a .25” diameter element
with a .50” long replaceable delay.
The Miniature (MRD) has an element diameter of .125”. This transducer
is ideal for restricted areas and is supplied with a .5” long replaceable
delay.
The Permanent Delay (GD) version has an element diameter of .25” with a
.35” long delay. This version has a delay built into the housing, eliminating
the need for adding couplant and changing delays.
ULTRASONIC 20
 Immersion Transducer
The Slimline Housing Style (ISL) is an excellent choice for most immersion
testing applications. This style will accommodate element diameters up to
1/2” and features stainless steel housing for rugged dependability.
The Right Angle Housing Style (IRA) is an excellent choice when the
application requires a sound path at a right angle to the connector such
as thru-transmission testing or testing inside the diameter of bore holes or
limited access areas. This style will accommodate element diameters up
to 1/2” and features stainless steel housing for rugged dependability.
The ISL and IRA Housing Styles both feature waterproof UHF connectors
and epoxy lenses to optimize performance and durability. Spherical or
cylindrical focusing is available to increase sensitivity to critical flaws or to
improve near-surface resolution.
A Right Angle Reflector (ISL-RA) is available for the ISL Transducer to
direct the sound beam 90° into hard to reach areas. Other angles are
available on request.
NOTES
Protective Face Transducer
Protective Face Transducers (PF) is designed to be used with three
different types of protective face options complimenting a wide variety of
testing applications. Each transducer comes with a Protective Membrane
Kit and additional accessories can be ordered separately. The basic
transducer supplied is a general purpose series and has a top mounted
BNC connector. Color coded labels make these transducers easy to
identify.
Protective Membranes (PM) are commonly used to maintain better surface
contact between the transducer and curved, rough, or irregularly shaped
surfaces. Spare membranes can be ordered by the dozen.
Protective High Temperature Delay Lines (PD) is used for testing hot
surfaces up to 550°F. Our newest high temperature material “Technitherm”
reduces signal drift caused by temperature variations and improves
sensitivity. One Delay Ring per transducer is also required to use this
option. Standard delays are one inch long, but longer lengths and delays
suitable for higher temperatures are available.
Protective Wear Caps (PC) is expendable wear caps which protect the
transducer from damage when inspecting extremely rough or abrasive
surfaces.
ULTRASONIC 21
 NDT Inspection Plugs

FEATURES DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS

EPA and OSHA inspection point access NDT Plug Sizes Recommended for Available Insulation Jacket OD:
Reduces time for periodic inspections/tests 1.5 in. (38 mm) Small Diameter Piping - Part # 203510-1.5
Installs on both smooth and corrugated jacketing 2.5 in. (64 mm) Minimum 6 in. (152 mm) -Part # 203510-2.5
No special tools, O-rings, transition gaskets, contoured flanges or “goof 3.0 in. (76 mm) Minimum 9 in. (229 mm) -Part # 203510-3
plates” required 5.0 in. (127 mm) Vessels & Equipment -Part # 203510-A5
Reusable
Patented design seals and protects against corrosion under the insulation
INSPECTION ACCESS PROCEDURE
(CUI), chemical and UV exposure of the elastomer sleeve
1.) Locate and mark the insulation jacket where the test is required.
Lanyard stops plug cap loss
2.) Use either tin snips or a hole saw to penetrate the insulation.
Available in in 1.5, 2.5, 3.0 and 5.0 in. (38, 64, 76 and 127 mm) sizes with
3.) Remove the final layer of insulation in the safest and most convenient
or without handle manner (using your hand or knife) to expose the substrate for electronic
and visual inspection.
SPECIFICATIONS 4.) After inspection, re-insert the insulation or replace with a high density
The NDT Inspection Plug has two parts. material.
5.) Insert the Sleeve. (Caulk around the sleeve for cold applications is
1) The Sleeve is made of 50 durometer EPDM (Ethylene Propylene) recommended.)
as follows: 6.) Secure the Locking Ring and Lanyard (if applicable).
Chemical Resistance: Excellent 7.) Insert the Plug Cap to affect a seal.
Ozone, Water/Steam Resistance: Excellent
Permanent Set Resistance: Excellent
Temperature Range: -65°F to +300°F (-54°C to +149°C)
Tensile Strength: 1400 psi
Elongation: 300%
ASTM D2000 2BA 510 A14B13C12F17
Also available in silicone.

2. The Cap is made of dead soft aluminum #5052 or (304) stainless steel

ULTRASONIC 22
 NDT Inspection Point Labels
APPLICATIONS
Petroleum Refining Air Handling
Chemical/ Petrochemical Manufacturing
Paper and Pulp Transportation
Power Generation
OTHER FEATURES
• High Quality Thickness Measurement Location (TML) Labels for Pipe
and Equipment Process Safety Management
• Low-leachable, High-Strength Adhesive
• Temperature Resistance -40°F to +300°F (-40°C to +149°C)
STANDARD LABEL PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONS
Label A - Measures 3” x 3.875” with a 1.25” diameter opening for inspection
and blank spaces for on-site inscription. A UV laminate is an integral part
of the label with a removable tab to overlay the inscribed marking. The
standard label is bright orange. WORDING: DO NOT REMOVE, NDT
INSPECTION POINT.
Label B - Measures 3”x 2” with blank spaces for on-site inscription. A UV
laminate is an integral part of the label with a removable tab to overlay the
inscribed marking. The standard label is bright orange. WORDING: DO
NOT REMOVE,NDT INSPECTION POINT.
Label C - Measures 1 “ x 2” with a .75” diameter opening for inspection
and a blank space for on-site inscription. The standard label is bright
orange. WORDING: DO NOT REMOVE, NDT PT.
Label D - Identical to Label C with a UV laminate supplied as an integral
part of the label with a removable tab to overlay the inscribed marking.
Label E - Measures 1.5” in diameter. The standard label is bright orange.
WORDING: TML LOCATION, DO NOT REMOVE.
Label E2 - (Not Pictured) Identical to Label E in size, color and wording,
but the label stock is 1.8 mil destructible vinyl with UV cured ink. NOTE:
Maximum continuous use temperature is +200°F (+93°C).
Label F - Measures 1.25” in diameter with a .75” diameter opening.
The standard label is bright orange. Wording: UT LOCATION, DO NOT
PAINT.
Label G - Measures 1.25” in diameter.
Label H - Measures 1.5” x 1.5” with a .625” diameter opening and a blank
space for on-site inscription. A UV laminate is an integral part of the label
with a removable tab to overlay the inscribed marking. The standard label
is bright green. WORDING: DO NOT PAINT, NDT POINT.
Label J - Measures 2.5” x .75” to accommodate up to 14 characters.
These bar-coded TML labels are printed on 2.0 mil white polyester stock,
per customer specifications, for on-site application or as an integral part
of Labels A or B. Any barcode symbology can be printed. Set-up charges
may apply.
Label K - Measures 2.25” x 1.25”. The standard label is bright orange.
WORDING: 800-261-6261, UT X TML, DO NOT REMOVE.
Label K2 - (Not Pictured) Identical to Label K in size, color and wording,
but the label stock is 1.8 mil destructible vinyl with UV cured ink. Note:
Maximum continuous use temperature is +200°F (+93°C).
Label L - (Not Pictured) Identical to Label K in stock, color and wording,
but is smaller and measures 2.0” x 1.25”.
Label M - Measures 1” x .5”, produced as a perforated tape for use on any
diameter piping. The standard label is bright green. TWO ARROWS AND
WORDING: DO NOT REMOVE.
Label N - (not pictured) Measures 1.5” x 2.5” with the same attributes as
Label D.
GENERAL PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
The typical label stock is 3.5 mil matte silver mylar polyester material with
a 1.0 mil UV laminate. The matte coating resists degradation from scuffing,
chemicals, moisture and wide temperature fluctuations. The adhesive
is a high performance acrylic for strong bonding on textured surfaces.
Leachable chloride, fluoride and sulfur in the adhesive, as measured by
ion chromatography - PPM - is 3, less than one,
and less than one, respectively.
GENERAL PRODUCT APPLICATION GUIDELINES
Minimum application temperature for the adhesive is +58°F (+15°C). For
best bonding conditions, application surface should be at room temperature
or slightly higher. For maximum bond strength, the surface should be
clean and dry. The application surface should be free of loose particulate,
such as dust, dirt and corrosion. A typical cleaning solvent is heptane or
an industrial grade isopropyl alcohol. Consult the manufacturer’s Material
Safety Data Sheet for proper handling and storage of solvents. The
acrylic adhesive requires 48-72 hours to achieve 90% of its ultimate bond
strength. Several weeks are required to achieve 100% of its ultimate bond
strength. Higher initial bonds are achieved through increased rub down
pressure.
CUSTOMIZATION AND ACCESSORIES
Custom design labels (color, size, logos and materials) and metal tags can
be quoted. Industrial strength permanent markers for inspection plugs,
labels and tags are available.
ULTRASONIC 23
 AGR TD Focus-Scan Phased Array AGR TD Handy-Scan Phased Array

The TD Focus-Scan is a multifunction ultrasonic inspection system. The TD Handy-Scan® is a new hand-held multifunction advanced
Designed to seamlessly perform multi-channel Phased Array, Time-Of- ultrasonic system. An inexpensive ultrasonic system that delivers Phased
Flight-Diffraction (TOFD), Pulse Echo, Corrosion Mapping and ASME array, ToFD & Pulse echo in a single integrated portable package. The TD
compliant Girth/Seam weld examinations in every area of engineering. Handy-Scan satisfies the growing use of multifunctional UT systems for
routine detection and analysis but also fits into more complex inspection
APPLICATIONS procedures with ease. Although the TD Handy-Scan is a small hand-held
Pressure Vessel Welds instrument weighing only 3.3 kilograms, it sports an impressive battery of
Electron/Friction Stir Welds features and capability.
Pipeline Girth/Seam Welds
Corrosion Mapping FEATURES
Hydrogen Damage Assessments Highly Portable (3.3kg)
Castings & Forgings High Speed Real-time Data Collection
Turbine Discs And Blades Rotor Bore Examination Fast Inspection Speed
Extensive Analysis Tools
SYSTEM FUNCTIONS Easy to Use Menus
Portable Powerful Reporting Functions
High Speed Real-time Data Collection Removable Battery
Fast Inspection Using all Techniques
Extensive Off-line Analysis Tools APPLICATIONS
Easy to Use Menus Pressure Vessels Welds
Pipeline and Structural Welds
SOFTWARE OPTIONS Forgings & Castings
TOFD Turbine Disks & Blades
Pulse Echo includes Phased Array (A,B,C,D,S scan) Aircraft Components
Corrosion Mapping Complex Geometries
Strip-Scan (Zone Discrimination of Pipeline Welds) Hydrogen Damage Surveys
Long Range Corrosion Surveys

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
64 /32 element Phased Array
8 conventional sockets for ToFD or Pulse Echo
Encoder input
2 x USB ports
Ethernet
110/240v Mains power
Battery removable for recharging
8” integrated monitor
One-handed mode for rapid easy menu operation
Light-weight, extremely rugged polycarbonate body
Can be controlled remotely via Ethernet link
Data collection and full analysis on the same system
Simultaneous Phased Array & ToFD data collection.

ULTRASONIC 24
 AGR TD Pocketscan TOFD Pulse Echo AGR TD Scan TOFD Pulse Echo

The TD Pocket-Scan provides the ultimate portable multifunction ultrasonic The TD Scan combines the ease of use of the familiar TD software
inspection capability. Design and manufactured by AGR Field Operations, and functionality of the TD Pocket-Scan with enhanced electronics and
the system provides the means to perform multichannel Time-Of-Flight- additional data acquisition capabilities. The TD Scan system provides a
Diffraction (TOFD), PE, Corrosion Mapping, ASME compliant Girth/Seam portable and convenient means of gathering and analyzing data in more
weld examination. complex scanning scenarios. The unit is equally at home in the simplest
of inspection environments as well as the more complex seamlessly
TECHNIQUES performing multi-channel Time-Of-Flight-Diffraction (TOFD), Pulse Echo,
TOFD Corrosion Mapping and ASME compliant Girth/Seam weld examinations.
Pulse Echo
Corrosion Mapping TECHNIQUES
Pipeline Inspection TOFD
Tube Inspection Pulse Echo
Corrosion Mapping
FEATURES Pipeline Inspection
Very Portable, Yet Highly Capable Tube Inspection
High Speed Realtime Data Collection
Fast Inspection Using all Techniques FEATURES
Extensive Off-line Analysis Tools Very Portable, Yet Highly Capable
Easy to Use Menus High Speed Realtime Data Collection
Automated Reporting Fast Inspection Using All Techniques
Extensive Off-line Analysis Tools
APPLICATIONS Easy To Use Menus
Conventional Welds Automated Reporting
Electron/Friction Stir Welds
Pipeline Girth/Seam Welds APPLICATIONS
Corrosion Mapping Conventional Welds
Pressure Vessels Electron/Friction Stir Welds
Turbine Discs And Blades Pipeline Girth/Seam Welds
Rotor Bore Examination Corrosion Mapping
Complex Geometry Shapes Pressure Vessels
Turbine Discs And Blades
SOFTWARE OPTIONS Rotor Bore Examination
TOFD
Pulse Echo (A,B,C,D scan) SOFTWARE OPTIONS
Corrosion Mapping TOFD
Strip-Scan (Zone Discrimination of Pipeline Welds) Pulse Echo (A,B,C,D scan)
Long Range Corrosion Mapping
Strip-Scan (Pipeline Girth/Seam Welds)
Long Range

ULTRASONIC 25
 Ultrasonic Inspection Materials Section Couplant

Performa CXA Couplant

Enviromentally Safe, Orange color w/ ultraviolet tracing dye, Stiff Gel Non Drip.
DESCRIPTION
• Wetting agent: Excellent
• Salt Resistant: No
• Corrosion inhibiting: Metals & Alloys except Magnesium
• Temperature Range : -20°F and 212ºF
• Less than 50 ppm halogens and sulfur. No heavy metals in its formula.
• Using analysis method ASTM_D808
• pH : 8 to 9 +/- .25
• Wetting agent : Rinse with water

APPLICATION
• Oily & dirty surfaces
• Rough surfaces
• Overhead surfaces
• Vertical surfaces

FEATURES
• Pleasant odor
• Non-toxic
• Non-flammable
• Slow drying
• Soluble in water

ULTRASONIC 26
 Performa EG Economy Couplant

Enviromentally Safe, Orange color w/ ultraviolet tracing dye, Stiff Gel Non Drip.
DESCRIPTION
• General Purpose Economical, Day-Glow Green Color, Stiff , Drip Resistant Gel
• Wetting agent: Excellent
• Salt Resistant: Slight
• Corrosion inhibiting: Ferrous metals only
• Slow drying when used in the temperature range of 32°F to 150°F.
• Less than 50 ppm halogens and sulfur. No heavy metals in its formula.
• Using analysis method ASTM_D808.
• pH: 7.5 to 8 +/- .25
• Wetting agent: Rinse with water

FEATURES
• Pleasant odor
• Non-toxic
• Non-flammable
• Slow drying
• Soluble in water

IDEAL FOR
• Oily & dirty surfaces
• Rough surfaces
• Overhead surfaces
• Vertical surfaces

ULTRASONIC 27
 Performa Gel Premium Couplant

DESCRIPTION
• Type: Premium
• Color: Blue-Green color
• Description: Stiff Gel, Drip resistant
• Wetting agent: Rinse with water
• Salt Resistant: No
• Corrosion inhibiting: Metals & alloys except Magnesium

IDEAL FOR
• Oily & dirty surfaces
• Rough surfaces
• Overhead surfaces
• Vertical surfaces

FEATURES
• Pleasant odor
• Non-toxic
• Non-flammable
• Slow drying
• Soluble in water
• Temperature Range: -20ºF to 300ºF.
• Less than 50 ppm halogens and sulfur. No heavy metals in its formula.
• Using analysis method ASTM_D808
• pH: 7.5 to 8.5 +/- .25

Call for details

ULTRASONIC 28
 Performa Hot 6 High Temp Couplant Performa Hot 9 High Temp Couplant

High temperature couplant from 0°F to 600°F. High temperature couplant from 0°F to 900°F.

FEATURES
• Excellent wetting properties.
• Ideal for virtually all surfaces –Rough, Overhead, Vertical, Oily & Dirty
• Pleasant odor, non-toxic, non-flammable and slow drying
• Easy to remove from work surfaces and can be rinsed from hands
with soap and water.
• Extremely low sulfur and total halogen content compared to
competitive high temperature couplants
FEATURES
• Excellent wetting properties.
• Ideal for virtually all surfaces –Rough, Overhead, Vertical, Oily & Dirty
• Pleasant odor, non-toxic, non-flammable and slow drying
• Easy to remove from work surfaces and can be rinsed from hands
with soap and water.
• Extremely low sulfur and total halogen content compared to
competitive high temperature couplants

SPECIFICATION SPECIFICATION
• Class: High Temperature • Class: Very High Temperature
• Color: Orange • Description: Purple Color, Stiff Gel, Drip resistant
• Description: Stiff Gel; Drip resistant • Less than 50 ppm halogens and sulfur. No heavy metals in its
• Less than 50 ppm halogens and sulfur. No heavy metals in its formula. Using analysis method ASTM_D808
formula. Using analysis method ASTM_D808 • Most metals except titanium and magnesium
• Most metals except titanium and magnesium • 0°F to 900°F.
• 0°F to 600°F. • pH ~8-9
• pH ~8-9

NOTES

ULTRASONIC 29
 Performa NGC Couplant

An environmentally safe ambient temperature ultrasonic couplant. Pale Yellow Color. Stiff non-pourable gel which will resist dripping.

FEATURES
• Designed as a lower cost option for temperatures between 32°F and 212º F.
• Pleasant odor
• Non-toxic
• Non-flammable
• Completely water soluble
• Less than 50 ppm halogens and sulfur. No heavy metals in its formula. Using analysis method ASTM_D808.
• Superior corrosion inhibiting properties on all metals and alloys except magnesium
• High viscosity of ~115,000 to 125,000 cps
• Excellent wetting abilities.
• pH level of 8 to 9 +/- 0.25.

Call for Details

ULTRASONIC 30
 Performa SP Couplant

Premium Salt Proof, Red color, Pourable Gel Will Drip. Formulated with corrosion inhibitors for most ferrous and non-ferrous metals and alloys except
magnesium.

DESCRIPTION
• Wetting agent: Excellent
• Salt Resistant: Completely
• Corrosion inhibiting: Metals & alloys except Magnesium
• Temperature Range: 60°F to 300°F.
• Less than 50 ppm halogens and sulfur. No heavy metals in its formula. • Using analysis method ASTM_D808
• pH: 7.5 to 8.0 +/- .25
• Wetting agent: Rinse with water

APPLICATIONS
• Oily & dirty surfaces
• Rough surfaces
• Overhead surfaces
• Vertical surfaces

FEATURES
• Pleasant odor
• Non-toxic
• Non-flammable
• Slow drying
• Completely Water Soluble

ULTRASONIC 31
Eddy current
 The ibg line of eddy current test
Eddyliner P systems provide reliable 100%
testing of components. • Auto-
mated systems • Reduced testing
costs • Heat-treated, machined
and finished components.

REASONABLY PRICED EDDY CURRENT TRANSDUCERS

QUALITY CONTROL EQUIPMENT
The eddyliner® P is an eddy current instrument specifically designed
for versatility in production line testing for material mix, heat treatment
(hardness, case, depth, temper, etc.), sinter density and structure
differences.
FEATURES
INTERNAL DATA STORAGE
Up to 16 possible frequency band combinations may be selected for
calibration purposes and 50 complete set-ups may be stored for future
access.
EXTERNAL DATA STORAGE
Permits storage of set-up parameters on external “Memory Plug”
(EEPROM) for transfer to other eddyliner® P units.
DOCUMENTATION
The eddyliner® P is equipped with a Centronics interface for communication
with external printers to provide hardcopy printouts of the test results.
RS232 / V24 INTERFACE
An RS232 / V24 interface permits communication with separate main-
frame computers to perform statistical analysis (SPC) of accumulated
data.
Suitable coils and probes are available for most applications.
CASING OPTIONS
The following optional accessories are available for the eddyliner® P:
Carrying handle with edge protection for bench case; Lockable Plexiglas
front panel for bench case; 6 HU front panel for integration into 19” rack; 6
HU steel rack, protection IP54 (W x H x D: 600 x 330 x 450 mm).
TECHNICAL DATA
Test frequency range 5 Hz – 300 KHz
Measuring time 64 ms at 8 frequency (minimum)
LCD display 125 X 70 mm, background lighting,
brightness and contrast adjustable
Microprocessor 2 CPUs for highest test speed
Memory 1 main memory, Li-battery backed
16 memories for frequency band
combinations
16 program memories.
Handshake Centronics printer
interface V 24/RS 232
Mains connection voltage 85V-245V Vac. 50/60 Hz
Power requirement 50 VA
Dimensions L 262 X W 364 X H 147 mm
(bench case)
Weight 6 kg

SORTING
The sorting decision is “O.K.” or “NOT O.K.”.

OPTO INTERFACE
Permits input of external control signals and transfer of sorting decisions
to peripheral accessories.

Newco’s Dataport software,

designed exclusively for the
eddyliner, acquires testing
data for analysis such as
statistical process control.

Eddy current 1
 eddyscanC
FEATURES
Designed for high-speed crack and pore detection in I.D. bore hole
surfaces. Automatic alignment of bore hole axis to axis of scanner.
Testing for entire cylinder liner I.D. bore hole surface area in seconds
eddyscanF
FEATURES
Designed for flat surfaces like brake rotors of inside cylindrical surfaces
like cylinder lines and engine bores. Axial and transverse cracks only 50
microns in depth are detected. High throughput speeds due to rotational
capacity up to 10,000 rpm.
eddyscanH
FEATURES
Designed for in-line crack detection on high volume cylindrical components
like steering racks, pistons, strut rods, rollers, etc.
Axial and transverse cracks only 50 microns depth can be detected
Can test at throughput speeds up to 32” per second
Eddydetector
Eddydector® crack detectors are eddy current instruments specifically
developed to test components for surface cracks, either prior to, or after,
grinding, machining or other production sequences. The eddydector®’s
principle of operation is based on the environmentally clean eddy current
test method. Cracks as small as 0.05 mm in depth can be detected in
components parts with predominately round finished surfaces. The signal
amplitude varies according to the depth of the crack; however, the effects
of alloying and surface conditions will determine crack detection ability.
TECHNICAL DATA
Number of channels 1 to 8 independent channels
Range of carrier frequency 40 kHz to 2.5 mHz
Carrier frequency steps 25% 10 frq/decade
Gain 42 dB to 110 dB, 1 dB steps
Phase rotation 360 degrees, 2 degree steps
High-pass filter 6.3 Hz to 6.3 kHz
Low-pass filter 6.3 Hz to 6.3 kHz
Filter grade 8th order
Filter characteristics Bessel, for optimum pulse delay
Max. range of filter band pass 20 times high pass frequency
Steps of filter frequency range 12.2% 20 frq/decade
Impedance 50 ohm input and output
Dimensions WxHxD 483 mm x 190 mm x 370 mm
Power supply 110/220 Vac; 100 Va
Weight 8kg
Eddy current 2
 eddynomic
The eddynomic® is an eddy current instrument specifically designed
for versatility in production line testing for material mix, heat treatment
(hardness, case depth, temper etc.), sinter density and structure
variations.
Features
THE PREVENTIVE MULTI-FREQUENCY METHOD
During calibration known reference parts are tested over a broad frequency
band (1:100 – 1:1000)
TEST ROUTINE
Calibration is done with OK parts only, with up to 8 frequencies.
SORTING
The test parts are sorted into “OK” and “NOT OK”.
INTERNAL DATA STORAGE
Up to 16 possible frequency band combinations may be selected for
calibration purposes.
EXTERNAL DATA STORAGE
Permits storage of set-up parameters on external “Memory Plug”
(EEPROM) for transfer to other eddynomic® units, simply by plugging in
the Memory Plug at the front panel.
DOCUMENTATION
The eddynomic® is equipped with a Centronics interface for communication
with external printers to provide hardcopy print-outs of test results.
RS232 / V24
An RS232 / V24 interface permits communication with separate main
frame computers to perform statistical analysis (SPC) of accumulated
date.
OPTO INTERFACE
Permits input of external control signals and transfer of sorting decisions
to peripheral accessories.
COILS/PROBES
Suitable coils and probes are available for all applications. Standard
transducers cover a wide range of applications.
ENCLOSURE OPTIONS
The following enclosures are available for the eddynomic®:
Desktop P/N 84100
Rack mount housing P/N 84110
TECHNICAL DATA
Test frequency range 5 Hz – 300 KHz
Test time 8 msec/frequency (min)
LCD display 24 X 74 mm, background lighting
Microprocessor 16 bit µP for maximum test speed
Interfaces Opto-interface for automation
Centronics printer interface
RS232 /V24 interface
Mains connection voltage 85-240 Vac. 50/80 Hz
Power requirement 50 VA
Dimensions W 257 X H 147 X D 262 mm
(desktop housing)
Weight 5 kg
Eddy current 3
 Eddysort
The eddysort® is an eddy current instrument specifically designed
for versatility in production line testing for material mix, heat treatment
(hardness, case depth, temper, etc.), sinter density and structure
variations.
Features
THE ULTIMATE IN SINGLE-FREQUENCY METHOD TESTING
During calibration, known reference parts are tested over a broad
frequency band (1:100 - 1:3000).
SORTING
The test parts are sorted into “OK” and “NOT OK” lots.
INTERNAL DATA STORAGE
Up to 6 complete instrument set-ups may be stored for future access.
EXTERNAL DATA STORAGE
Permits storage of set-up parameters on external “Memory Plug”
(EEPROM) for transfer to other eddysort® units.
DOCUMENTATION
The eddysort® is equipped with a Centronics interface for communication
with external printers to provide hardcopy print-outs of test results.
RS232 / V24
An RS 232 / V 24 interface permits communication with separate main-
frame computers to perform statistical analysis (SPC) of accumulated
data.
OPTO INTERFACE
Permits input of external control signals and transfer of sorting decisions
to peripheral accessories.
COILS/PROBES
Suitable coils and probes are available for all applications.
RS232 / V24
An RS232 / V24 interface permits communication with separate main
frame computers to perform statistical analysis (SPC) of accumulated
date.
OPTO INTERFACE
Permits input of external control signals and transfer of sorting decisions
to peripheral accessories.
COILS/PROBES
Suitable coils and probes are available for all applications. Standard
transducers cover a wide range of applications.
ENCLOSURE OPTIONS
The following enclosures are available for the eddysort®:
Desktop P/N 84200
Rack mounting housing P/N 84210
TECHNICAL DATA
Test frequency range 5Hz-300KHz
Test time 8 msec
LCD display 24×74 mm background lighting
Microprocessor 16 bit P for maximum test speed.
Standard Interfaces Opto-Interfaces for automation (PLC)
Centronics printer interface
RS232/ V24 interface
Main Connection Voltage 85-240 vac, 50/60 Hz
Power requirement 50 Va
Dimensions W 257×H 147×D 262 mm
(Desktop housing)
Weight 5 Kg.
Eddy current 4
 eddyvisor DC/C

The eddy current test instrument eddyvisor®C is designed to detect Probes

surface-open and close to surface subsurface defects like cracks and Proven ibg standard and customized probes are available for all
pores on conductive test parts. applications.

Features Case options

Preventive Multi-Filter Technology
of crack detection
One or several OK parts are required for calibration of the eddyvisor®C.
In calibration mode, the crack detection probe is moved over the area to
be tested on the OK part. In test mode, all parts with signals exceeding the
tolerance fields are sorted out as “NOK”.
Lift-off compensation
The crack test instrument eddyvisor®C has lift-off compensation.
Data security
The eddyvisor®C can internally store up to 50 part types with the relating
settings which can be recalled manually or by PLC.
Documentation and data transfer
The eddyvisor®C is equipped with three USB 2.0 interfaces (two of them
on front) as well as one Ethernet interface. A standard printer (USB) can
be used for printing the test result.
Opto-isolated interface
An opto-isolated PLC interface with 64 (option 128) inputs and outputs is
available to control automatic test systems.
The eddyvisor®C is available as desktop version eddyvisor®DC (Desktop,
Crack test) or as divided version as eddyvisor®C (Crack test) consisting
of the operating unit eddyvisor®HMl (Human Machine Interface) and the
measuring unit eddyvisor®MC.
TECHNICAL DATA
Test method Crack detection with eddy
current (PMFT)
Crack test channels Up to 16 channels
(realtime parallel processing)
Lift-off compensation Special probes with lift-off
compensation required.
Carrier frequency range From 10 kHz up to 10 MHz in 20 steps
Gain 40 up to 100 dB
Filter Up to 30 band pass filters at the same
time per channel
Filter frequency range From 6 Hz up to 20 kHz
(test speed up to 50m/sec)
Processor Several high performance
processors (DSP)
Mains voltage 90 - 264V AC, 47 - 63 Hz
Power requirement 120 - 200 VA (depends on version)
Dimensions [mm] w xh xd
eddyvisor®DC 410x 308x 271
eddyvisor®HMI 410x 308x 96
eddyvisor®MC 410x 308x 175
Weight 13 kg

Eddy current 5
 Eddyvisor DS/MS
The eddy current test instrument eddyvisor® xS is designed for testing
material mix, heat treatment (hardness, case depth, temper, etc.), sinter
density and structure differences.
Features
The Preventive Multi-Frequency Method
Only OK part are required for calibrating eddyvisor® xS. During calibration,
known reference parts are tested over a broad frequency band (1:1000 up
to 1:3000) with up to 8 frequencies.
Date Security
Up to 16 possible frequency band combinations may be selected for
calibration and testing with eddyvisor® xS. In addition, up to 200 test part
types may be internally stored and quickly called by means of PLC or
stored on an USB stick.
Documentation and data transfer
Equipped with 3 USB 2.0 interfaces (2 of them on front side) as well as an
Ethernet interface. An external printer may be connected (Centronics or
USB) for hard copies of test results.
Opto-isolated interface
An opto-isolated interface with 64 (option max 128) in-and outputs is
available for connection of a PLC to control automatic systems.
Coils and probes
Proven ibg standard and customized encircling coils and probes are
provided for all applications.
Case options
The eddyvisor® xS is available as desktop version named eddyvisor® DS
or as divided rack mount housing including the operating unit eddyvisor®
HMI (Human Machine Interface) and the measuring unit eddyvisor® MS.
TECHNICAL DATA
Test method Preventing Multi-Frequency
testing with max. 8 test frequencies
at up to 32 test locations.
Coil channels 2, option up to 32 channels
Test frequency range 5 Hz – 300 kHz, Adjustable
Test time 8 ms/frequency (min.)
Mains voltage 90…264 V AC, 47…63 Hz
Power requirement 120 VA
Dimensions eddyvisor® DS w 410mm x h 308mm x d 271mm
eddyvisor® HMI w 410mm x h 308mm x d 96mm
eddyvisor® MS w 410mm x h 308mm x d 175mm
wxhxd 483 mm x 190 mm x 370 mm
Weight 13 kg
Eddy current 6
 Unisort 10 HD
Eddy Current Sorting of tested parts
with diameter up to 63 mm
• Works with all ibg eddy current hardness/structure
test instruments
• Long service life due to high-performance components and
easy exchange of wear parts
• Suitable for manual and automated testing
• Integration into automatic test lines
• Designed for a wide spectrum of test parts
• Monitoring of sorting gate
• Immediate and universal use
• Operated independently by ibg instrument integral 24VDC power supply
UNISort
10 HD
Weight 3 kg
Supply voltage solenoids 24 VDC
Ambient temperature -10 up to + 60°C
Protection class IP 55
Max. temperature of parts 50°C
Part number P/N 11095-10
The Universal Sorting Device UNISort 10 HD is designed for operation
with eddyvisor® eddyliner®P, eddynomic® and eddysort®. UNISort is
controlled by the ibg structure test instruments, a separate control is not
needed.
Power for the UNISort 10 is supplyed by the integrated power supply unit
of the eddyvisor®, eddyliner®P, eddynomic® and eddysort®.
UNISort integrates the test coil and sorting gate into one automatic test/
sorting devices. It is designed for semi-automatic testing and for easy
integration as a part of a fully automatic mass production line.
The sorting gate operation is monitored by a proximity switch, which in
combination with coil monitoring by the ibg instruments ensures reliable
and fail-safe testing.
Unisort 40 HD
Eddy Current Sorting of tested parts
with diameter up to 63 mm
• Works with all ibg eddy current hardness/structure
test instruments
• Long service life due to high-performance components and
easy exchange of wear parts
• Suitable for manual and automated testing
• Integration into automatic test lines
• Designed for a wide spectrum of test parts
• Monitoring of sorting gate
• Immediate and universal use
• Operated independently by ibg instrument integral 24VDC power supply
UNISort
40 HD
Weight 8 kg
Supply voltage solenoids 24 VDC
Ambient temperature -10 up to + 60°C
Protection class IP 55
Max. temperature of parts 50°C
Part number P/N 11095-40
The Universal Sorting Device UNISort 40 HD is designed for operation
with eddyvisor® eddyliner®P, eddynomic® and eddysort®. UNISort is
controlled by the ibg structure test instruments, a separate control is not
needed.
Power for the UNISort 40 is supplyed by the integrated power supply unit
of the eddyvisor®, eddyliner®P, eddynomic® and eddysort®.
UNISort integrates the test coil and sorting gate into one automatic test/
sorting devices. It is designed for semi-automatic testing and for easy
integration as a part of a fully automatic mass production line.
The sorting gate operation is monitored by a proximity switch, which in
combination with coil monitoring by the ibg instruments ensures reliable
and fail-safe testing.
Eddy current 7
 unisort 63 Hd

EDDY CURRENT SORTING OF TESTED PARTS

wITH DIAMETER UP TO 63 MM Maximum dimensions for cylindrical Part
• Works with all ibg eddy current hardness/structure
test instruments
• Long service life due to high-performance components and
easy exchange of wear parts
• Suitable for manual and automated testing
• Integration into automatic test lines
• Designed for a wide spectrum of test parts
• Monitoring of sorting gate
• Immediate and universal use
• Operated independently by ibg instrument integral 24VDC power supply

UNISort
63 HD
Weight 13 kg
Supply voltage solenoids 24 VDC
Ambient temperature -10 up to + 60°C
Protection class IP 55
Max. temperature of parts 50°C
Part number P/N 11095-63

The Universal Sorting Device UNISort 63 HD is designed for operation

with eddyvisor® eddyliner®P, eddynomic® and eddysort®. UNISort is
controlled by the ibg structure test instruments, a separate control is not
needed.

The UNI Sort 63 HD has a separate power supply unit.

UNISort integrates the test coil and sorting gate into one automatic test/
sorting devices. It is designed for semi-automatic testing and for easy
integration as a part of a fully automatic mass production line.

The sorting gate operation is monitored by a proximity switch, which in

combination with coil monitoring by the ibg instruments ensures reliable
and fail-safe testing.

Eddy currEnt 8
 EC Encircling Accessories

FEATURES

The eddyliner® P, eddynomic® and eddysort® eddy current instruments

operate on differential coils. Two separate coils are required for testing.
One (the measuring coil) reads the characteristics of the part being tested.
The other (the compensation coil) provides a compensating electrical
vector. The instrument measures the differential voltage between the
two at several selected frequencies. Resultant voltages of the complex
impedance planes are displayed on either a CRT or LCD display and
are stored in computer memory. Locus curves develop for the spread of
frequencies, creating specific patterns for the materials characteristics
under review.

Eddy current 9
 Model III Controller w/PS
Use Model for:
Balance-of-Plant Inspections
Upgrade of Model I or Model II Control Systems
Tube end detection with MIZ-28
Automatic probe pusher control features with MIZ-28
Specifications:
Weight: 2.4 pounds (1 kg)
Size: 5.8 H x 6.8 W x 8.8 D inches (14.7 x 17.3 x 22.4 cm)
Maximum operating distance: 500 feet from power supply
Maximum operating temperature: 131 degrees F (55 degrees C)
Dual Guidetube
Zetec’s Dual Guidetube assembly allows you to position two probes in
adjacent tubes for dual probe testing applications. The assembly is
designed to easily attach to the camera arm of Zetec Remote Fixtures.
Each assembly is custom-built to the generator-specific dimensions for
the tube diameter and tubesheet pitch.
Specifications:
Weight: 10 pounds (4.5 kg) without conduit
Size: 8.0 H x 12.0 W x 2.8 D inches (20.3 X 25.9 x 7.1 cm)
Compatible with:
SM-20 and SM-22 Remote Fixtures
4D and 10D Probe Pushers
SM-22/23, PM-2, and PM-3 Control Boxes
MIZ-21B
The MIZ-21B offers all of the technology, packaging and user interface
enhancements of the MIZ-21SR. It incorporates the power of dual-
frequency testing, digital conductivity testing, and nonconductive coating
thickness measurement. Its industry standard 50-ohm probe drive provides
the optimum balance between probe input and instrument output.
Key Features:
• The MIZ-21B has seven different eddy current data display modes.
• Choose XY Impedance Plane, Bar Graph, Triggered Sweep, Auto
Sweep (slow or fast), C-scan, and digital conductivity.
• Dual-frequency mixing capability suppresses undesirable variables to
let you more easily identify and size flaws.
• Digitally mark up to 10 display points on the screen.
• 8-second buffer which enhances analysis. Display the buffer as a strip
chart, then scroll through the data to select areas of interest for more
in-depth review. Using a rotating scanner, you can display buffered data
as a C-scan display.
• Stores and recalls up to 50 test configurations.
• Enhanced technology for better flaw detection and faster inspections
• Wide frequency range (50 Hz to 8 MHz)
• Flexible probe support for eddy current testing, bond testing and
conductivity testing
• Lightweight, rugged package
• Long-life NiMH batteries offer twice the energy performance of NiCDs
• The high quality display in handhelds with a 240x320 pixel LCD
• PC interface expands tester capabilities
Eddy current 10
 MIZ-21SR

One compact, handheld tester now combines more of the technologies
you need to test aircraft. The MIZ-21SR combines eddy current with two
types of bond testing methods - resonance and sondicator.
Key Features:
• Wide frequency range (50 Hz to 8 MHz) supports a wide variety of
inspection applications.
• Programmable analog drive and gain stages are adjustable
to accommodate all probe configurations and test conditions.
• Three filter types (high-pass, low-pass, and band-pass) use
industry-standard conventions for suppressing unwanted signals
such as lift-off or motion.
• Multiple display modes make for easy signal analysis. Select XY
Impedance Plane, Bar Graph, C-scan, or three types of Sweep
display - whichever is most meaningful for your test.
• Flexible probe support
• Fast inspections of boltholes
• Lightweight, rugged package
• Long-life NiMH batteries offer twice the energy performance of NiCDs
• The highest quality display in handhelds with a 240x320 pixel LCD
• PC interface expands tester capabilities

NOTES

Eddy current 11
 MIZ-28 Lite

The MIZ-28 lite combines both multiplexed and simultaneous injection

(SI) technologies in one box to test most tubing materials including finned
air conditioning tubing and magnetic alloys such as carbon steel. The
optional RFT Amplifier supplies the high drive voltages required for high
voltage RFT probes.

Features
• Optional RFT Amplifier supplies the high drive voltages that generate
the stronger magnetic field necessary to find flaws in magnetic tubing
• Integrated design provides eddy current instrument, display, input
device and data storage in one convenient package
• Multiple inspection technologies supports both impedance mode and Purchase includes
RFT mode inspections • MIZ-28 lite Eddy Current Test Instrument
• Integrated analysis features allow for the on-screen measurement of • Operating Guide (English)
phase amplitude • MIZ-28 lite Certification
• Analysis results data is easily stored, transferred, and carried with you • Bobbin Probe Adapter
when results files and screen dumps are saved and exported to the • USB 1 GB Flash Drive
included USB flash drive • USB Keyboard
• Internally stored data can be reviewed using the common • Power Cord
analysis setup • Shipping Case
• Designed for use in the field, the rugged instrument is ideal for heavy- • 1 Year Warranty*
duty use and quick deployments with minimal peripheral equipment

Specifications Optional Accessories

Weight: 16.0 lb (7.3 kg)
Dimensions: 8.0H x 11.5L x 13.5D inches (20.3 x 29.2 x 34.3 cm)
Power: 85 - 264 VAC 140 watts maximum with all options
Operating Temperature Range: 32°F to 113°F (0°C to 45°C)
Storage Temperature Range: -40°F to 140°F (-40°C to 85°C)
Frequency Range: 5 Hz to 10 MHz
Display: 640 x 480 pixel (8.4-inch) active matrix
Drive: 0 - 20 Vpp
Sample Rate - samples/second: Operator adjustable up to 1000
samples per second
Memory: 40 GB internal hard drive
• Flash memory for configurations and firmware updates via USB key
• Non-volatile SRAM memory for storage of instrument settings
• Remote RFT Amplifier
• MIZ-28 lite Shipping / Storage Case
• MIZ-28 lite /RFT Amplifier Shipping / Storage Case
• MIZ-28 lite Operating Guide - CD (English)
• MIZ-28 lite Annual Service Maintenance Agreement / Priority Coverage,
includes Standard Calibration/Certification
• MIZ-28 lite Annual Service Maintenance Agreement / Priority Coverage,
includes ASFAL Calibration/Certification

Analysis Results:
• USB Flash Drive
• 40 GB internal hard drive

User Interface Language Support: English,French,Italian,

German,Spanish.
Others available by request

Inputs / Outputs: VGA - output display to VGA monitor or video;

output with external convertor box;
USB for printer, keyboard and mass storage device

Eddy current 12
 MIZ-80iD Inspection System

Each module is lightweight, easy to connect, and configurable in either • Channel Capability
left or right hand setups. When left and right units are combined, the MIZ- • 40 Continuous Mode
80iD supports dual probe acquisition. One operator can easily install and • 512 Multiplex
remove the entire system. • 640 Super-Multiplex
• Gain: 23-53 dB in 1 dB steps, variable
MIZ-80iD electronics are neatly packaged into the probe pusher drive • Maximum Sample Rate:
head and takeup reel modules. A single Ethernet connection from the host • SuperMultiplexed and Multiplexed Modes:
acquisition computer operating with Eddynet® Suite software provides 20,000 Hz, Continuous Simultaneous
all of the control communication to the entire MIZ-80iD system. Zetec’s Injection) Mode: 40,000 Hz
intelligent “hot shoe” connections automatically recognize configuration • MIZ-80iD Takeup Reel Weight: 40.2 lb (18.2 kg)
and operation parameters for correct setups. • MIZ-80iD Takeup Reel Size: 21”H x 18”L x 11”W (53.3 x 45.7 x 28.0 cm)
• Inputs/Outputs: Ethernet 10/100Base T
Features • MIZ-80iD Pusher Drive Weight: 43.8 lb (19.9 kg)
• All-In-One Design • MIZ-80iD Pusher Drive Size: 18”H x 11”L x 11”W (45 x 28 x 28 cm)
• MIZ®-iD Technology
• Simple Installation Purchase Includes
• Easy Configuration • MIZ-80iD Integrated Eddy Current Inspection System
• Built-In Diagnostics • 5/16” to 3/8” Fender and Wheels (J-lock or Push-Button conduit attach)
• All-In-One Design • Operating Guide
• MIZ-80iD Certification
Supported Probe Technology • 2 Power Cords, Shop Air Adaptor
• Bobbin probes • Shipping/Storage Cases
• +Point®/ Pancake MRPC® • Pusher Wheel Safety Cover
• Array probes • Cables and Adaptors
• External Sense Coil Adaptor
• MIZ-80iD Integrated Eddy Current Inspection System
specifications
• Power: 100-240 VAC 50-60 Hz
• Operating Temperature Range: 32°F to 113°F (0°C to 45°C) Consumables
• Storage Temperature Range: -4°F to 140°F (-20°C to 60°C) • Drive Wheels (Contact Your Zetec Customer Service for the Correct Size)
• MIZ-80id EC Instrument Weight: 7.0 lb (3.18 kg) • 18-inch Quick Release Spool
• MIZ-80id EC Intrument Size: 13.0” Diameter x 7.0”W (33.0 x 17.8 cm)
• Frequency Range: 20 Hz to 1 MHz
• Drive: 0 - 20 Vpp

Eddy current 13
 Multiscan MS5800

The Zetec MultiScan MS 5800 is a portable multitechnology NDE Auxiliary Inputs

(Nondestructive Evaluation) instrument that is suitable for a number of Type: Index, reset encoder, external clock, enable acquisition, and spare
applications, such as: tube inspection, weld inspection, and corrosion input
mapping. Index input: Used for C-scan index or rotation synchronization
Preset encoder: Used to preset encoder counter; programmable selection
Specifications of preset counter
Power requirements External clock: Used to control sample rate by external signal
Voltage: 100 - 240 VAC, ±10% Enable acquisition: Used to start/stop acquisition
Fuse: 250 V, 2 A, slow-blow Input type: TTL
Voltage: 100 - 240 VAC, ±10% Input protection: Overvoltage protection and ±15 V continuous
Maximum input current: 1.5 A
Auxiliary Outputs
Environmental conditions Type: External clock, relay outputs, and spare output
Operating temperature: 0°C to 45° C (32°F to 113°F) External clock: Used to synchronize the sample rate of other equipment
Storage temperature: -20°C to 60°C (-4°F to 140°F) with the MS 5800
Relative humidity: 95%, no condensation Relay outputs: Spare outputs: Defined by the synchronization mode
Safety: EN61010-1
MS 5800 housing: Size (W x H x D): 465.0 mm x 380.0 mm x 255.0 mm Alarms
(18.3 x 15.0 x 10.0 inches) Type of data: Eddy current, remote field, magnetic flux leakage, or
Net weight: 12.8 kg (28.2 lb) ultrasound raw data
Protection: Static proof case Setting of alarms: Programmable
Ethernet cable: Type: Category 5, shielded Maximum response time: Smaller than the sampling period
Maximum length: 100 m (328 ft) Number of alarm outputs: 8 for electromagnetic techniques / 3 for
ultrasound techniques
Encoders
Number of encoder axes: 2 Options
Encoder type: Quadrature or Clk/Direction Eddy Current (ECT), Remote Field (RFT), Magnetic Flux Leakage (MFL),
Quadrature resolution: 4 counts/cycle and Ultrasound (UT)
Frequency adjustment resolution: <0.1%
Input type: TTL Purchase includes
Counter size: 32 bits (from -2,147,483,648 to +2,147,483,648 counts) MultiScan MS 5800 User’s Manual (French or English)
Maximum frequency input: 200 kHz 120 Vac and 240 Vac Power Cords
Immunity to noise: Programmable filter from 8 Hz to 250 kHz Ethernet Cable for PC connection
Sample rate control: Programmable axis selection and resolution Carrying Case with wheels
Input protection: Over voltage protection and ±15 V continuous Calibration certificates

Eddy current 14
 S-21R PM-3A Controller

The S-21R offers more power and capabilities than benchtop bond testers.
It incorporates all of the bond testing technology, packaging, and user
interface enhancements of the MIZ-21SR. With much greater sensitivity,
it’s more effective in detecting defects, yet it costs less than benchtop
testers.
The PM-3A supports Zetec’s 10D Probe Pushers and Auto Acquisition
system. It can be used independently or in conjunction with the MIZ-30
and MIZ-70 Remote Acquisition Units. Enhanced 10/100BaseT network
connectivity with TCP/IP protocol improves network stability and allows
control of the PM 3A from a remote site.

The S-21R’s broad frequency range supports a wide range of applications Key Features
and probes. • 10D motor control
• Traction Control
• Rotating probe speed control
Features • Real-time axial encoding with pusher shut-off
• Easy set-up
• Sensor/Halt IO pusher shut-off
• High-sensitivity resonance testing
• Diagnostics
• Flexible probe support
• Lightweight, rugged package Specifications
• Long-life NiMH batteries offer twice the energy performance of NiCDs Weight: 55 pounds (25 kg)
• The highest quality display in handhelds with a 240x320 pixel LCD Size: 18.0 W x 12.0 H x 13.0 D inches (45.7 x 30.5 x 33 cm)
• PC interface expands tester capabilities
Supported Probe Technology
NOTES • Up to 4 Zetec 10D Probe Pushers
• Up to 4 MRPC Probes

System purchase includes: Shipping Case, EMC Filtered Power Cord,

10BaseT Cable

Eddy current 15
 TC7700
Zetec’s TC7700™ is an advanced eddy current instrument designed for
the high-speed inspection of steam generator and heat exchanger tubes.
Additionally, the TC7700 is optimized to efficiently handle the new Eddy
Current Array probes that can provide high-resolution inspection data
similar to that of rotating probes, but at nearly bobbin probe speeds.
Features
• Up to 4 conventional probes (Bobbin, MRPC®, High-speed MRPC,
RG3-4®, +Point®) or two X-Probe® ECT arrays
• Industry standard 100BaseT link to computer
• Up to 2,560 Eddy Current channels*
• Up to 640 multiplexed coils*
(*The number of channels and coils that the unit can handle depends
on model selected.Maximum values provided are for TC7700/18D.
TC7700, MRPC are trademarks of Zetec, Inc. RG3-4 is a registered
trademark of AECL. Up to 8 frequencies)
• Encoder-based data acquisition
• External Array Multiplexing Control
• Non-multiplexed, multiplexed, and Super-Multiplexed™ operation
• Very low noise electronics
• High noise immunity
• Meets requirements of rev. 6 PWR S/G Examination Guidelines
• Fully integrated into Zetec inspection environment (EddynetSuite, probe
pushers, Robots, EIMS)
• Up to 4 conventional probes (Bobbin, MRPC®, High-speed MRPC,
RG3-4®, +Point®) or two X-Probe® ECT arrays
Specifications
System: Workstation link: 100Base-T Ethernet: Category 5 cable,
shielded, crossover-link / 100 m (328 ft) maximum length
Power and environmental conditions
Power requirements: 85 to 264 VAC, 47 to 440 Hz ,
with 470 W maximum power consumption
Operating temperature: 5°C to 50° C (41°F to 122°F) Compressed air is
required when the TC7700 is used in airtight configuration.
Storage temperature: -20°C to 60°C (-4°F to 140°F)
Relative humidity: 95%, no condensation
TC7700 housing (Portable format)
Size (W x H x D): 400.0 mm x 310.0 mm x 500.0 mm (16.0 x 13.0 x 19.5
inches) splash proof case
Net weight: 21.0 kg (46.3 lb) for a typical 5-acquisition-board configuration,
including the lid but without the air cooler
TC7700R housing (Rackmount format)
Size (W x H x D): 518.0 mm x 221.0 mm x 435.0 mm (20.4 x 13.0 x 19.5
inches)
Net weight: 20.0 kg (41.1 lb) for a typical 5-acquisition-board configuration,
not including the air cooler
Eddy Current Specifications
Excitation modes: Continuous, single, standard time-multiplexed, or Super-
Multiplexed mode. Super-Multiplexed mode allows time multiplexing of up
to eight simultaneous frequencies per time slot.
Number of coil drivers: 4 independent outputs per EC-Generator board
Frequency range: 20 Hz to 6 MHz
Output drive voltage: 20 V p-p maximum, adjustable in 10-m V steps, 60
V p-p (TC7700J only)
Eddy current 16
 Machine Vision Control
Auto Acquisition and Independent Tube Verification. Zetec built its
Machine Vision product with two goals-Auto Acquisition and Independent
Tube Verification. Because Machine Vision improves the fixture’s locating
accuracy, it eliminates the need for operators to manually jog the guide
tube into position under a tube, for truly automated data acquisition.
Accurate fixture locating also reduces wear, which improves probe life.
Machine Vision Control is packaged as a stand-alone box as well as for
rack mount applications.
Features
• Independent tube verification to guarantee the fixture locates under the
correct tube
• Improved locating accuracy enables auto acquisition and reduces
probe wear for longer probe life
• Minimizes software setup time
• Interfaces directly with the data acquisition and analysis network
• Control and diagnostic software included
• Modular, single controller package
• System purchase includes: 100-ft Machine Vision Control Cable,
EMC Filtered Power Cord, Technical Manual, Shipping Case
Specifications
Weight: 40 lb. (18 kg)
Size: (includes cover) 14(W) x 15(H) x 20(D) inches (36 x 38 x 51 cm)
Supported Probe Technology
• SM-22/22A, SM-23/23A, SM-24/24A, and SM-25 Remote Fixtures
• Eddynet Auto Acquisition for accurate fixture location
• Dual Guidetubes
• Support available for other manufacturers’ remote fixtures
UFC-1Controller
Universal Fixture Controller, Model 1 (UFC-1)
This multipurpose control unit provides fast, smooth, and accurate
motion control for remote inspection fixtures. The embedded CPU allows
fixture-locating routines to be optimized locally instead of remotely. The
networking capabilities provided by the built-in TCP/IP protocol enhance
communications between the UFC-1 and the Acquisition station.
Features
• Local CPU embedded fixture locating routines for optimal remote control
• Improved resolver accuracy
• Simultaneous, multi-axis fixture movement
• 6-axes motion control
• Dual lamp dimmer control
• Remote latching
• 2 inclinometer leveling functions
• Optically isolated inputs and outputs
• Power supply and temperature monitoring
• Additional analog and digital inputs and outputs
• RS-232 debugging
• 115/230VAC input power supplied with CE Mark approval
• Machine Vision Locating Aid (optional)
• Customized plugging capability-remotely packaged power devices
• System purchase includes: Shipping Case, EMC Filtered Power Cord,
Connector Pliers, and Eddynet Fixture Control Software
Specifications
Weight: (with Lid/Radiator)-60 pounds (27 kg)
Size: 18.0 (W) x 12.0 (H) x 13.0 (D) inches (45.7 x 30.5 x 33 cm)
Supported Probe Technology
• A wide range of Zetec fixtures including those with stepper motors
(SM-13 to SM-18), DC motors (SM-22 to SM-24), and the latest
servo motors (SM-25)
• Auto Acquisition
• Dual Guidetube motor and 10-bit resolver control
• Arm/Pole motors and dual-speed resolvers
• Lift and Tilt motors and encoders
• Trunk leveling functions
• Trunk roll/swing motors and resolvers
• Camera motor
• Dual lamp and camera power
Eddy current 17
 MRPC Probe
MRPC Probes
Motorized Rotating Probe Coil (MRPC®) solutions are typically comprised
of two pieces: a motor unit and a probe head. MRPC probes provide high
resolution and inspection accuracy. The MRPC rotating head inspects
100% of the tube circumference, and the surface riding coils ensure
minimum lift-off effect and maximum signal-to-noise performance. MRPC
probes excel in finding longitudinal and circumferential flaws in critical
areas of tube sheets, support plates, and U bends-even in difficult areas,
such as deformed tube areas, roll transitions, dents, and regions affected
by deposits. MRPC motor units are available in both brush and brushless
designs optimized for torque and/or speed. MRPC probe heads are
available in a variety of diameter and coil configurations.
Modular Probe Heads with Extension Shafts
The modular probe concept offers many advantages including faster
inspection rates, reduced cost, less rad-waste, and less downtime. Modular
probe heads feature interchangeable coil modules, a detachable nose
cone assembly, and a detachable extension shaft. Individual components
can be easily replaced instead of replacing the entire assembly. Various
lengths of extension shafts are available to adapt to specific regions of the
steam generator.
MRPC Probe Motor Units
High-Speed/High-Torque MRPC Motor Units have consistent rotation
rates and increased motor torque to easily spin probe heads and shafts
through restrictive tube areas and geometries. This includes square
bends, ovalized tubes, dents, and tubes with heavy deposits on the inside
diameter.
10D4 Modular Probe Pusher
Zetec’s 10D4 Probe Pusher is completely modular. Its design consists
of two main modules - the Pusher Head and Drive-Gearmotor Take-Up
assemblies. Modules are interchangeable as well as configured with
different options to optimize the probe pusher for its specific application.
Features
• Traction Control
• Wheel configuration reduces stress and prevents probe shaft kinks
• 10D8 offers twice the pushing power than the standard 10D4
Supported Probe Technology
• PM-3 and PM-3A Motor Controller
• 10D Power Supply at 115 or 220VAC (factory option)
• 4-pin, MRPC, Multipurpose, and Universal Slip Rings
Bobbin Probe
For nuclear power plant steam generator tubes, Zetec’s Compliant
Low Noise (CLN) bobbin probe uses advanced materials, design, and
production to provide clean eddy current data that is consistent through
the life of a probe and the duration of inspection. The CLN probe’s
immunity to ambient noise sources and ability to dissipate electrostatic
charges ensures reliable data quality and more consistent probe-to-probe
performance. The CLN probe is highly flexible for navigating small radius
u-bends, yet maintains high data quality and minimal data drift in straight
sections. Whether analysis is automated or performed manually. Zetec’s
CLN bobbin sets a new standard for efficient and accurate inspections.
Eddy current 18
 General Bobbin Probes
CBS (Chamfered Barnacle Scraper) probes are Zetec’s most popular
solution for basic tubing inspections. As the name implies, these probes
are designed to push through and ‘scrape’ away residue to make sure
that the entire length of each tube can be inspected. These probes are
available in both the standard economical version as well as a heavy duty
‘long-life’ version. Intended primarily for inspection of straight sections of
non-ferromagnetic tubing, these probes are typically offered in diameters
of 10mm (.400”) to 25mm.
RFT and MFL Probe
For the inspection of ferromagnetic tubing such as carbon steel and ferritic
stainless, as well as for the detection and sizing of wall thinning, RFT
(remote field technique) probes provide the best solution. Magnetic flux
leakage (MFL) probes can be used for the inspection of aluminum finned
carbon steel tubes as well as circumferential crack detection and wall loss
measurements. Both RFT and MFL probes are available in a variety of
diameters from 9mm (.350”) to 51mm (2”) and greater.
Heat Exchanger & Condensor Probes
Heat Exchanger and
Condenser Inspection Probes
For the inspection of heat exchangers, condensers, and other tubing
Zetec provides a wide line of probe products to meet any application need.
Zetec can provide probes for the inspection of both ferromagnetic (carbon
steel, etc.) and non-ferromagnetic tubing materials. In addition, we offer
probes in sizes to inspect internal diameters from under 5mm (.200”) to
well over 50mm. For the inspection of heat exchangers, condensers, and
other tubing Zetec provides a wide line of probe products to meet any
application need. Zetec can provide probes for the inspection of both
ferromagnetic (carbon steel, etc.) and non-ferromagnetic tubing materials.
In addition, we offer probes in sizes to inspect internal diameters from
under 5mm (.200”) to well over 50mm.
Handheld Surface Inspection Probe
Interchangeable probe tips and handles are designed for many applications
including detection of surface or near-surface discontinuities, conductivity
and coating measurements, weld scans, fastener hole inspections, and
sub-surface fatigue crack detection. For general surface inspections,
the pencil, spot, and weld scan probes are available in various sizes.
Zetec’s bolt hole probes used with the hand held rotating scanner allow
for inspection of diameters from 3/16” to 3/4”. For conductivity, coating
and composite measurements, the conductivity and Sondicator probes
provide an easy to use solution.
Eddy current 19
 Conduit Probe Gun
Zetec’s Conduit Probe Gun is specifically designed for balance-of-plant
(BOP) and other industrial heat exchanger tubing inspections. Design
features include a pistol grip that provides easy positioning of the guidetube
over the target area of the tubesheet. Once positioned, the pistol grip has
a conveniently located switch for reverse and forward control of the probe
pusher.
specifications:
• Weight - 7.5 pounds (3.4 kg) including conduit and cable
• Size - 6 H x 11 W x 1.7 D inches (15 x 28 x 4 cm) dimensions
include conduit connector
System requirements
• Stand Alone Controller System (C/N 509-3045)
• PM-1 Motor Controller System (C/N 509-3000)
compatibility
• Model I Variable-Speed Probe Pusher Control System (C/N 509-5010 -
requires modification)
• Model II Variable-Speed Probe Pusher Control System (C/N 507-1300)
• Model III Variable-Speed Probe Pusher Control System (C/N 507-3103)
Probe Pusher Drive Wheels
Probe Pusher Drive Wheels are interchangeable rollers that guide the
probe shafts through the Zetec Probe Pusher and move the probe heads
for tube testing. Wheels have groove sizes that vary to support probe
shafts from 1/4 to 1/2 inch diameter. (Special groove sizes are available
upon request.) Drive wheels are manufactured from standard as well as
extra heavy-duty materials according to job application.
High Speed 3D Probe Pusher
Designed for remote inspection of heat exchangers and condensers, the 3D
variable-speed probe driver has independent controls for forward, reverse,
and jog speeds. The powerful 3/4 horsepower motor offers adjustable
speed rates that remain constant during operation. An encoder interface
provides axial probe position data. Incorporating high-quality bearings and
precision ground shafts, the 3D is built for endurance. Corrosion-resistant,
hard-anodized surfaces prevent pitting from harsh environments.
The HS 3D Probe Pusher supports Zetec Remote Fixtures, Testers and
Controls.
Specifications
Power: 115 or 220 VAC (factory set)
Weight: 70 pounds (30.4 kg)
Size: 25 L x 25 W x 19 H inches
Accessories
• Conduit Probe Gun
• Multipurpose Slip Ring
Special App Bobbin Probes
Zetec offers probes designed for specific tubing types including thimble
tubing (T/LC thimble probes), HVAC (AC3 probes), restricted access or
u-bends (TEG bullet probes), and high permeability (super mag-bias
TEO probes). Each of these probe types are designed to meet Zetec’s
high standards of quality and reliability while solving specific inspection
challenges.
Eddy current 20
 X-Probe SM-22A Remote Fixture

For nuclear power plant steam generator tubes. Uses a combination of
bobbin and array technologies to provide quick, simple, and comprehensive
“One-Pass” inspections.
Features
• High-resolution output at bobbin probe speed
• Excellent axial and circumferential detection
• Standard full length and low row U-bend configurations
• Available with bobbin and array sensors integrated within a single probe
• Advanced omni-directional transmit/receive array sensor technology
• Durable, flexible and scaleable non-surface riding sensor modules
Key Features
• Separate Manway/Trunk component for easy installation
• All-in-one extruded trunk with internal tilt mechanisms
• Universal V-Block Mount -- used with dual guidetube head and
other tools
• Mechanical drive rotation and tilt for final leveling adjustment
• High torque capacity for improved horizontal movements
• Remote computer-control from up to 1000 feet away
• Real-time graphic representation
• Quick-disconnect camera head assembly
• Single internal wiring harness
• Watertight, sealed gearboxes

Surface Inspection Probe Specifications

Materials: Stainless Steel & Aluminum
Truck Weight: 76 pounds (34 kg)
Manway Weigh 58 pounds (26 kg)
Arm Weight: 73 pounds, without tool (33 kg)
Motor Type: 24 volts DC
Light Source: 12 volts halogen
TV Camera: Sony HVM 52C
* Weight and dimensions vary slightly according to the generator series.

Whether an inspection calls for determining conductivity of a flat surface

or finding cracks on a complex 3-dimensional surface, Zetec can provide
an eddy current probe to meet your needs. From complex arrays and fully
automated, articulated inspections, to hand held flaw detection with a
simple pancake coil, Zetec offers a comprehensive solution portfolio.

Eddy current 21
 SM-23 Remote Fixture
Designed to eliminate the need for an operator to enter the generator
head, the SM-23 is mounted on the manway surface and mechanically
positioned from a remote location by motor-driven mechanisms. Once
installed, data acquistion can be conducted remotely.
Key Features:
• Two major components-the manway flange and the trunk/camera
assembly-for easy installation with additional assembly.
• Detachable guidetubes-Standard or Dual for dual probe tests.
• Rotational resolvers provide accurate, real-time graphic representation
of the fixture’s orientation in relation to the tubesheet.
• DC motors provide highly accurate movement of the SM-23 arms
TV camera mounted on the arm assembly for viewing the guidetube
and tubesheet from the remote station monitor
• LED lights eliminate the need for bowl lights
• SM-22/23/24 Controller provides fixture control and computer interface
Compatible with Zetec’s integrated set of Eddynet software programs-
Fixture Control, Probe
• Pusher, Aquire, Inspection Planning System (IPS), and Inspection
Management System (IMS).
SM-23A Remote Fixture
Key Features
• 100% inspection-no exclusion zones
• Manway Assembly with Pneumatic Locking system for quick installation
and removal
• Universal V-Block Mount-used with quick disconnect camera head, dual
guide-tube head, and other tooling heads
• Three major components including separate Manway/Trunk component,
for easy installation by two people
• All-in-one extruded trunk with internal tilt mechanisms
• Remote computer control with Trunk Swing and Roll control
• Real-time graphic representation
• Mechanical drive swing, roll, and tilt for final leveling adjustment
• Single internal wiring harness
Specifications
Materials: Stainless Steel & Aluminum
Manway Weight: 51 lb (23 kg)
Truck/Arm (w/o Tool Head) Weight: 110 lb (50 kg)
Camera Head/ Guidetube Assembly: 9 lb (4 kg)
Arm and Pole Motor Type: Brushed DC
Roll and Swing Motor Type: Brushless Servo
Lift, Tift, Guidetube, Camera Motor: 24 volts DC
Light Source: 12 volts halogen
TV Camera: Sony HVM 52C
Controller: UFC-1
Eddy current 22
 RCAA Fixture SM-25 Remote Fixture

Key Features: Key Features

• Single complete assembly • Easily installed by two people
• No moving parts, wires, or motors • Quick installation and removal with just three major components:
• Easily attached to and manipulated by an overhead crane Manway Assembly with Pneumatic Locking System, separate Manway/
Trunk component, quick-disconnect camera head assembly
• Test probes install easily • Remote computer control with real-time graphic representation
• All necessary adjustment tools attached by steel lanyard or welded • Faster, more precise locating capability Remote Trunk
to the unit Swing and Roll control
• Probe installation design provides free floating probe compliance • High torque capacity for improved horizontal movements Mechanical
• Up to 12 probes can be installed at the same time drive rotation and tilt for final leveling adjustment
• Guide pin holes and funnel guides are provided for handling • All-in-one extruded trunk with internal tilt mechanisms
tool alignment • Universal V-Block Mount-for use with quick-disconnect camera head,
• Heavy duty stainless steel constructio dual guidetube head, and other tooling heads
• Single internal wiring harness Watertight, sealed gearboxes (IP55)
Specifications
Fixture Material: Stainless Steel Specifications
Fixture Weight: 285 lb (129 kg) Materials: Stainless Steel & Aluminum
Fixture Size: 132 x 21 x 15 inches (335 x 53 x 38 cm) Truck Weight: 76 pounds (34 kg)
Camera w/ Base Materials: Stainless Steel Arm Weight: 58 pounds (26 kg)
Camera Weight: 110 lb (50 kg) Motor Type for Arm, Pole, Roll, Swing: 24 volts DC
Camera Size: 31 x 18 x 13 inches (79 x 46 x 33 cm) Motor Type for Lift, Tilt, Guidetube, Camera: 24 volts DC
Light Source: 12 volts halogen
TV Camera: Sony HVM 52C
* Weight and dimensions vary slightly according to the generator series.

Eddy current 23
 ZR-100 Inspection & Repair Robot
Features
The design of the ZR-100 provides a very efficient footprint for moving
and repositioning within the steam generator. The ZR-100 can transverse
across the tube sheet at speeds of up to 5 feet per minute for large moves
and can achieve tube-to-tube speeds during test or repair operations of
up to 4 inches/second. The ZR-100 utilizes built-in Machine Vision for
secondary tube verification for all attached tooling.
Advanced high performance gripper design will not cause tube damage, yet
provides high load capacity (of up to 300 lbs per gripper) and automatically
provides grip force to match the load applied to the ZR-100. All of this is
accomplished while remaining fail-safe during power service interruptions
yet the ZR-100 is easy to remove during emergency situations.
Features & Benefits
• Small footprint provides ultimate maneuverability for efficient
repositioning in all regions of the tube sheet while occupying less area
thereby allowing the use of multiple robots per head.
• Less than 35lbs.
• Fail safe revolutionary gripper design ensures that the ZR-100 will
remain attached to the tube sheet through loss of all power, yet remains
easily removable during emergency situations.
• Fast and strong with a tube-to-tube speed of up to 4 inches/sec and up
to 300lbs load capacity per gripper. The ZR-100 is capable of
performing both high speed inspections and supporting the load
demands of repair tooling.
• A simplified system uses a revolutionary application of CAN-bus
(Controller-area Network) control system architecture. The ZR- 100
provides the smallest robot cable bundle in the industry with a diameter
of less than 1 inch.
• Intelligent software control manages the telemetry of all ZR-100 robots
within a steam generator to avoid robot to robot collisions as well as
probe collisions with robots operating in the opposite channel head.
• Seamless Interface with Zetec’s MIZ®-80iD intelligent system
capabilities for exchange information between hardware components
and tooling.
ZR-1 Robot
Features
ZR-1 Robot System for Inspection and Maintenance/Repair
The ZR-1 Robot System combines the newest state-of-the-art robotics
technology with Zetec experience-based innovation to address the needs
for inspection and repair of steam generators. The multipurpose ZR-1
can be easily installed to perform the necessary eddy current inspection
and remain installed ready for follow-up maintenance and repair.The
eddynomic® is equipped with a Centronics interface for communication
with external printers to provide hardcopy print-outs of test results
Performance
• Three axis motion of arm enables 100% coverage of tube sheet.
• Automated, repeatable, and precise positioning of toolheads, ensuring
accurate delivery and reducing costly rework. Reduces inspection time
by 30%.*
• Modular design simplifies handling and setup through small S/G
manway openings.
• Single-tube touch calibration reduces calibration time by 60%.*
• Quick connect toolhead design and weight capacity of arm at full
extension (66 pounds / 30 kg) with less than ¼ inch deflection.
* Compared to previous generation Zetec robots.
Cost of Ownership
• One platform for inspection and repair.
• Low maintenance and high reliability, reduces spare parts and down
time for repair.
• Transportable from one job site to another.
• Smooth surfaces are easy to decontaminate.
Safety
• Reduces platform worker time and exposure in radioactively
contaminated areas.
• Toolhead attachment point presented at manway opening.
CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE
Eddy current 24
 CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE

System Components Motor Type Brushless 3-phase Servo Motor

The ZR-1 robot is comprised of three modular components - the rail, mast, Rotational Speed of Joints 1.5 rpm, max
Max Toolhead Movement Speed 20 tube pitches/second
and arm. High torque servo motors provide fast and accurate positioning.
Toolhead Payload Capacity 66.0 lb (30 kg)
The robust design provides for toolhead support of up to 66 pounds (30
Compressed Air Requirements 80 - 120 psi 5 CFM (142 lpm) 1/4 NPT to 1/4
kg). A Machine Vision camera is integrated into the arm, reducing the need (620 - 827 kPa) 1/4 NPT, female adapter BPS (supplied)
for cameras on accessory toolheads.
ZR-1 Robot Controller Specifications
The robot controller unit provides fast, smooth, and accurate motion control
for remote ZR-1 inspection robots. With its embedded CPU, the robot
Dimensions Weight Height Width Length
locating routines are optimized with local control. Ethernet networking
57.0 lb (25.9 18.0 in (457.2 15.0 in (381.0 21.0 in (533.4
minimizes cables.
kg) mm) mm) mm)
Environmental Temperature Operating 0°C to + 45°C(32°F to + 115°F)
The ZR-1 Robot Control application module is part of the industry-leading
Non- – 40°C t (– 40°F to +
Zetec acquisition and analysis software, EddynetSuite.
Operating 65° 149°F)
Humidity Operating 0 - 90% Rel
Applications Non- 0 - 90% Rel
Zetec’s eddy current testing solutions provide an efficient way to inspect Operating
large numbers of tubes, with precision analysis, at frequent intervals. Zetec Vibration Random 5 - PSD = 1.5 G
has a comprehensive range of bobbin probes, array probes, and high- 500 Hz RMS
speed rotating probe heads and motor units, providing high resolution in Shock Half Sine - 30 25 G 5 ms, 20
critical areas. The ZR-1 robot equipped with an eddy current toolhead G 2 ms G 11 ms
or maintenance toolhead provides the most advanced solution available Power Line Voltage 90 - 260 VAC single phase
today. Frequency 47 - 68 Hz
Watts 550 W
The ZR-1 can accommodate third party toolheads addressing applications
such as tube plugging, welding, rolling, cleaning, and tube end
expansion.
NOTES
ZR-1 System Specifications
Regulatory ESA-compliant, CE (pending)
Tube Locating Accuracy
-with Machine Vision ± 15% tube pitch
-without Machine Vision ± 25% tube pitch

ZR-1 Robot Specifications

Material Aluminum & Stainless Steel

Dimensions (Typical values for small series, varies with
generator)

Weight Height Width Length

Arm 28.0 lb (12.7 kg) 6.9 in (176.0 mm) 4.0 in (101.6 mm) 26.3 in (668.0 mm)
Mast 57.2 lb (25.9 kg) 9.7 in (246.0 mm) 8.5 in (215.9 mm) 23.9 in (607.0 mm)
Rail 60.0 lb (27.2 kg) 14.0 in (355.0 mm) 7.5 in (190.0 mm) 31.0 in (787.0 mm)
Environmental
Temperature Operating 0°C to + 45°C (32°F to + 115°F)
Non-Operating – 40°C to + 65°C (– 40°F to + 149°F)
Humidity Operating 0 - 90% Rel
Non-Operating 0 - 90% Rel
Vibration Random 5 - PSD = 1.5 G
500 Hz RMS
Shock Half Sine - 50 35 G 5 ms, 30
G 2 ms G 11 ms

Eddy current 25
 TESTERS

G-4 GAR Pak Roughness Testers Large Inside Corner Seam Tester

The G-4 GAR PAK Kit contains four surface finish roughness scales and Large Inside Corner Seam Tester
provides specimens of a full range of roughness averages (Ra). They 12 x 12 x 12 16lbs.
are made of corrosion resistant electroformed nickel which are duplicates
of actual machined, grit-blasted, shot-blasted and electrical discharge
machined (EDM) surfaces. The G-4 GAR PAK Kit is supplied in an
attractive pocket-sized vinyl case. Individual scales are available and can
be purchased separately.

The G-4 GAR PAK Kit Contains: Outside Corner Seam Tester
S-22 Scale: Twenty two specimens of conventionally machined surfaces-
lapped, ground, blanchard ground, shape-turned, milled and profiled -
ranging from 2 to 500 microinches.

SH-6 Scale: Six shot-blast specimens ranging from 32 to 1000

microinches.

E-9 Scale: Nine EDM specimens ranging from 16 to 250 microinches.

G-6 Scale: Six grit-blast specimens ranging from 32 to 1000 microinches.

Outside Corner Seam Tester
PART NUMBERS 12 x 12x 12 14lbs
Part # 700252-0 G-4 GAR PAK
Part # 700252-1 Surface Comparator S-22 (uncertified)
Part # 700252-1C Surface Comparator S-22 (certified)

Inside Corner Seam Tester Straight Seam Tester

Inside Corner Seam Tester Straight Seam Tester

Small 12 x 12 x 9 x 14 15 x 6 x 5 1/2 9lbs

METALLURGICAL 1
 Model 110 Adhesion Tester
TV300 Vibration Tester
w/Digital Display

The 110 “Patti” is a portable pneumatic Adhesion Tester which uses FEATURES
compressed gas from either a canister or the compressed air feed. Due TV300 screen display can be selected from:
to the controlled force being applied, the resultant adhesion value is highly a) Special display: display acceleration in peak, velocity in RMS and
repeatable. This provides the user with an ideal testing instrument. displacement in peak-peak at the same time.
b) Common display: display one of the above three at one time, but font
FEATURES is bigger.
Simple to use c) Spectrum display
Large LCD
±1% Accuracy* Status bar shows the comparisons between current data, previous data,
Repeatable and Reproduceable warning limit, and alarm limit.

*The 110 Adhesion Tester has a wide range of pistons, providing the User Analysis: Customer can choose from auto analysis, manual analysis and
with a maximum adhesion test of 70MPa, 10,000 PSI. zoom function.

Standard Accessories:
TV110 Portable Vibration Tester 1 Main unit with a standard probe
1 Charger
1 Calibration certificate
1 Manual
1 leather pocket
Data software & communication cable
1 Magnetic base

Optional Accessories:
Data software & communication cable
Printer TA220S
Time portable vibration tester TV110 measures overall vibration level Long needle
and provides a frequency analysis. It is designed for on site preventative
maintenance in plants or workshops, such as for rotating machines and
reciprocating machines. It tests the acceleration, velocity and displacement
of the vibration and performs simple failure diagnosis. Readings can be
printed out. The meter is widely used in machinery, power, metallurgy,
automobile and other industrial sectors.

The technical specifications of the meter comply with the requirements of

the vibration scale of the testing meter specified by ISO 2954 international
standards and GB/T 13824 Chinese national stands as well as the
requirements of sine-exciting vibration specified in GB 13823.3 Chinese
national standards.

Standard accessories:
1 Calibration Certificate 1 Main Unit with Removable Micro Printer
1 Probe 1 Roll of Printing Paper
1 Charger 1 Instruction Manual
1 Carrying Case 1 Magnetic Suction Base
METALLURGICAL 2
 SURFACE ROUGHNESS TESTER

Model 125 Surface Comparator ModelTR-100

125 Surface Comparator
Roughness Tester

DESCRIPTION
Comparators allow the estimation of surface roughness, by both touch
and sight. Metric units only.
Two Models available:
Part # 700554-0 Model 125 Surface Comparator - Grit
Part # 700554-1 Model 125 Surface Comparator - Shot
The TR100 Roughness Tester combines electronics with a built-in probe.
It is widely used to test various metal and non-metal surfaces.
Very compact single unit
Either Ra or Rz at the touch of a button
Operates on various surfaces, both flat and cylindrical
Outer cone, grooves, and recesses greater than 80 mm —30 mm
Battery low indication

Model 128 Surface Standards

The range of Surface Standards, covers most of those required for surface
cleanliness.

INCLUDE:
The Swedish Standard - ISO 8501, SIS 055900
The British Standard - BS 7079: Part A1
The SSPC Standard - VIS 1-01
The SSPC Standard - VIS-2
The SSPC Standard - VIS-3
The SSPC Standard - VIS-4
The SSPC Standard - VIS-5
BS EN ISO 8501-4:2006

PART NUMBERS
Part # 700555-1 Standard for Blast Cleaning
Part # 700555-2 Standard for Power/Hand Tools
Part # 700555-3 Standard for NACE #7

METALLURGICAL 3
 TR-150 Roughness Tester TR-200 Roughness Tester

FEATURES FEATURES
Fast, Simple Measurements of 5 parameters Easy-to-operate menu software
Used in remote mode by separating two parts within 2 meters in any Graphical display on large LCD
direction 13 different roughness parameters
One sampling length 0.8mm, measure more quickly Detector stylus position indicator
Both Ra and Rz parameters in one instrument Auto-off after 5 minutes with auto-store
Large LCD with Backlight English, German, French, Italian, Spanish and Dutch language
Features external calibration at keyboard Data output RS-232 to printer TA220 or PC
Excellent battery power with Li-Ion technology
INCLUDES
• One Main unit
• One Specimen Ra TR-220 Surface Roughness Tester
• One Charger
• One Button Li-ion battery
• One TIME certificate
• One Instruction manual
• One Warranty card
• One Carrying case

SPECIFICATIONS
Roughness parameter: Ra, Rz
Tracing length: 6mm
Tracing speed: 1.0mm/sec Applicable in production site, library and factory. Ideal for surface
Cut-off lengths: 0.8mm roughness testing of lots of mechanical parts.
Evaluation length: 4.0mm
Measuring range Ra: 0.05-10.0m
Rz: 0.1-50um FEATURES
Accuracy: 15% Conform to ISO standard, compatible with DIN, ANSI and JIS standard
Repeatability: <12% Multi-data testing and LCD display
Filter: RC analogue English operation menu
Pick-up: Piezoelectric Pickup position Indicator
Stylus tip: Diamond, radius 5 Storage and check of testing data
Angle: 90(+5or -10) Time display, clock settable
Operating temperature: 0-40 degrees F Function of self-check available
Relative humidity: <80% Pk graph display
Storing temperature: -25-60 DSP (Digital Signal Processor) used for data processing
Vertilation: Grade 3
Power supply CR2477: Non-rechargeable button battery for the operation
and display part 3.6V Li-ion battery for the measuring part
Charger: DC6V, 3 hours (recharging time)
Dimensions: (L x W x H) 125 x 73 x 26mm
Weight: 200g

METALLURGICAL 4
 TR-300 Roughness Tester NOTES

The TR300 Roughness Tester is equipped with 55 kinds of roughness

parameters that conform to ISO/DIN/ ANSI/JIS standards.

FEATURES
Measurement of roughness, waveness and primary profile with a wide
measuring range.
Integrated design for convenient using.
LCD, digital/graphic display.
Skidded / skidless pickup makes it so efficient to evaluate curved surface
roughness.
Equipped with advanced Windows software.
Outputting of data to PC by using RS232 or USB cable is available as well
as printing out by printer.

METALLURGICAL 5
 HARDNESS TESTERS

Equotip Hardness Tester TH-132 Hardness Tester

Equotip is an extremely lightweight, portable Metal Hardness Tester FEATURES

based on a novel dynamic rapid test procedure that only requires access Integrated Impact Device C for thin components: No cables!
to one surface of the material to be tested. It is characterized by a large Wide measuring range in HLC and direct display of converted hardness
measuring range and high accuracy combined with simple handling and values in HB, HRC, HV, HS
low test expenditure. Especially suited for the performance of rapid and For materials steel & cast steel and cold work tool steels
reliable tests. Simple handling and low test expenditure
Optional printer TA220S available
Available in three models:
Part # 700107-0 - Equotip Unit D Hardness Tester: INCLUDES
Includes impact device D with 1.5m cable, electronic indicator device with Main Unit integrated with Impact Device C
RS232C interface, test block D, coupling paste, cleaning brush, battery Test block with HLD value
pack with six 1.5 V batteries, receptacle for external DC power supply, Charger
carrying case. Cleaning brush
Cable for Equotip D- Part # 700107-0C TIME certificate
Instruction manual
Warranty card
Part # 700107-2 - Equotip Unit E Hardness Tester:
Carrying case
Comprises impact device E with diamond test strip for an extremely
long life. Recommended where the predominant hardness values to be
measured are in excess of 50 HRC, respectively 650 HV or for extra hard OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
components up to 1200 HV. Support rings
Printer TA230 with cable
Part # 700107-1 - Equotip G Hardness Tester:
This variant version is recommended for the exclusive measurement
of solid and heavy components in the Brinell range. Unit G places low
demands on the measuring location surface finish. Typical applications
are forgings or solid castings.

METALLURGICAL 6
 TH-134 Portable Hardness Tester TH-150 Metal Hardness Tester

The TH134 is an integrated Impact Device DL for confined spaces e. g. Test hardness of metals HLD, HRC, HRB, HB, HV and HSD scale, printing
gear wheels: no cables! capability.

FEATURES Standard Accessories

(1) Calibration Certificate
Wide measuring range in HLDL and display of converted hardness values
(1) Main unit with impact device D
in HB, HRB, HRC, HV, HS
(1) Standard Test Block (Steel, 6 pounds)
For materials steel & cast steel
(1) Communication Cable
Testing at any angle
(1) Large Support Ring
Simple handling and low test expenditure
(1) Small Support Ring
Optional printer TA220 available
(1) Cleaning Brush
(1) CR battery
TH-140 Portable Hardness Tester (1) Instruction Manual
(1) Carrying Case

Optional Accessories
Micro Printer TA220S
12 Support Rings

TH140 Portable Hardness Tester. Developed Model of HLN-11A

FEATURES
Automatic identification of Impact devices
On-Board memory holds 48-350 groups of data
Software to connect with PC
Upper and lower limit and sound alarm
Large LCD with backlight, showing all functions and parameters
Press HELP key can obtain operating tips in any displaying interface
Direct display of hardness scales HRB, HRC, HV, HB, HS,HL
Conversion to tensile strength (U.T.S)
For all metallic materials
Test at any angle, even upside down
Removable printer included
Wide measuring range
Six Impact Devices are available for special application
Battery low indication and sound alarm

METALLURGICAL 7
 TH-160 Portable Hardness Tester TH-200 Rubber Hardness Tester

Developed model of the TH-140. FEATURES

Digital durometer for Shore A hardness testing
SPECIFICATIONS Pocketsize model with integrated probe
Developed model of TH140 Standards: DIN 53505, ASTM D 2240, ISO 7619, JIS K7215
On-Board memory holds 240-1000 groups of data RS232 data output
Automatic identification Impact Devices and test direction (Except G) Operating stand optional
Time and date setting; auto-clock Bright & clear LCD display
Integral thermal printer, print all test results and histogram 300 hours continuous use with standard batteries
Li Battery , low voltage indication and sound alarm Automatically switch off
Dataview for PC operation Battery low indication and alarm
Software data and upper/lower limits setting and sound alarm
Software to connect with PC INCLUDES
Large LCD with back-light, showing all functions and parameters One Main unit
Direct display of hardness scales HRB, HRC,HV, HB, HS, HL Three Button batteries 1.55V
Conversion to tensile strength (U.T.S.) One TIME certificate
For all metallic materials One Instruction manual
Wide measuring range One Warranty card
Six Impact Devices are available for special applications One Optional accessories
One RS232 communication cable
One Operating stand TH200FJ

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
RS232 communication cable
Operating stand TH200FJ

Use operation stand of optional accessories. Can get good measurement

accuracy and repetitiveness. Constant measurement force to eliminate
the errors caused by artificially applied different force. The operation
handle evenly applies the force to the sample; adjusts the testing height to
meet the measurement of different sample thickness.

METALLURGICAL 8
 TH-210 Rubber Hardness Tester
MEASUREMENT GAUGES
COATING THICKNESS GAUGES
157 Coating Thickness Gauge
(Pull Off)

FEATURES
Digital durometer for non-metal hardness testing
Conform to DIN 53505, ASTM D 2240, ISO 7619, JKS K 6253
RS-232C data output This simple pull-off gauge is a top pocket, lightweight, foreman’s-type
Optional measuring platform
gauge for spot check indications of coating thickness.
Large LCD display
Batteries last 300 continuous working hours
Measuring range: 0-100HD FEATURES
Display resolution: 0.2 unit Insensitive to hot and cold coatings or surfaces - ideal for hot sprayed
Max value, peak value, average value metal coatings for immediate results
Under-voltage alarming Easy to use and lightweight
Operating temperature 0-40 degrees C 3 Scales on the instrument body
Power supply: 3 x 1.5V (SR44) batteries or 4.5V AC/DC adapter Pre-calibrated with no adjustment required
Dimensions: 173mm x 56mm x 42mm Accuracy ±15%
Weight: 233g
Automatic shut off
NOTES
Standard Accessories
Main unit
Batteries
Case
Manual
Calibration certificate

Optional Accessories
Operating stand with constant load TH210FJ
4.5V AC/AD power adapter

METALLURGICAL 9
 Fluke Ti10 Thermal Imager
FEATURES
This thermal imager is the perfect tool to add to your problem solving
arsenal. Built for tough work environments, this high-performance,
fully radiometric infrared camera is ideal for troubleshooting electrical
installations, electro-mechanical equipment, process equipment, HVAC/R
equipment and others.
IR-Fusion® Technology
See things both ways—infrared and visual (visible light) images fused
together communicating critical information faster and easier—traditional
infrared images are no longer enough. IR-Fusion, a patent-pending
technology that simultaneously captures a digital photo in addition to the
infrared image and fuses it together taking the mystery out of IR image
analysis. IR-Fusion is standard on Ti10 models.
Fluke Ti25 Thermal Imager
FEATURES
This thermal Imager is the perfect tool to add to your problem solving
arsenal. Built for tough work environments, this high-performance,
fully radiometric infrared camera is ideal for troubleshooting electrical
installations, electro-mechanical equipment, process equipment, HVAC/R
equipment and others.
IR-Fusion® Technology
See things both ways—infrared and visual (visible light) images fused
together communicating critical information faster and easier—traditional
infrared images are no longer enough. IR-Fusion, a patent-pending
technology that simultaneously captures a digital photo in addition to the
infrared image and fuses it together taking the mystery out of IR image
analysis. IR-Fusion is standard on Fluke Ti25.
Fluke TiR Thermal Imager
FEATURES
Optimized for building envelope, restoration and remediation, inspection
and roofing applications.
The Fluke TiR Thermal Imaging cameras are the perfect imagers for
building envelope, restoration and remediation, inspection and roofing
applications.
IR-Fusion® Technology
See things both ways—infrared and visual (visible light) images fused
together communicating critical information faster and easier—traditional
infrared images are no longer enough. IR-Fusion, a patent-pending
technology that simultaneously captures a digital photo in addition to the
infrared image and fuses it together taking the mystery out of IR image
analysis. IR-Fusion is standard on TiR models.
Fluke TiR1 Thermal Imager
FEATURES
Optimized for building envelope, restoration and remediation, inspection
and roofing applications.
The Fluke TiR1 Thermal Imaging cameras are the perfect imagers for
building envelope, restoration and remediation, inspection and roofing
applications.
IR-Fusion® Technology
See things both ways—infrared and visual (visible light) images fused
together communicating critical information faster and easier—traditional
infrared images are no longer enough. IR-Fusion, a patent-pending
technology that simultaneously captures a digital photo in addition to the
infrared image and fuses it together taking the mystery out of IR image
analysis. IR-Fusion is standard on TiR1 models.
Infrared cameras 1
 Fluke 566 IR and Contact Thermometer Fluke 568 IR and Contact Thermometer

FEATURES
Two-in-one IR and contact thermometers with an innovative dot matrix
display.
With a simple, 3-button on-screen menu interface (in 6 languages)
the Fluke 568 and 566 digital laser thermometers make even complex
measurements easy. Quickly navigate advanced features to adjust
emissivity, start data logging, or turn on and off alarms - with just a few
pushes of a button.
FEATURES
Two-in-one IR and contact thermometers with an innovative dot matrix
display.
With a simple, 3-button on-screen menu interface (in 6 languages)
the Fluke 568 and 566 digital laser thermometers make even complex
measurements easy. Quickly navigate advanced features to adjust
emissivity, start data logging, or turn on and off alarms - with just a few
pushes of a button.

With a rugged, easy-to-use, ergonomic design, the Fluke 568 and 566
two-in-one contact and non contact thermometers can stand up to tough
industrial, electrical, and mechanical environments. These tools go beyond
other IR thermometers (or pyrometers), helping you work more efficiently
in more applications.
With a rugged, easy-to-use, ergonomic design, the Fluke 568 and 566
two-in-one contact and non contact thermometers can stand up to tough
industrial, electrical, and mechanical environments. These tools go beyond
other IR thermometers (or pyrometers), helping you work more efficiently
in more applications.

Infrared and Contact Thermometer Infrared and Contact Thermometer

Fluke 566 includes: Fluke 568 includes:
• Thermocouple K bead probe • Thermocouple K bead probe
• Durable hard case • Durable hard case
• 2 AA batteries • 2 AA batteries
• Getting Started guide in 6 languages • Getting Started guide in 6 languages
• User’s Manual on CD in 6 languages (English, Spanish, French, • • USB cable
German, Portuguese, and Simplified Chinese) • FlukeView® Forms software on CD
• 2-year warranty • User’s Manual on CD in 6 languages (English, Spanish, French,
German, Portuguese, and Simplified Chinese)
• 2-year warranty

Infrared cameras 2
 Fluke 51 II Thermometer Fluke 54 II Thermometer

FEATURES FEATURES
• Single Input Digital Thermometer including: • Dual Input Digital Thermometer including:
• Impact absorbing holster • Impact absorbing holster
• One 80PK-1 bead probe thermocouple • Two 80PK-1 bead probe thermocouples

Fluke 52 II Thermometer Fluke 561 IR Contact Thermometer

FEATURES FEATURES
• Dual Input Digital Thermometer including: Lighten up your toolbox. The Fluke 561 IR and contact thermometer,
• Impact absorbing holster combines the temperature measurement functions that industrial,
• Two 80PK-1 beaded probe thermocouples electrical, and HVAC/R professionals need, all in one tool. It measures
both infrared and contact temperature, replacing several other test tools.
It’s fast, efficient, and easy to use, saving you valuable time and effort.
Fluke 53 II Thermometer
With the Fluke 561 infrared thermometer, you can also take contact
and ambient temperatures in the way that’s best for you. Use the IR
thermometer to measure hot, moving, electrically energized, and hard-
to-reach objects instantly. Check motors, insulation, breakers, radiant
heating, pipes, corroded connections, and wires. Plus, scan ducts, and
other hard-to-reach objects from the floor-leave your ladder in the truck.
You can use the Fluke 561’s handy Velcro® pipe probe, or plug in any
industry standard type K mini connector thermocouple probe you already
own to take super-heat or internal temperatures.

Includes
FEATURES • 561 IR thermometer
• Single Input Digital Thermometer with data logging including: • K-Type thermocouple Velcro® pipe probe
• Impact absorbing holster • Hard carrying case
• One 80-PK-1 bead probe thermocouple • 2 AA batteries
• Users manual

Infrared cameras 3
 Fluke 62 Mini IR Thermometer

FEATURES
The Fluke 62 Mini digital thermometer is the perfect introduction to
infrared (IR) thermometers for the professional. The Fluke 62 Mini Infrared
Thermometer offers quick and reliable surface temperature readings. This
compact and portable IR thermometer enables technicians to diagnose
heating and ventilation problems and monitor the temperature of electrical
motors and electrical panels without contact. Rugged enough for industrial
environments with its protective rubber “boot”, the Fluke 62 Mini Infrared
thermometer also comes with a handy nylon belt holster to keep quick
temperature checks at the ready.

Includes
Battery
Soft carrying case
Quick Start Guide

Fluke 570 Precision IR Thermometer

Features
The Fluke 570 non-contact thermometers are ideal professional diagnostic
tools for maintenance professionals requiring the most accurate temperature
readings at all distances. The Fluke 570 series infrared (IR) measures
surface temperatures, helping to quickly locate lubrication problems,
overloads, short-circuits or misaligned and overheated equipment,
reducing work and follow-up time, and improving performance.

From close-up electrical connections, to distant room balancing checks,

the Fluke 570 series can take IR temperature measurements with
ease. Predictive maintenance professionals requiring analysis and
documentation use the 574 or 576 models, with 100-point data logging
and digital photographs (576-only) with the included software for graphing
and analysis for follow-up reporting and documentation.

IR ACCESSORIES
Infrared cameras 4
 Fluke 80PK-11 Thermocouple
Fluke 80CJ-M Type J Male Mini-Connectors
Temperature Probe

FEATURES
• Isothermal screw terminal for J wire
• Suitable for up to 20 gauge thermocouple wire
• Color coded to industry standards (J-black)
• Two per package
• One year warranty
FEATURES
• Designed for hands free measurement of HVAC temperature measuring
applications
• Use multiple and leave in place for route based routine maintenance
• Use with any temperature-measuring instrument designed to accept
Type-K thermocouples

Fluke 80CK-M Type K Male Fluke 80PK-27 Industrial Surface

Mini-Connectors Temp Probe

FEATURES
• Isothermal screw terminal for K wire
• Suitable for up to 20 gauge thermocouple wire
• Color coded to industry standards (K-yellow)
• Two per package
• One year warranty
FEATURES
• Dual Input Digital Thermometer including:
• Impact absorbing holster
• Two 80PK-1 bead probe thermocouples

IR ACCESSORIES
Infrared cameras 5
 Fluke 80PK-3A Surface Probe Fluke 80PT-EXT Extension Wire Kit

FEATURES FEATURES
• Type-K thermocouple for flat or curved surfaces such as plates and • Extending and repairing T-type thermocouple wires
rollers • Kit includes 3 meters of thermocouple wire and 1 pair of male/female
• Measurement range: 0 to 260°C mini-connectors
• One year warranty • Maximum continuous exposure temperature: 260ºC
• 80PT-EXT is designed for T-type thermometers
• One year warranty

Fluke 80PK-8 Clamp Temperature Probe Fluke C90 Meter Case

FEATURES FEATURES
• Type-K thermocouple for fast temperature and superheat measurements C50 Soft Meter Case. Zippered carrying case with inside pocket belt loop
of pipe surfaces and inside meter strap.
• Durable ribbon sensor One year warranty.
• Measurement range: -29 to149 °C for pipe diameters from 6.4 to 34.9
mm
• One year warranty

Infrared cameras 6
 Fluke C90 Soft Case Fluke LVD1 Volt Light

FEATURES
Zippered carrying case with inside pocket and belt loop. Zippered carrying
case with inside pocket and belt loop. One year warranty.
FEATURES
Non-contact AC voltage detector and LED flashlight combined in one
convenient, compact design. With exclusive dual-sensitivity. The voltage
detector glows blue when it’s near AC voltage, and glows red when
it’s at the source. Detects voltages from 40 V AC to 300 V AC. Voltage
detector glows blue 50 Hz - 60 Hz or 2.5 - 38 cm (1 - 5”) away from source.
Operating temperature 0 °C to 50 °C. Ultra-bright white LED with 100,000
hour bulb life. AAA battery included

Fluke H6 IR Thermometer Holster NOTES

FEATURES
• Durable nylon construction protects your thermometer while keeping it
within reach
• Velcro closures provide quick access and a secure closure
• Extra accessory pocket for storing temperature probe
• Snap-open loop attaches easily to your belt

IR ACCESSORIES
Infrared cameras 7
 See our complete list of blacklights in the
magnetic particle section.

Vacuum Devices

All INDELCO vacuum devices are pre-tested to ensure maximum Air ejection on standard models is less than 30 seconds. Our ejector is
reliability. Our designs have been thoroughly field-tested for several years explosion-proof. Uses no electricity. Your compressed air supply (60-120
in a variety of applications. PSI) will ensure safe, economical operation.

Our shockproof vacuum devices are built with lightweight acrylic, which FEATURES
can be heat-formed for special applications. The tough rubber gasket is • Save valuable man-hours
designed to provide a maximum seal. The handle protects the vacuum • Dependable performance
gauge but still allows easy reading of the vacuum dial. • Rugged, yet lightweight
• Simple to operate
The air ejector has no moving parts, and no lubrication is necessary. After • Fast, safe evacuation
applying leak detection fluid along the seam, simply place the vacuum
device over the area to be tested and open the air valve.

Part # Application Model # Weight

700310 Inside Corner 18 CB 15 lbs.
700315 Inside Corner 30 CB 15 lbs.
700320 Inside Corner 40 CB 18 lbs.
700322 Flat Bottom 10 FB 8 lbs.
700300 Flat Bottom 30 FB 18 lbs.
700321 Lap Joint, 3/8” Plate 30 FBLJ 18 lbs.

LEAK DETECTION 1
 WD-801 Blue Fluorescent Dye Additive
Fluorescent Blue. Water and Water/Glycol based fluid systems both static
and circulating.
Sherlock 5-Second Leak Detector Family
Detects leaks in gas lines, air lines, tanks, cylinders, valves, pressure
vessels; anything that can be tested with air or gas pressure. Contain no
fatty acids or ammonias.
Sherlock 5-Second Leak Detectors are used for detecting leaks in pipe
joints, tube connections, tanks or any system under gas or air pressure.
They are very easy to use, simply wipe surface to be tested with a brush
or dauber, squirt on with a squeeze bottle or spray with a trigger sprayer.
Small leaks form white foam in 5 to 60 seconds. Large leaks form large
bubbles almost instantly.
Shipped only in unbreakable containers.
Sherlock fluids can be packaged in:
- 4 and 8 ounce squeeze bottles
- 8 ounce dauber bottles
- 16 ounce trigger sprayers
- Single gallons packed 4 or 6 gallons per carton
- 5 gallon pails
- 55 gallon drums.
LOW-TEMP : Part # 505314-0
The first and best chemical type leak detector designed for finding air and
gas leaks at subfreezing temperatures down to -5 degrees Fahrenheit
WD-802 Green Fluorescent Dye Additive
Fluorescent Green. Water and Water/Glycol based fluid systems both
static and circulating.
REGULAR : Part # 505310-0
Specially formulated chemical type leak detection fluid for locating leaks in
pressurized gas and air systems, except oxygen, in temperatures above
freezing.
TYPE CG : Part # 505300-0
For leak testing lines, cylinders and tanks carrying pure oxygen and
compressed gases. Compatible with oxygen either high or low pressure
as well as other gases.
TYPE F : Part # 505312-0
The first fluid developed specifically for detecting leaks in refrigeration and
air-conditioning equipment and systems. Works on the bubbling principle
but is not a soap solution and dries clean.
EXTRA LOW-TEMP : Call for assistance
The most effective chemical type leak detector designed for finding air and
gas leaks at temperatures down to -55 degrees Fahrenheit.
LEAK DETECTION 2
 UV-Fluorescent Additives
Effective- Bright glow under UV lamp proves leaks are real, not condensation.
Versatile- Tests all types of systems, static and circulating.
Foolproof- Finds small evaporated and previously undetectable leads.
Fast and Easy- Simple 3-Step procedure
Economical- One pint treats 500-1000 gallons at pennies per gallon
OEM Approved- Used by major manufacturers

Oil-Glo 22 Yellow Fluorescent Dye Oil-Glo 40 Blue Fluorescent Dye

For more than 35 years, OIL-GLO 22 has been the standard in quickly Fluoresces Blue. Used for synthetic or petroleum based fluid systems.
pinpointing all problem oil leaks in industrial and vehicular applications.
Just add this safe and easy-to-use fluorescent additive to your system APPLICATIONS
and shine a high-intensity ultraviolet lamp on the suspect area. The exact • Light colored hydraulic fluid
source of every leak will shine with a bright yellow-green glow. • Very dark or intensely blue hydraulic and lubrication fluids
• Compressor oil
• Engine oil
• Gearbox oil

Oil-Glo 33 Green Fluorescent Dye Oil-Glo 44 Yellow/Green Fluorescent Dye

Fluoresces a bright green. Fluoresces yellow/green. Used in synthetic or petroleum based fluid
systems.
Applications
• Synthetic or Petroleum based fluid systems APPLICATIONS
• Light colored hydrolic fluid • Light colored hydraulic fluid
• Very dark or intensely blue hydraulic or lubrication systems • Very dark or intensely blue hydraulic and lubrication fluids
• Compressor oil • Compressor oil
• Engine oil • Engine oil
• Gearbox oil
• Fuel ( gasoline or diesel)

LEAK DETECTION 3
 Aeronautical Inspection Kits
Our Aeronautical Inspection Kits are based on standard products (borescopes, light sources, and videoendoprobes or
fiberscopes) whose optical and mechanical features have been modified according to Aero manufacturer’s specifications.
Designed for visual inspection of engines and airframes, our kits also feature specific products such as flexible bending or
rigid guide tubes, viewing adaptors and high definition periscopes.

BMW BR710.A.10/01 FOR BR710 Engines Dassault Aviation RAF.F 10/01 for Rafale

DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
This Borescope Control kit is specified for BR710 Engines by BMW/Rolls This Periscope for Rafale by Dassault Aviation.
Royce.

BMW BR715.A.10/01 FOR BR715 Engines Eurocopter AS332.A.10/01 for

Super Puma AS 332

DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
This Borescope Control kit is specified for the BR715 Engine by BMW/ This Borescope Control kit is specified for Super Puma AS 332 Helicopter
Rolls Royce. Application data reference BR715.A. 10/01. by Eurocopter.

Eurocopter AS350.A.10/01 for

CFM Intl CFM56.A.10/01 for CFM 56 Engines
Ecureuil AS 350

DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
This Borescope Control kit is specified for CFM 56 Series Engines by CFM This Borescope Control kit is specified for Ecureuil AS 350 by
International. Eurocopter.

Aeronautic Borescope kit 1

 Eurocopter AS355.A.10/01 for Eurocopter AS365.A.10/01
Ecureuil AS 355 Dauphin AS 365/AS 366

DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
This Borescope Control kit is specified for Ecureuil AS 355 by This Borescope Control kit is specified for Dauphin AS 365/ AS 366 by
Eurocopter. Eurocopter.

Eurocopter EC120.A.10/01 for Eurocopter Tigre.A.10/01 for Tigre

Colibri EC 120

DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
This Borescope Control kit is specified for Colibri EC 120 Helicopter by This Borescope Control kit is specified for Tigre Helicopter by Eurocopter.
Eurocopter.

General Electric CF6.A.10/01 General Electric GE90.A.10/01

for CF6 Engines for GE 90 Engines

DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
This Borescope Control kit is specified for CF6 Series engines by General This Borescope Control kit is specified for GE 90 Series by General
Electric. Electric.

Aeronautic Borescope kit 2

 Intl Aero V2500.A.10/01 Rolls Royce MTR390.A.10/01
for V 2500 Series Engines for MTR390 Engines

DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
This Borescope Control kit is specified for V2500 Series International Aero This Borescope Control kit is specified for MTR390 Rolls Royce/
Engines. Turbomeca/ MTU Engines.

Rolls Royce PEG.A.10/01 Rolls Royce RB211.A.10/01

for Pegasus Engines for RB211 Engines

DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
This Borescope Control kit is specified for Pegasus Engine by Rolls This Borescope Control kit is specified for RB 211 engine by Rolls
Royce. Royce.

Rolls Royce RTM.A.10/01 for RTM Engines Rolls Royce Trent.A.10/01

for 500/700/800 Engines

DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
This Borescope Control kit is specified for RTM 322 01/8, RTM 322 02/8, This Borescope Control kit is specified for Trent 500/700/800 Engine by
RTM 322 01/12 Turbomeca/Rolls Royce Engines. Rolls Royce.

Aeronautic Borescope kit 3

 Snecma ATA.A.10/01 for MTR390 Engines Snecma LAR.A.10/01 for Larzan Engines

DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
This Borescope Control kit is specified for ATAR 9 K 50 and 8 K 50 engines This Borescope Control kit is specified for Larzan engine by Snecma.
by Snecma.

Snecma M53.A.10/01 for M53 Engines Snecma M88.F.10/01 for M 88 Engines

DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
This Borescope Control kit is specified for M53 Engines by Snecma. This Borescope Control kit is specified for M 88 Engines by Snecma.

Turbomeca ARR.A. 10/01 Turbomeca MAK.A. 10/01

for Arrius 2B/2F Engines for Makila Engines

DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
This Borescope Control kit is specified for Arrius 2, 2F Engines by This Borescope Control kit is specified for Makila engines by Turbomeca.
Turbomeca. Application data reference ARR.A.10/01.

Aeronautic Borescope kit 4

 Turbomeca MTR390.A.10/01 Turbomeca RTM.A.10/01
for MTR390 Engines for RTM Engines

DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION
This Borescope Control kit is specified for MTR390 Rolls Royce/ This Borescope Control kit is specified for RTM 322 01/8, RTM 322 02/8,
Turbomeca/ MTU Engines. RTM 322 01/12 Turbomeca/Rolls Royce Engines.

NOTES

Aeronautic Borescope kit 5

 CCD Camera Pan and Tilt Systems Section

PT-101 Pan/Tilt System IK-M51 Lipstick Remote PAL

Features IK-M51H: PAL VERSION OF IK-M44

• Pan/tilt range 358 degrees Features
• Pan/tilt speed 0 to 20 degrees per second, variable IK-CU51 CONTROL UNIT
• Preset accuracy plus or minus .083 degrees
The Toshiba IK-CU51 is the special camera control unit made for the
• Worm gear drive with high torque motors
PAL system micro and remote head cameras. This CCU gives access
• Complete control of camera menu available
to the on-screen menu system which in turn accesses the video image
• Built in 12V camera power supply
parameters like iris and shutter speed.
• Windows based control software available
• Multipin connector for ease of power and control hookup
• Signal System PAL System
• Application Security, POV, Industrial
• Image Sensor 1/2-Inch CCD
PT-50 Pan/Tilt System • Lens Mount Depends on Camera Head
• Number of Pixels 437,000
• 752 horizontal x 582 Vertical Pixels
• Horizontal Resolution 470 TV Lines Horizontal Resolution
• Minimum Illumination 2.5 Lux with f/1.6 at 3000K
• Signal-to-Noise Ratio 46 dB
• Signal Connectors Component/RGB- 9-Pin (x 1)
• S-Video- 4-Pin (x 1 output)
• Composite Video- BNC (x 1 output)
• Y/C or Sync- 9-Pin (x 1)
• Genlock- BNC (x 1 output)
• RS-232C Control- 9-Pin (x 1)
Specifications • Power- 4-Pin Lemo (x 1)
• Weight: 8 pounds (3.6 kg) • CCU Camera Input 20-Pin (x 1 )
• Maximum load: 6 pounds (2.7 kg) • Power Requirements 12 Volts DC
• Pan range:± 179°; Tilt range ±45 • Power Consumption 5 Watts
• Limits set electronically from controller • Operating Temperature 32 to 104 degrees F
• Pan and tilt speed: 0° to 15° per second, variable ranges • 0 to 40 degrees C
• Accuracy of preset position recall: ± 5 arc minutes (.08 degrees) • Dimensions (WxHxD) 4 3/8 x 2 x 6 1/2 inches (110 x 40 x 156 mm)
• Physical noise level: less than 30 dBA • Weight 1 Lb. 9 Oz. 710 g
• Max. number of preset positions: 64
• Requires 24VDC power, minimum 1 .5A: max draw with camera: 2.5A
• Will control either direct drive or servo drive lenses
• High-torque stepper motors drive stainless steel worm gears via
polypropylene/stainless steel ladder chain
• Switchable RS-485 or RS-232 communications protocol
• No adapter needed for control by PC
• Provides 1 2V DC camera power

Aeronautic
CCD Camera Borescope kit 2
6
 PT-C Pan/Tilt Controller PT-CC Camera Control Unit

Features Features
• On board RISC microprocessor controlled. • On board microprocessor controlled
• Convenient desktop form factor. • Convenient desktop form factor
• Proportional digital joysticks for control of pan-tilt direction, lens zoom • Bright red LEDs for user feedback of system status
and focus functions. • Use of EPROMs allow easy future software upgrades
• Two line backlit liquid crystal display for user feedback of system • Can control up to 32 cameras on one RS-485 control chain
status. • DB-9 connector on rear allows for simple connection to PT-C controller
• Vector solving operation when recalling preset positions. • All needed connectors are included
• When used in conjunction with optional PT-CC camera controller, the
combination provides complete camera and pan-tilt system control.
• Recall of 64 presets per head from control panel.
• Use of EPROMS allow easy future software upgrades.
• Can control up to 16 pan-tilt heads on one RS485 data control chain.
• DB9 type connectors on rear allow for simple installation of control
lines.
• All needed connectors are included.
• Includes 12VDC transformer power supply

PT-C55 Combined Pan/Tilt &

NOTES
Camera Controller

Specifications
• Weight: 2.5 pounds (1.2 kg)
• Max. number of heads controlled: 8
• Max. number of preset positions: 20 per head
• Requires 9VDC power from included wall transformer supply
• Will control either direct drive or servo drive lenses

Aeronautic
CCD Camera Borescope kit 2
7
 Camera Section

BE-IR21 1/2” CCD Near IR Hitachi KP-F31SCL 1/3” CCD Camera

FEATURES Features
• 1/2’ Near Infrared CCD Board Camera Spectral • Ultra Compact Cube Size Camera
• Response above 1000 nm 570 TV Lines of resolution, 56 db • 1/3” Format Progressive Scan CCD
• S/N Sensitivity of 0.3 Lux at f1.4 • 659 x 494 Effective Pixels
• Internal Sync Operation Field or Frame Integration • 500 TV lines of Resolution
• Selectable Gamma, AGC, and Shutter Modes • 120 Frames / Second
• Dimensions of 32 (W) x 32 (H) x 20 (D)mm (without Lens or Lens Mount ) • CameraLink Output, 10 bits per pixel
• Mini SCL Connector
• Frame-on-Demand Mode
• RoHS Compliant

Hitachi KP-F230SCL Camera Hitachi KP-FB30SCL Remote Head Camera

Features Features
• 1/1.8” Format Progressive Scan CCD • Ultra Compact Remote Head Camera
• 1628 x 1236 Effective Pixels • Head Size 12(W) x 12.5(H) x 47.5(L)mm
• 1200 TV lines of Resolution • 1/3” Format Progressive Scan CCD
• 30 Frames / Second • 659 x 494 Effective Pixels
• CameraLink Output, 10 bits per pixel • 500 TV lines of Resolution
• Mini SCL Connector • 60 Frames / Second
• Frame-on-Demand Mode • CameraLink Output, 10 bits per pixel – Mini CL Connector
• Partial Scan Mode • SCL or PCL Versions
• RoHS Compliant • Frame-on-Demand Mode
• RoHS Compliant

Aeronautic Borescope kit

Camera 2
8
 Hitachi KP-FD140SCL
High Resolution Color Camera
FEATURES
• 1/2” Format Progressive Scan CCD
• 1.45 MegaPixel
• 30 Frames Per Second
• 1392 x 1040 Effective Pixels
• SXGA Resolution
• Dual Mini CameraLink Output
• Selectable 36, 30, or 24 bit depth
• Base or Medium CameraLink Configuration
• Adjustable Gamma with LUT
• AES, AGC, and ALC Functions
• ATW, Memory, or Manual White Balance
• 6 Vector Color Corrector
• Frame-on-Demand Mode
• Partial Scan Mode
• Remote Control
• RoHS Compliant
HV-D27A Remote Head 1/2” CCD
FEATURES
• 1/2” 3 CCD Remote Head Color Camera
• 800 TV Lines of Resolution
• Digital Signal Processing
• 3 Application Files for Storage of Setup Menus
• 6 Vector Color Corrector
• Adjustable Chroma Level
• Digital Noise Reduction
• Auto Level Control with ATW, and AES
• Auto Knee
• Field or Frame Integration
• Composite, Y/C, RGB or Y/R-Y/B-Y outputs
• Genlock
• RS-232 Remote Control
HV-D30 1/3” CCD Compact
FEATURES
• 4 Scene files
• 6-vector color matrix
• Color-based detail
• Dyna-chroma
• Automatic Exposure System
• Lens flare and shading compensation
• Positive-Negative picture mode
• Operates with a dedicated remote control panel
• (RC-Z3) or RS-232 interface.
• Available in NTSC and PAL TV system versions.
HV-D37A Remote Head 1/3” CCD
FEATURES
• 1/3” 3 CCD Remote Head Color Camera
• 750 TV Lines of Resolution
• Digital Signal Processing
• 3 Application Files for Storage of Setup Menus
• 6 Vector Color Corrector
• Adjustable Chroma Level
• Digital Noise Reduction
• Auto Level Control with ATW, and AES
• Auto Knee
• Field or Frame Integration
• Composite, Y/C, RGB or Y/R-Y/B-Y outputs
• Genlock
• RS-232 Remote Control
CAMERA
AERONAUTIC BORESCOPE KIT 9
2
 HV-F22CL-S4 1/2” CCD CameraLink HV-F31CL-S4 1/3” CCD CameraLink

FEATURES
• 1/2 inch format 3-CCD progressive scan camera
• Three 1360 x 1024 effective pixel CCD’s
• IEEE-1394 or CamerLink Outputs
• SXGA video at 7.5 f/s or VGA video at 30 f/s – IEEE-1394 Out
• SXGA video at 15 f/s - CameraLink out
• Frame-on-Demand mode
• 6 vector color corrector
• Four Scene files
Features
• 1/3 inch format 3-CCD progressive scan camera
• Three 1024 x 768 effective pixel CCD’s
• IEEE-1394 or CameraLink Outputs
• XGA video at 15 f/s or SVGA video at 30 f/s with IEEE-1394
• XGA video at 30 f/s with CamerLink
• Frame-on-Demand mode
• 6 vector color corrector
• Four Scene files

HV-F22F-S1 1/2” CCD FireWire HV-F31F-S1 1/3” CCD FireWire

Features
• 1/2 inch format 3-CCD progressive scan camera Features
• Three 1360 x 1024 effective pixel CCD’s • 1/3 inch format 3-CCD progressive scan camera
• IEEE-1394 or CamerLink Outputs • Three 1024 x 768 effective pixel CCD’s
• SXGA video at 7.5 f/s or VGA video at • IEEE-1394 or CameraLink Outputs
• 30 f/s – IEEE-1394 Out • XGA video at 15 f/s or SVGA video at 30 f/s with IEEE-1394
• SXGA video at 15 f/s - CameraLink out • XGA video at 30 f/s with CamerLink
• Frame-on-Demand mode • Frame-on-Demand mode
• 6 vector color corrector • 6 vector color corrector
• Four Scene files • Four Scene files

Aeronautic Borescope kit

Camera 10
2
 IK-1000ME 1/3” CCD Extreme Low Light IK-53V Analog

FEATURES FEATURES
• Electron Multiplying 1/2 inch CCD (EMCCD) • Progressive Scan
• 658 x 496 Active Pixels • VGA Output to frame grabber or direct to a VGA Monitor
• 0.00025 Lux Minimum Illumination • 1/60 sec. Non- Interlaced
• 50 dB S/N Ratio • Measures only 29mm square
• Adaptive Recursive Noise Reduction • Weighs 46g (1.59 oz)
• C- Mount • 1/3” CCD Format
• RS-232C (Dsub-9p) • C-Mount Lens
• 420 TVL Resolution (NTSC OUT) • 659 ( H) x 494(V) Resolution
• Freeze frame • 1 lux@ F1.4 sensitivity
• 30 frames per second • 60 dB S/N Ratio

IK-52V Analog IK-HD1 1/3” CCD High-Definition

FEATURES FEATURES
• Progressive Scan • 1080i output
• VGA Output to frame grabber or direct to a VGA Monitor • 1920 x 1080 output pixels
• 1/60 sec. Non- Interlaced • 3CCD (1/3”) interlace
• Measures only 29mm square • C-mount
• Weighs 46g (1.59 oz) • Digital HD-SDI (SMPTE 292M);Analog RGB or Y/ Pb/ Pr
• 1/2” CCD Format • RS-232C serial interface
• C-Mount Lens • Auto & manual white balance
• 659 (H) x 494 (V) Resolution
• 1 lux@ F1.4
• Sensitivity 60 dB S/N Ratio

AERONAUTIC BORESCOPE KIT

CAMERA 11
2
 IK-M44 Lipstick Remote NTSC IK-TF5H CCD Compact

FEATURES
• Control Unit: IK-CU44A
• 470 line resolution from all Camera heads
• RS-232 allows PC control of Camera’s CCU
• 768TV Line Horizontal Resolution
• 1/60 to 1/10,000 Sec. Electronic Shutter
• Excellent low light performance
• Choice of (3) camera heads: IK-C44H, IK-UM44H, IK-M44H
• Compact, lightweight and easy to install.
FEATURES
• Three Progressive Scan CCD’s
• RS-232 (9600 or 19200 BAUD rate)
• 180 Frames/Sec Partial Scan Output
• 1/100 to 1/100,000 Sec. Electronic Shutter
• One or Two Pulse Random Trigger
• C-Mount
• Square Pixels
• Lightweight (5.74 ozs.), Compact Design
• Economically Priced

IK-TF2 1/3” CCD Compact IK-TF5C 1/3” CCD CameraLink

FEATURES FEATURES
• 3 CCD Micro Prism System • Three Progressive Scan CCDs
• C-Mount • RS-232 (9600 or 19200 BAUD rate)
• 64 dB Signal to Noise • 180 Frames/Sec Partial Scan Output
• 10 Lux Sensitivity • 1/100 to 1/100,000 Sec. Electronic Shutter
• 1/60 to 1/50,000 sec. 9 Step Shutter • One or Two Pulse Random Trigger
• RS-232 Serial Interface • C-Mount
• One or Two Pulse Random Trigger • Square pixels
• RGB Output • Lightweight (5.74 oz) compact design
• Lightweight (5.47oz) • Economically priced

AERONAUTIC BORESCOPE KIT

CAMERA 12
2
 IK-TF7 1/3” CCD Compact
FEATURES
• Three Progressive Scan CCDs
• RS-232 (9600 or 19200 BAUD rate)
• 90 Frames/Sec Partial Scan Output
• 1/100 to 1/100,000 Sec. Electronic Shutter
• One or Two Pulse Random Trigger
• C-Mount
• Square pixels
• Lightweight (5.74 oz), compact design
• Removable IR Filter
IK-TF7C 1/3” CCD CameraLink
FEATURES
• Three Progressive Scan CCDs
• RS-232 (9600 or 19200 BAUD rate)
• 90 Frames/Sec Partial Scan Output
• 1/100 to 1/100,000 Sec. Electronic Shutter
• One or Two Pulse Random Trigger
• C-Mount
• Square pixels
• Lightweight (5.74 oz), compact design
• Removable IR Filter
IK-TF9C 1/3” CCD Mega Pixel
FEATURES
• Three Progressive Scan CCDs
• Output Resolution of 2048 x 1536
• Video Output - Cmera Link
• 20 frames/sec (full frame)
• Partial Scan 30 frames/sec and 40 frames/sec
• Ultra Compact Size
• On-screen and RS-232 Setup
• Asynchronous Reset
• Pulse Width Trigger
• C-Mount Lens Mount
IK-TU51CU
FEATURES
• Remote heads with choice of 1 /3 inch (IK-TU53H) or ½ inch (IK-TU52H) IT
• 800 lines of resolution
• One or Two-pulse triggers
• Six vector color enhancement circuit
• Frame memory allows continuous video imaging in integration mode
• 0.02 Lux at 4 second exposure
• 14-step detail enhancement
• Freeze frame
• 10-Bit Digital Signal Processing
• 64 dB signal-to-noise ratio
• C-Mount
• Weight: 710g
• DIM: 110mm (W) x 40mm (H) x 156mm (D)
AERONAUTIC BORESCOPE KIT
CAMERA 13
2
 IK-TU61CU KP-D20B 1/2” CCD

FEATURES Features
• Remote heads with choice of 1 /3 inch (IK-TU63H) or ½ inch (IK-TU62H) • 1/2” DSP Color CCD Camera
IT ExviewT • Super Compact Design
• 800 lines of resolution • 4X digital Zoom
• One or Two-pulse triggers • 480 TV Lines of Resolution, 50 db S/N
• Six vector color enhancement circuit • RS-232 control
• Frame memory allows continuous video imaging in integration mode • ATW, AES, and BLC Modes
• 0.02 Lux at 4 second exposure • Composite and Y/C outputs
• 14-step detail enhancement

KP-D20A 1/3” CCD KP-D590 1/2” CCD

Features Features
• 1/3” DSP Color CCD camera • 1/2 inch format High Sensitivity DSP Color Camera
• Super Compact Design • Illumination range from 0.001 to 100,000 lux
• 4X digital Zoom • Thermoelectric Cooling for the CCD
• 480 TV Lines of Resolution, 50 db S/N • Digital Noise Reduction
• RS-232 control • AES, BLC, ATW, and AGC functions
• ATW, AES, and BLC Modes • RS-232 Remote Control for all Camera Functions
• Composite and Y/C outputs

Aeronautic Borescope kit

Camera 14
2
 KP-DE500 1/2” Ultra Sensitive KP-F100B-CL CameraLink

Features Features
• 1/2’’ Format Super High Sensitivity Camera • 2/3 inch format 1392 x 1040 Progressive Scan
• Electron Multiplying CCD • CameraLink or LVDS output with 10 bits per pixel
• 480 TV Lines of Resolution • 15 F/s normal, 60 F/s accelerated mode
• 50 db S/N • Frame-on-Demand Mode
• 0.009 ux With Full Motion • Remote Control for all Camera Functions
• 0.00015 lux in Still Mode • Internal or External Sync Modes
• Digital Signal Processing
• Built-In Memory
• Thermoelectric Cooling
• Digital Noise Reduction
• Auto or Manual Gain
• ATW, AES, and BLC
• RoHS Compliant

KP-F100B LVDS Digital KP-F120 LVDS Digital

Features
• 2/3 inch format 1392 x 1040 Progressive Scan Camera
• CameraLink or LVDS output with 10 bits per pixel
• 15 F/s normal, 60 F/s accelerated mode
• Frame-on-Demand Mode
• Remote Control for all Camera Functions
• Internal or External Sync Modes
Features
• 2/3” Near IR Megapixel Progressive Scan Camera
• Analog Output and 10 Bit Dual Channel RS-644 Digital Output
• 1.45 million pixels
• RS-232 control
• 2/3 inch format 1392 x 1040 Progressive Scan Camera
• CameraLink or LVDS output with 10 bits per pixel
• 30 F/s normal, 120 F/s accelerated mode
• Partial Scan Mode
• Frame-on-Demand Mode
• Remote Control for all Camera Functions

Aeronautic Borescope kit

Camera 15
2
 KP-F120-CL CameraLink KP-F140F FireWire

FEATURES FEATURES
• 2/3” Near IR Megapixel Progressive Scan Camera • IEEE-1394.b Output
• Analog Output and 10 Bit Dual Channel RS-644 Digital Output • 1/2” Format Progressive Scan CCD
• 1.45 million pixels • 15 Frames Per Second
• RS-232 control • 1360 x 1024 Effective Pixels
• KP-F120-CL with CAMERA LINK output • SXGA Resolution
• 2/3 inch format 1392 x 1040 Progressive Scan Camera • Adjustable Gamma with LUT
• CameraLink or LVDS output with 10 bits per pixel • AES, AGC, and ALC Functions
• 30 F/s normal, 120 F/s accelerated mode • Frame-on-Demand Mode
• Partial Scan Mode • Includes Driver and Viewer Software
• Frame-on-Demand Mode • RoHS Compliant
• Remote Control for all Camera Functions

KP-F120F FireWire KP-F200CL CameraLink

FEATURES FEATURES
• 2/3” Near IR Megapixel Progressive Scan Camera • 1628 x 1236 effective pixels
• Analog Output and 10 Bit Dual Channel RS-644 Digital Output • 10 bit LVDS or CameraLink output
• 1.45 million pixels • 24 frames per second
• RS-232 control • Frame-on-Demand Function
• 2/3 inch format 1392 x 1040 Progressive Scan Camera • Partial Scan Function
• CameraLink or LVDS output with 10 bits per pixel • RS-232C remote control for all camera functions
• 30 F/s normal, 120 F/s accelerated mode
• Partial Scan Mode
• Frame-on-Demand Mode
• Remote Control for all Camera Functions

Aeronautic Borescope kit

Camera 16
2
 KP-F200SCL Mini CameraLink KP-F30SCL Mini CameraLink

FEATURES FEATURES
• Ultra Compact Cube Size Camera 1/1.8 • Ultra Compact Cube Size Camera
• Format :Progressive Scan CCD • 1/3” Format Progressive Scan CC
• 1628 x 1236 Effective Pixels • 659 x 494 Effective Pixels
• 1200 TV Lines of Resolution 15 Frames / Second • 500 TV lines of Resolution
• CameraLink Output, 10 bits per pixel • 60 Frames/Second
• Mini CL Connector Frame-on-Demand Mode • CameraLink Output, 10 bits per pixel
• RoHS Compliant • Mini SCL Connector
• Frame-on-Demand Mode
• RoHS Compliant

KP-F30 Analog KP-F32F FireWire

FEATURES FEATURES
• 1/3 inch Progressive Scan Camera • 1/3 inch ultra compact progressive scan camera
• 659 x 494 effective pixels • 659 x 494 effective pixels
• 60 frames per second • 30 frames per second
• 500 Lines of Resolution • 500 Lines of Resolution
• 50 db S/N • 50 db S/N
• 0.7 lux sensitivity • 0.5 lux sensitivity
• HD/VD in or out switch selection • HD/VD in or out switch selection
• External Switches for selection of camera functions • External Switches for selection of camera functions
• Single 12-pin Hirose connector for all input /output signals • Single 12 pin Hirose connector for all input/output signals
• Frame-On-Demand Mode

Aeronautic Borescope kit

Camera 17
2
 KP-F80 High Res Analog KP-FD140F 1/2” CCD FireWire

FEATURES FEATURES
• 1/3 inch Ultra Compact Progressive Scan Camera • IEEE-1394.b Output
• 1034 x 779 effective pixels • 1/2” Format Progressive Scan CCD
• 30 Frames per Second • 15 Frames Per Second
• 800 Lines of Resolution • 1360 x 1024 Effective Pixels
• 54 db S/N • SXGA Resolution
• 1.0 lux sensitivity • Adjustable Gamma with LUT
• HD/VD in or out switch selection • AES, AGC, and ALC Functions
• External Switches for selection of camera functions • ATW, Memory, or Manual White Balance
• Single 12 pin Hirose connector for all input/output signals • 6 Vector Color Corrector
• Frame-on-Demand Mode • Frame-on-Demand Mode
• Includes Driver and Viewer Software
• RoHS Compliant

KP-F83F FireWire KP-FD30 1/2” CCD Analog

FEATURES FEATURES
• IEEE-1394.b Output • Primary Color Filter
• 1/3” Format Progressive Scan CCD • 440 Lines of Resolution
• 30 Frames Per Second • 50 db S/N
• 1024 x 768 Effective Pixels • 60 frames per second progressive output
• XGA Resolution • 10 lux minimum sensitivity
• Adjustable Gamma with LUT • Analog RGB Progressive output
• AES, AGC, and ALC Functions • Analog RGB, Y/C and composite NTSC outputs
• Frame-on-Demand Mode
• Includes Driver and Viewer Software
• RoHS Compliant

Aeronautic Borescope kit

Camera 18
2
 KP-FD30CL 1/2” CCD CameraLink
FEATURES
• Primary Color Filter
• 440 Lines of Resolution
• 50 db S/N
• 60 frames per second progressive output
• 10 lux minimum sensitivity
• Analog RGB Progressive output
• Analog RGB, Y/C and composite NTSC outputs
KP-FD30M 1/2” CCD Frame Memory
FEATURES
• Primary Color Filter
• 440 Lines of Resolution
• 50 db S/N
• 60 frames per second
• Progressive output
• 10 lux minimum sensitivity
• Analog RGB Progressive output
• Analog RGB, Y/C and composite NTSC outputs
• Built-In Memory with Trigger
KP-FD32F 1/2” CCD FireWire
FEATURES
• IEEE-1394.b Output
• 1/2” Format Progressive Scan CCD
• 60 Frames Per Second
• 656 x 494 Effective Pixels
• VGA Resolution
• Adjustable Gamma with LUT
• AES, AGC, and ALC Functions
• ATW, Memory, or Manual White Balance
• 6 Vector Color Corrector
• Frame-on-Demand Mode
• Includes Driver and Viewer Software
• RoHS Compliant
KP-M1AN Compact
FEATURES
• 2/3” Microlens IT CCD Camera
• 570 TV Lines of Resolution, 56 db S/N
• Sensitivity of 0.3 Lux at f1.4
• Field -on-Demand or Restart / Reset Function
• Frame or Field Integration Mode
• Multi-Step Electronic Shutter Function
• Selectable Gamma, and AGC
• Compact, Lightweight, Rugged Design
• Internal/External Sync
Aeronautic Borescope kit
Camera 19
2
 KP-M20 Ultra Compact KP-M30 Ultra Compact

FEATURES FEATURES
• 570 Lines of Resolution • 570 Lines of Resolution
• 60 db S/N • 60 db S/N
• 0.3 lux sensitivity • 0.3 lux sensitivity
• HD/VD in or out switch selection • HD/VD in or out switch selection
• External Switches for selection of camera functions • External Switches for selection of camera functions
• Single 12 pin Hirose connector for all input / output signals • Single 12 pin Hirose connector for all input / output signals

KP-M2AN Compact KP-M3AN Compact

FEATURES
• 1/2” Microlens IT CCD Camera
• 570 TV Lines of Resolution, 56 db S/N
• Sensitivity of 0.5 Lux at f1.4
• Field-on-Demand Function
• Frame or Field Integration Mode
• Multi-Step Electronic Shutter Function
• Selectable Gamma and AGC
• Compact, Lightweight, Rugged Design
FEATURES
• 1/3” Microlens IT CCD Camera
• 570 TV Lines of Resolution, 56 db S/N
• Sensitivity of 0.3 Lux at f1.4
• Field-on-Demand Function
• Frame or Field Integration Mode
• Multi-Step Electronic Shutter Function
• Selectable Gamma, and AGC
• Compact, Lightweight, Rugged Design

Aeronautic Borescope kit

Camera 20
2
 KP-M2RN Near IR KP-M3RN Near IR

FEATURES FEATURES
• Sensitivity in the Near-Infrared Spectrum • 1/3 inch Format Near Infrared Camera
• 1/2” Microlens IT CCD Camera • Spectral Response extends beyond 900 nanometers
• 570 TV Lines of Resolution, 56 db S/N • 570 TV lines of Resolution
• Sensitivity of 0.3 Lux at f1.4 • Field-on-Demand Mode
• Field-on-Demand or Restart / Reset Function • Frame or Field Integration
• Frame or Field Integration Mode • Internal or External Sync Modes
• Multi-Step Electronic Shutter Function
• Selectable Gamma, and AGC

Fujinon HF50HA-1 Fujinon HF9HA-1

C- Mount High Resolution Fixed Focal Length Lens for Machine C- Mount High Resolution Fixed Focal Length Lens for Machine
Vision Vision
FEATURES FEATURES
• Designed for high resolution, supporting 1.5 megapixel cameras. • High resolution design providing support for up to 1.5 megapixel
• Designed for low distortion , enabling faithful image input. camera resolution.
• Compact, lightweight and robust design , suuporting various systems. • Designed for low distortion, enabling faithful image input.
• Focus and iris lock tab provided, supporting environments such as • Compact, lightweight and robust design, supporting various systems.
vibration. • Focus and iris lock tab provided, supporting environments such as
vibration.
SPECIFICATIONS
• Focus: Manual SPECIFICATIONS
• Iris : Manual • Focus: Manual
• Focal Length: 50mm (1.968”) • Iris: Manual
• Iris Range : F2.3 ~ F22 • Focal Length: 9 mm (.354”)
• Back Focal Distance (in air): 15.26mm (.600 “) • Iris Range: F1.4 ~ F16
• Filter Thread: M25.5 x 0.5 (mm) • Back Focal Distance (in air): 13.48 mm (.530”)
• Mass: 45 (g) • Filter Thread: M27 x 0.5 (mm)
• Focusing Range (From Front Of The Lens) (m) ∞ ~ 0.5 • Mass: 55 (g)
• Focusing Range (From Front Of The Lens) (m) ∞ ~ 0.1

Aeronautic Borescope kit

Camera 21
 Fujinon HF75HA-1 Fujinon T16X5.5DA-R11

C- Mount High Resolution Fixed Focal Length Lens for Machine Teleconferencing Lens
Vision
FEATURES FEATURES
• Design achieving high resolution and supporting up to 1.5 mega pixel • With the high accuracy servo control enables, best suited for
cameras. advanced monitoring systems.
• Designed for low distortion, enabling faithful image input. • High-powered zoom lens covering wide angle and telephoto.
• Compact, lightweight and robust design supporting various systems. • PC Control enabled with the dedicated controller combined.
• Focus and Iris lock tab provided, supporting environments such as • Special design for optimizing the image quality of 3CCD cameras.
vibration.
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS • Zoom: Servo Control
• Focus: Manual • Focus: Servo Control
• Iris: Manual • Iris : Auto (Video Type) or Servo Control
• Focal Length: 75 mm (2.952”) • Focal Length: 5.5 (mm) ~ 88(16x)
• Iris Range: F2.8 ~ F22 • Iris Range : F1.4 ~ F16
• Back Focal Distance (in air): 15.74 mm (.619”) • Back Focal Distance (in air): 14.83 (mm)
• Filter Thread: M30.5 x 0.5 (mm) • Filter Thread :M62 x 0.75 (mm)
• Mass: 55 g • Mass: 900 (g)
• Focusing Range (From Front Of The Lens): (m) ∞ ~ 1.1 • Focusing Range (From Front Of The Lens): ∞ ~ 1 (m)

Aeronautic
Camera lensBorescope kit 22
2
 Fujinon HF12.5SA-1 Fujinon HF16HA-1

C- Mount High Resolution Fixed Focal Length Lens for Machine C- Mount High Resolution Fixed Focal Length Lens for Machine
Vision Vision
FEATURES FEATURES
• High resolution design providing support for up to 5 megapixel • Design achieving the high resolution, supporting up to 1.5
camera resolution. megapixel cameras.
• Rear focusing system provides improved performance in • Designed for low distortion, enabling faithful image input.
macro photography. • Compact, lightweight and robust design, supporting various systems.
• Wide aperture ( F1.4) design achieves clear images under low • Focus and iris lock tab provided, supporting environments such
light intensity. as vibration.
• Enhanced image recognition accuracy achieved by reduction
of distortion and improvment of illumination uniformity. SPECIFICATIONS
• Robust enclosure resistant to vibrations and shocks. Equipped • Focus: Manual
with locking knobs for the iris and the focus. • Iris: Manual
• Focal Length: 16 mm ( .629”)
SPECIFICATIONS • Iris Range: F1.4 ~ F16
• Focus: Manual • Back Focal Distance (in air): 15.15mm ( .596”)
• Iris: Manual • Filter Thread: M25.5 x 0.5 (mm)
• Focal Length : 12.5 mm (.492”) • Mass: 45 (g)
• Iris Range: F1.4 ~ F22 • Focusing Range (From Front Of The Lens): ∞ ~ 0.1 (m)
• Back Focal Distance: 16.07mm (.632”)
• Focusing Range (From Front Of The Lens) (m) ∞ ~ 0.1
• Filter Thread (mm) M49 x 0.75
• Mass : 295 (g)

Camera lensBorescope kit

Aeronautic 23
2
 Fujinon HF25HA-1 Fujinon HF35HA-1

C- Mount High Resolution Fixed Focal Length Lens for Machine
Vision
FEATURES
• High resolution design providing support for up to 1.5
megapixel cameras.
• Designed for low distortion, enabling faithful image input.
• Compact, lightweight and robust design, supporting various systems.
• Focus and iris lock tab provided, supporting environments such
as vibration.
C- Mount High Resolution Fixed Focal Length Lens for Machine
Vision
FEATURES
• Design achieving the high resolution, supporting up to 1.5 mega
pixel cameras.
• Designed for low distortion, enabling faithful image input.
• Compact,lightweight and robust design, supporting various systems.
• Focus and iris lock tab provided, supporting environments such
as vibration.

SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS
• Focus: Manual • Focus: Manual
• Iris: Manual • Iris: Manual
• Focal Length: 25 mm (.984”) • Focal Length: 35 mm (1.377”)
• Iris Range: F1.4 ~ F22 • Iris Range F1.6 ~ F22
• Back Focal Distance (in air): 14.58 mm (.574”) • Back Focal Distance (in air): 15.03 mm ( .591”)
• Filter Thread :M25.5 x 0.5 mm • Filter Thread: M25.5 x 0.5 mm
• Mass: 45 (g) • Mass: 45 (g)
• Focusing Range (From Front Of The Lens) (m) ∞ ~ 0.15 • Focusing Range (From Front Of The Lens) (m) ∞ ~ 0.25

Camera lensBorescope kit

Aeronautic 2
24
 Fujinon DF6HA-1 Fujinon HF12.5HA-1

C- Mount High Resolution Fixed Focal Length Lens for Machine
Vision
FEATURES
• Design achieving the high resolution, supporting up to 1.5
megapixel cameras.
• Designed for low distortion, enabling faithful image input.
• Compact, lightweight and robust design, supporting various systems.
• Focus and iris lock tab provided, supporting environments such
as vibration.
C- Mount High Resolution Fixed Focal Length Lens for Machine
Vision
FEATURES
• High resolution design providing support for up to 1.5 megapixel
camera resolution.
• Designed for low distortion, enabling faithful image input.
• Compact, lightweight and robust design, supporting various systems.
• Focus and iris lock tab provided, supporting environments such
as vibration.

SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS
• Focus: Manual • Focus: Manual
• Iris: Manual • Iris: Manual
• Focal Length: 6 mm (.236”) • Focal Length: 12.5 mm ( .492”)
• Iris Range: F1.2 ~ F16 • Iris Range: F1.4 ~ F16
• Back Focal Distance: 11.44 mm (.450”) • Back Focal Distance (in air): 15.09 mm (.594”)
• Filter Thread : M27 x 0.5 (mm) • Filter Thread: M25.5 x 0.5 (mm)
• Mass : 55 (g) • Mass: 45 (g)
• Focusing Range (From Front Of The Lens) (m) ∞ ~ 0.1 • Focusing Range (From Front Of The Lens): ∞ ~ 0.1 (m)

Camera lensBorescope kit

Aeronautic 2
25
 Fujinon DV5X3.6R4B-SA2L D16 x7.3A-R11

CS Mount Lens for KP-D20A/B, KP-FD30, KP-D590 and KP-D591 Teleconferencing Lens
FEATURES Features
• Advanced design engineering and special optic glass adopted, • With the high accuracy servo control enabled, best suited for
best suited for color, monochrome and day and night cameras. advanced monitoring systems.
• Compatible with a wide range- 1/2”, 1/3” and 1/4” cameras. • High-powered zoom lens covering wide angle and telephoto.
• Wide range of f3.6-18mm, supporting various applications. • PC control enabled with the dedicated controller combined
• High accuracy aspheric lens adopted, achieving the high
quality image. Specifications
• Built-in ND filter of T360, supporting super sensitive camera. • Zoom: Servo Control
• Focus: Servo Control
SPECIFICATIONS • Iris: Auto (Video Type) or Servo Control
• Zoom: Manual • Focal Length: 7.3 mm ~ 117(16x)
• Focus: Manual • Iris Range: F1.9 ~ F16
• Iris: Auto (DC Type) (*1) • Back Focal Distance (in air): 19.5 mm
• Focal Length: 3.6 ~ 18(5x)(mm) • Filter Thread: M62 x 0.75 mm
• Iris Range: F1.8 ~ T360 (Equivalent to F360) • Mass: 900 (g)
• Back Focal Distance (in air): 7.87 (mm) • Focusing Range (From Front Of The Lens): ∞ M ~ 1
• Mass (g) 75

Camera lensBorescope kit

Aeronautic 2
26
 Fujinon DV10x7B-SA2L Fujinon D60x12.5R3DE-V41

CS Mount Lens for KP-D20A/B, KP-FD30, KP-D590 and KP-D591
FEATURES
• Compatible with a wide range- 1/2”, 1/3” and 1/4” cameras.
• Wide range of f7-70mm, supporting various applications.
• High accuracy aspheric lens adopted, achieving the high
quality image.
• Built-in ND filter of T360, supporting super sensitive cameras.
SPECIFICATIONS
• Zoom: Manual
• Focus Manual
• Iris: Auto (DC Type) (*1)
• Focal Length: 7 mm ~ 70(10x)
• Iris Range: F1.8 ~ T360 (Equivalent to F360)
• Back Focal Distance (in air): 7.9 mm
• Mass: 100 (g)
• Focusing Range (From Front Of The Lens): ∞ (m) ~ 0.3
• Current Consumption: 22mA (Max) at DC 4V
• Coil Resistance Drive Coil 200Ω Damping Coil 720Ω
Security Lens
Features
• Offering F3.8 brightness and 60x zoom ( focal length of 1500mm when
used with an extender), these lenses are suited for long-range
surveillance, such as for seaport security.
• The compact and lightweight design allows establishment of compact
remote surveillance systems.
• Equipped with a 2X extender that provides clear identification of
individuals at a distance of 3km (1.86 miles).
Specifications
• Zoom: Motor Drive
• Focus: Motor Drive
• Iris: Auto (Video Type) or Manual Remote
• Focal Length :(mm) 1x: 12.5 ~ 750(60x) 2x: 25 ~ 1500(60x)
• Iris Range : 1x: F3.8 ~ T3000(Equivalent to F3000)
2x: F7.6 ~ T6000(Equivalent to F6000)
• Back Focal Distance (in air): (mm) 1x: 53.23 2x: 53.23
• Filter Thread: M107X1 mm
• Focusing Range (From Front Of The Lens) (m) ∞ ~ 5
• Mass: 5.1 kg

NOTES

Aeronautic
Camera lensBorescope kit 27
2
 CAMERA LENS
Our lenses offer superior quality, high resolution lenses with robust mechanical construction for
critical machine vision applications. See www.newcoinc.com for more details.

Fujinon TF15DA-8 Fujinon TF25DA-8

C-Mount POV Lens for 3 CCD Camera C-Mount POV Lens for 3 CCD Camera
FEATURES FEATURES
• Special design for optimizing the image quality of 3CCD cameras. • Special design for optimizing the image quality of 3CCD cameras.
• Low-distortion design achieving accurate image input. • Low-distortion design achieving accurate image input.
• Compact, lightweight and robust design, supporting various systems. • Compact, lightweight and robust design, supporting various systems.
• Faithful color reproduction for 3CCD cameras, best suited for advanced • Faithful color reproduction for 3CCD cameras, best suited for
monitoring applications. advanced monitoring applications.
• Robust enclosure that can withstand vibrations and shocks. Equipped
SPECIFICATIONS with locking screws for the iris and the focus.
• Focal Length: 15 mm
• Iris Range: F2.2 ~ F16- Close SPECIFICATIONS
• Focus: Manual • Focal Length: 25 mm
• Iris: Manual • Iris Range: F2.2 ~ F16- Close
• Angle of View: 1/3” 18°11’ x 13°41’ • Focus: Manual
• Focusing Range : ∞ ~ 0.1 • Iris: Manual
• Object Dimensions at M.O.D. (H x V) : 1/3” 36 x 27 mm • Angle of View: 1/3” 10°58’ x 8°14’
• Back Focal Distance (in air): 16.32 mm • Focusing Range : ∞ ~ 0.2
• Filter Thread: M25.5 x 0.5 • Object Dimensions at M.O.D. ( H x V) mm: 1/3” 42 x 32
• Mass: 60 (g) • Back Focal Distance (in air): 15.12 mm
• Mount: C-Mount • Filter Thread: M25.5 x 0.5
• Mass: 60 (g)
• Mount: C-Mount

Camera lensBorescope kit

Aeronautic 28
2
 Fujinon TF2.8DA-8 Fujinon TF4DA-8

C-Mount POV Lens for 3 CCD Camera
FEATURES
• Special design for optimizing the image quality of 3CCD cameras.
• Low-distortion design achieving accurate image input.
• Compact, lightweight and robust design, supporting various systems.
• Faithful color reproduction for 3CCD cameras, best suited for
advanced monitoring applications.
C-Mount POV Lens for 3 CCD Camera
FEATURES
• Special design for optimizing the image quality of 3CCD cameras.
• Low-distortion design achieving accurate image input.
• Compact, lightweight and robust design, supporting various systems.
• Faithful color reproduction for 3CCD cameras, best suited for
advanced monitoring applications.

SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS
• Focal Length: 2.8 mm • Focal Length: 4.0 mm
• Iris Range: F2.2 ~ F16- Close • Iris Range: F2.2 ~ F16- Close
• Focus: Manual • Focus: Manual
• Iris: Manual • Iris: Manual
• Angle of View: 1/3” 89°08’ x 69°20’ • Angle of View: 1/3” 61°56’ x 48°27’
• Focusing Range : ∞ ~ 0.1 • Focusing Range : ∞ ~ 0.1
• Object Dimensions at M.O.D. ( H x V) mm: 1/3” 218 x 153 • Object Dimensions at M.O.D. ( H x V) mm: 1/3” 131 x 98
• Back Focal Distance (in air): 14.49 mm • Back Focal Distance (in air): 14.61 mm
• Filter Thread: M27 x 0.5 • Filter Thread: M27 x 0.5
• Mass: 75 (g) • Mass: 70 (g)
• Mount: C-Mount • Mount: C-Mount

Camera lensBorescope kit

Aeronautic 2
29
 Fujinon TF8DA-8 Fujinon YV10x5B-SA2L

C-Mount POV Lens for 3 CCD Camera CS Mount Lens for KP-D20A/B, KP-FD30, KP-D590 and KP-D591
FEATURES FEATURES
• Special design for optimizing the image quality of 3CCD cameras. • Telephoto, wide range vari-focal lens with the horizontal field angle
• Low-distortion design achieving accurate image input. of 51-5 degrees ( when used on 1/3 cameras.)
• Compact, lightweight and robust design, supporting various systems. • Wide range of F5-50mm, supporting various applications.
• Faithful color reproduction for 3CCD cameras, best suited for • Wide aperture of F1.3, optimizing the performance at low
advanced monitoring applications. lighting intensity.
• Robust enclosure that can withstand vibrations and shocks.
• Built-in ND filter of T360, supporting super sensitive cameras.
Equipped with locking screws for the iris and the focus.
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS • Zoom: Manual
• Focal Length: 8 mm • Focus: Manual
• Iris Range: F2.2 ~ F16- Close • Iris: Auto (DC Type) (*1)
• Focus: Manual • Focal Length: 5 mm ~ 50(10x)
• Iris: Manual
• Iris Range :F1.3 ~ T360(Equivalent to F360)
• Angle of View: 1/3” 33°24’ x 25°22’
• Focusing Range : ∞ ~ 0.1 • Back Focal Distance (in air): 10.83 (mm)
• Object Dimensions at M.O.D. (H x V) mm: 1/3” 66 x 50 • Mass: 100 (g)
• Back Focal Distance (in air): 14.83 mm • Focusing Range (From Front Of The Lens): ∞ ~ 0.3 (mm)
• Filter Thread: M25.5 x 0.5 • Current Consumption 22mA (Max) at DC 4V
• Mass: 60 (g) • Coil Resistance Drive Coil 200Ω Damping Coil 720Ω
• Mount: C-Mount

Aeronautic
Camera lensBorescope kit 30
2
 Fujinon YV5x2.7R4B-SA2L Pentax C30811

CS Mount Day/Night Lens for KP-D20A/B, KP-FD30, KP-D590, Monofocul Manual Iris Machin Vision Lens
KP-D591 FEATURES
FEATURES The Pentax C30811TH C-mount lens features manual focus and iris with
• Advanced designed engineering and special optic glass adopted, a screw-type lock preventing ring shift once lens is mounted. Offering a
best suited for color, monochrome and day and night cameras. close minimum object distance of only 0.2m along with a superior optics
• Wide range of f2.7-13.5mm, supporting various applications. system, this lens is appropriate for use for general CCTV as well as factory
• Wide aperture of F1.3, optimizing the performance at low automation applications.
lighting intensity.
• High accuracy aspheric lens adopted, achieving the high SPECIFICATIONS
quality image. • Imager Size : 2/3”
• Built in ND filter of T360, supporting super sensitive cameras. • Mount : C-mount
• Focal Length : 8.5mm
SPECIFICATIONS • Iris Range : F1.5-Close
• Zoom: Manual • Focus Operation: Manual
• Focus: Manual • Iris Operation: Manual
• Iris: Auto (DC Type) (*1) • Angle of View Horizontal: 56°28’
• Focal Length: 2.7 (mm) ~ 13.5(5x) • Minimum Object Distance (M.O.D.) : 0.2m
• Iris Range: F1.3 ~ T360(Equivalent to F360) • Filter Size : 40.5mm
• Back Focal Distance (in air): 8.91 (mm) • Dimensions (WxD): 1.6 x 1.5” or 42 x 40mm
• Mass: 70 (g) • Weight : 4.2 oz/ 120 g
• Focusing Range (From Front Of The Lens): ∞ ~ 0.3 (M)
• Current Consumption: 22mA (Max) at DC 4V
• Coil Resistance Drive Coil 200Ω Damping Coil 720Ω

Aeronautic
Camera lensBorescope kit 31
2
 Pentax C31219 Pentax C31630

Manual Zoom, Focus and Auto (Video) Iris Lens Monofocul Manual Iris Machin Vision Lens
FEATURES FEATURES
The C31219 uses automatic exposure control along with manual zoom The Pentax C31630 is a 16 mm C-mount lens for 2/3-inch CCD industrial
and focus to adapt to changing industrial requirements. The lens has a cameras. The lens has a fast f/1.4 aperture for highly detailed images in
minimum object distance for focus of 1 meter, about 3.3 feet. At MOD and even low light conditions. Covers 38° horizontal angle of view.
the lens widest focal length 12.5mm, it will provide a scene of 2.25 feet
horizontal and 1.6 feet vertical. At full long zoom, 75mm, the lens show a SPECIFICATIONS
scene of 4.2 inches horizontal and 2.4 inches vertical. Its extreme range • Mount: C-Mount
of aperture allow for capturing images with variable action and lighting. • Image Format: 2/3”
• Focal Length: 16 mm
SPECIFICATIONS • Aperture : f/1.4 to Closed
• Image Format: 2/3-Inch CCD • Iris Type: Manual
• Focal Length : 12.5mm to 75mm Manual Zoom • Focus Type : Fixed
• Aperture : f/1.8 to f/720 • Horizontal View Angle : 38°
• Iris Type: Auto Iris • Minimum Object Distance (M.O.D.): 0.98 Feet or 0.3 Meters
• Focus Type: Manual Focus • Macro : None
• Horizontal View Angle: 28.41° Maximum at Full Wide; 4.87° Minimum • Dimensions (WxHxD) : 1.18 x 1.18 x 1.3 Inches or 30 x 30 x 33 mm
at Full Zoom • 7 mm Filter Screw
• Minimum Object Distance (M.O.D.): 3.3 Feet or 1.0 Meter • Weight 2.04 Oz./ 58 g
• Macro: None
• Dimensions (WxHxD): 2.0 x 2.0 x 3.5 Inches or 51 x 51 x 90 mm
• Filter Diameter: 75mm
• Weight 13.5 Oz./ 385 g Mount : C-Mount

Aeronautic
Camera lensBorescope kit 32
2
 Pentax C31634 Pentax C32500

2/3” Mega-Pixel Lens for Machine Vision C-Mount KF100B, KP-F120 2/3” Mega-Pixel Lens for Machine Vision C-Mount KF100B, KP-F120
FEATURES FEATURES
The C31634 is made for 2/3-inch CCD cameras with a C- lens mount. The C32500 is made for 2/3-inch CCD cameras to capture very high
CS- mount cameras can be adapted with an optional 5mm spacer. A 16 quality technical images. Machine vision or robotics are typical uses. A
mm focal length achieves a horizontal view angle of over about 31°. The 25 mm focal length achieves a horizontal view angle of 20°. Exposure
manually set iris can be locked with a built-in set-screw. must be set with a manual iris. Focus is manually adjusted also.
The minimum object distance is under 10 inches. In situations where
SPECIFICATIONS vibration may be an issue, the lock screw prevents the lens from changing
• Mount : C-Mount focus or aperture.
• Image Format : 2/3”
• Focal Length :16 mm SPECIFICATIONS
• Aperture : f/1.4 to f/16 • Mount : C-Mount
• Iris Type: Manual • Image Format : 2/3”
• Focus Type :Fixed • Focal Length: 25 mm
• Horizontal View Angle: 30.97° • Aperture : f/1.4 to f/16
• Minimum Object Distance (M.O.D.) : 9.84 Inches or 0.25 Meters • Iris Type: Manual
• Macro : None • Focus Type: Manual
• Dimensions (WxHxD) : 1.16 x 1.16 x 1.3 Inches • Horizontal View Angle : 20°
• Minimum Object Distance (M.O.D.) : 9.84 Inches or 0.25 Meters
• Macro : None
• Dimensions (WxHxD): 1.16 x 1.16 x 1.26 Inches
• Weight 1.94 Oz./ 55 g

Aeronautic
Camera lensBorescope kit 33
2
 Pentax C33500 Pentax C35001

2/3” Mega-Pixel Lens for Machine Vision C-Mount KF100B, KP-F120 Monofocul Manual Iris Machin Vision Lens
FEATURES FEATURES
Machine vision or robotics are typical uses. A 50 mm focal length achieves The Pentax C35001 has a 35mm focal length for 2/3-inch CCD C-Mount
a horizontal view angle of about 10°. Exposure must be set with manually cameras. Aperture range of f/1.6 to f/16 which provides both low-light
adjusted iris. sensitivity and excellent depth of field control. Covers a narrow 14.76°
For very technical purposes the lens has been designed for close focus on horizontal view. Manual iris/ manual focus lens.
cameras with up to 2 million pixels. The minimum object distance is about
35 inches. In situations where vibration may be an issue , the lock screw SPECIFICATIONS
prevents the lens from changing focus or aperture. • Mount : C-Mount
• Image Format : 2/3-Inch
SPECIFICATIONS • Focal Length: 50 mm
• Mount : C-Mount • Aperture: f/2.8 to f/22
• Image Format : 2/3” • Iris Type: Manual
• Focal Length: 50 mm • Focus Type: Manual
• Aperture: f/2.8 to f/22 • Horizontal View Angle : 10.05°
• Iris Type: Manual • Minimum Object Distance (M.O.D.): 35.43 Inches or 0.9 Meters
• Focus Type: Manual • Macro : None
• Horizontal View Angle: 10.05° • Dimensions (WxHxD) : 1.16 x 1.16 x 1.26 Inches or 29.5 x 29.5 x 34 mm
• Minimum Object Distance (M.O.D.) : 35.43 Inches or 0.9 Meters • 27 mm Filter Screw
• Macro: None • Width and Height are the Overall Diameter of Lens
• Dimensions (WxHxD): 1.16 x 1.16 x 1.26 Inches or 29.5 x 29.5 x 34 mm • Weight : 1.34 Oz./ 55 g
• 27 mm Filter Screw
• Weight 1.34 Oz./ 55 g

NOTES

Aeronautic
Camera lensBorescope kit 34
2
 Pentax C60607TH Pentax C60607TH
Pentax C60811

1/2” Format C-Mount for KP-M2A, KP-M22A and KP-M20 Manual Zoom, Focus and Auto (Video) Iris Lens
FEATURES FEATURES
Fast f/1.2 aperture for excellent low-light images. Approximately The C60811 provides a maximum horizontal view of 43° on a 1/2-inch
57°coverage. Manual iris and focus control. Lock screw to fix the lens CCD camera. Maximum zoom setting provides a narrow 7.73° angle of
against unintentional iris or focus setting changes. view. Lens can focus as close as 1.2 meters (approx. 4 feet). At minimum
object distance (MOD) the maximum scene dimensions are 2.8 foot
SPECIFICATIONS horizontal by 2.2 feet vertical
• Mount : C-Mount
• Image Format : 1/2” CCD SPECIFICATIONS
• Focal Length : 6 mm • Mount : C-Mount
• Aperture: f/1.2 to Closed • Image Format: 1/2-Inch CCD
• Iris Type: Manual • Focal Length: 8mm to 48mm Manual Zoom
• Focus Type: Manual • Aperture : f/1.0 to f/720
• Horizontal View Angle: 56.93° • Iris Type: Auto Iris
• Minimum Object Distance (M.O.D.) : 0.8 Feet or 0.2 Meters • Focus Type: Manual Focus
• Macro : None • Horizontal View Angle : 43.24° Maximum at Full Wide 7.73 & 3176;
• Dimensions (WxHxD) : 1.66 x 1.66 x 1.8 Inches or 42 x 42 x 46 mm Minimum at Full Zoom
• 40.5 Filter Screw • Minimum Object Distance (M.O.D.) : 3.9 Feet or 1.2 Meters
• Weight : 4.4 Oz/ 125 g • Macro : None
• Dimensions (WxHxD): 2.28 x 2.28 x 3.74 Inches or 57 x 57 x 95 mm
• Filter Diameter : 55mm
• Weight 16.4 Oz./ 465 g

Pentax C70220DCPS Pentax C60635DCPS

1/2” Format C-Mount for KP-M2A, KP-M22A and KP-M20 FEATURES

FEATURES • Pentax C60635DCPS 1/2” 6-12mm CS-Mount Lens with Auto Iris DC/
• Vari-focal 1/3” DC Day/Night Lens Video, Day/Night
• Format: 1/3” • 6-12mm F1.6-300 (DC)
• Focal Length: 2.8-6mm • Auto-Iris w/4 pin CS Day/Night
• Maximum Relative Aperture: F1.4
• Misc: Auto-Iris (DC) w/4pin CS Day/Night

Aeronautic
Camera lensBorescope kit 35
2
 Pentax C61215TH Pentax C61215

1/2” Format C-Mount for KP-M2A, KP-M22A and KP-M20
FEATURES
The Pentax C61215TH is a C-mount lens that was designed for 1/2-inch
CCD industrial cameras. Fast f/1.2 aperture for excellent low-light images.
12mm focal length lens covers more than 30°. This is a manual iris lens
with manual focus. Iris and focus rings may be locked in position on this
model.
Vari-focal 1/3” DC Day/Night Lens
FEATURES:
The Pentax C61215TH is a C-mount lens that was designed for 1/2-inch
CCD industrial cameras. Fast f/1.2 aperture for excellent low-light images.
12mm focal length lens covers more than 30°. This is a manual iris lens
with manual focus. Iris and focus rings may be locked in position on this
model.

SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS
• Mount C-Mount • Mount C-Mount
• Image Format 1/2-Inch CCD • Image Format 1/2-Inch CCD
• Focal Length 12 mm • Focal Length 12 mm
• Aperture f/1.2 to f/22 • Aperture f/1.2 to f/22
• Iris Type Manual • Iris Type Manual
• Focus Type Manual • Focus Type Manual
• Horizontal View Angle 30.18° • Horizontal View Angle 30.18°
• Minimum Object Distance (M.O.D.) : 0.8 Feet or 0.2 Meters • Minimum Object Distance (M.O.D.) : 0.8 Feet or 0.2 Meters
• Macro None • Macro None
• Dimensions (WxHxD) : 1.18 x 1.18 x 1.4 Inches or 30 x 30 x 35.5 mm • Dimensions (WxHxD) : 1.18 x 1.18 x 1.4 Inches or 30 x 30 x 35.5 mm
• 27 mm Filter Screw • 27 mm Filter Screw
• Weight 2.36 Oz/ 67 g • Weight 2.36 Oz/ 67 g

Aeronautic
Camera lensBorescope kit 36
2
 Pentax C70223DCPS Pentax C70315DCPS

Vari-focal 1/3” DC Lens Vari-focal 1/3” DC Day/Night Lens

FEATURES: FEATURES
This lens is designed to be used with CS-mount industrial cameras such The Pentax C70315 CS-mount lens utilizes a Day/Night optical system for
as robotics or other scientific applications. The wide range of aperture maximum light transmission. Appropriate for use with both Day/Night as
selection, f/1.4 to f/300 provide excellent low light and bright lighting well as conventional CCTV cameras. Equipped with a DC iris connection,
images as well as fine depth of focus control. this lens is compatible with auto iris DC enabled cameras. The lens is auto
adjusting to meet various light levels.
SPECIFICATIONS
• Mount: CS-Mount SPECIFICATIONS
• Image Format: 1/3-Inch CCD • Imager Size : 1/3”
• Focal Length: 2.8 mm to 12 mm Manual Zoom • Focal Length : 3.5-8 mm
• Aperture: f/1.4 to f/300 • Mount : CS-Mount
• Iris Type : DC-type Auto • Iris Range : 1.0-360
• Focus Type: Manual • Iris Operation: Auto iris DC
• Horizontal View Angle : 94.31° Maximum Horizontal Angle at Full Wide • Angle of View : 1/4”: 68.98-26.44 ; 1/3”: 93.22-35.26
• Minimum Object Distance (M.O.D.) : 0.98 Feet or 0.3 Meters • Filter Size: N/A
• Macro : None • Dimensions (WxHxD): 1.5 x 1.7 x 1.7” or 38.3 x 44.7 x 44.4mm
• Dimensions (WxHxD) : 1.6 x 1.8 x 1.7 Inches or 40.4 x 45.7 x 43.2 mm • Weight: 2.1 oz/ 60 g
• No Filter Screw
• Weight : 2.0 Oz/59 g

Aeronautic
Camera lensBorescope kit 37
2
 Pentax C70319 Pentax C70605

Vari-focal 1/3” DC Day/Night Lens Manual Zoom, Focus and Auto (Video) Iris Lens
FEATURES FEATURES
This 3.5-8mm DC iris varifocal lens is the most popular low cost lens in The C70605 has a wide ranging zoom function that can allow the lens
the Pentax range. It has an aperture of F1.4 and is appropriate for use to be used in multiple locations. On a 1/3-inch CCD camera maximum
in standard / poor light conditions. Compatible with 1/3” cameras to 1.3 angle of view (full wide) is over 41°. Minimum angle (full zoom) is a
megapixel. It will perform equally well on conventional Color or B&W very narrow 7.5°. Scene size can be calculated from its minimum object
cameras. distance (MOD) rated at 1.8 meters or about 4 feet. The maximum scene
size will measure approximately 2.8 foot horizontal by 2 foot vertical. The
SPECIFICATIONS narrowest scene from maximum zoom will measure about 7.2 inches
• Focal Length: F3.5-8mm horizontal by 5.4 inches.
• Iris Range : 1.4-300
• Mount: CS-Mount SPECIFICATIONS
• Horizontal Angle Of View: 1/4” 60.52-26.54 • Mount : CS-Mount
• Horizontal Angle Of View : 1/3” 82.41-35.42 • Image Format : 1/3-Inch CCD
• Filter : N/A • Focal Length : 6.3mm to 38mm Manual Zoom
• Dimensions (W X H XL) : 38.3mm x 44.7mm x 44.2mm • Aperture: f/1.8 to f/512
• Weight : 52g • Iris Type: Auto Iris
• Minimum Object Distance: 35cm • Focus Type: Manual Focus
• Horizontal View Angle: 31.26° Maximum at Full Wide 5.59 & 3176;
Minimum at Full Zoom
Pentax C70509DCPS • Minimum Object Distance (M.O.D.) : 3.96 Feet or 1.8 Meter
• Macro : None
• Dimensions (WxHxD): 2.28 x 2.28 x 3.0 Inches or 57.5 x 57.5 x 77.8 mm
• Filter Diameter : 49mm
• Weight : 11.3 Oz./ 320 g

Vari-focal 1/3” DC Lens

FEATURES
The Pentax C70509 DCPS interchangeable lens system provides a
complete line of high-quality lenses to satisfy your every creative need.
Offers a wide range of focal lengths, functions and effects for different
formats.

SPECIFICATIONS
• Type: CCTV Lens
• Lens Aperture: f/1.8
• Max Focal Length : 50 mm
• Min Focal Length : 5 mm
• Min Focus Range: 23.6 in
• Min View Angle : 5 degrees
• Optical Zoom: 10
• Max View Angle : 50 degrees
• Weight : 4.9 oz Camera lensBorescope kit
Aeronautic 38
2
 Digital CCD Microscope Section
Scopeman MS-500C
The MS-500C Micro-Scopeman is a high resolution integrated video
inspection tool suitable for both real-time industrial inspection and QA
tasks as well as targeted image capture for image processing purposes.
The flexible handheld probe incorporates both camera head and fibre
optic lighting for fast and simple acquisition of the perfect image with
unrivalled depth-of-field. The color video image can be viewed directly on
a monitor or captured by a video printer or computer for hardcopy printing
and analysis.
A range of interchangeable fixed magnification and zoom lenses is
available for most applications. Options include automatic light intensity
control and fine adjustment of the CCD camera controls. A separate
strobe light source is available for capturing very fast moving objects.
NOTES
Scopeman MS-804
Digital CCD Microscope MS-804 Scopeman is the latest in video
microscope systems integrating advanced optics, fibre optics and CCD
components. The MS-804 micro-inspection station combines high
performance with flexibility and ease of use with proprietary honeycomb
CCD camera technology at its heart. Combined with multi-exposure, high
intensity LED lighting and powerful software for fast and simple acquisition
the system delivers amazingly sharp, high resolution images (1280 x 960
pixel) with unrivalled depth-of-field.
The new system has been designed to be easy to use and includes new
features enabling it to undertake almost any micro-inspection application.
By changing the cameras shutter speed and combining ‘bright’ and ‘dark’
images the MS-804 provides a greatly enlarged dynamic range enabling
parts of a subject that are too dark or bright on other systems to be clearly
seen and captured in a single image. A new digital zoom feature enables
rapid magnification of a feature of interest improving work efficiency.
The MS-804 makes use of the latest advances in digital imaging analysis
to provide a powerful, yet easy-to-use inspection system for checking
dimensions including linear and angle measurements, area measurement
and counting plus functions based on colour extraction.
Available with a range of zoom lens (16x - 200x), X,Y and Z stages, camera
mounts and a wide variety of imaging peripherals the MS804 Scopeman is
able to adapt to undertake almost any real-time industrial micro-inspection
or QA task.
Aeronautic
DIGITAL CCD MICROSCOPE
Borescope kit 31
2
39
 Borescopes section

10mm x 68cm, 55° FoV

All of our Fixed range scopes feature: Fixed range Borescope
• color coded Direction of View:

• 0˚ Direct (Blue)
• 45˚ Fore-Oblique(Green)
• 90˚ Lateral (Red)
• 110˚ Retrograde (Yellow)

• Focusing ring
• Viewing orientation touch indicator
• Viewing orientation index in the image Part #: TS-100-000-55-068-FR
• pVc case FEaTuRES:
• Type: Fixed Range
• Diameter: 10mm (.393”)
• Working Length: 68 cm (26.771”)
• Field of View: 55°
• Direction of View: 0°
• 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”)
• Full metal handle
• Focus adjustment
• Multilayer coated optical components
• Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables
• Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter

10mm x 39cm, 55° FoV 12mm x 116cm, 55° FoV

Fixed range Borescope Fixed range Borescope

Part #: TS-100-000-55-039-FR Part #: TS-120-000-55-116-FR

FEaTuRES: FEaTuRES:
• Type: Fixed Range • Type: Fixed Range
• Diameter: 10mm (.393”) • Diameter: 12mm (.472”)
• Working Length: 39 cm (15.354”) • Working Length: 116 cm (45.6694”)
• Field of View: 55° • Field of View: 55°
• Direction of View: 0° • Direction of View: 0°
• 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”) • 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”)
• Full metal handle • Full metal handle
• Focus adjustment • Focus adjustment
• Multilayer coated optical components • Multilayer coated optical components
• Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables • Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables
• Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter • Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter

AeronAutic Borescope kit

Borescopes 40
2
 ZibraScope Section
ZibraScope
FEATURES
• Rigid standard style borescopes with achromat lenses
• Eyepiece has focus adjustment & rubber eye cup
• Available Diameters: 4.0mm and 6.0mm
• Working Length: 315mm
• Directions of View: 0°, 45°, & 90° (90° uses roof prism)
• Mirror Sleeves available for 90° direction
• Field of View: 60°
• Focus Range: 1-75mm
• Probes have ACMI light guide post
• Designed to work with ZibraLight & ZibraCam accessories
All ZibraScope probes are built with high quality achromatic lenses
for outstanding optical clarity. Priced so economically, you can stock
you toolbox with both the 4mm and 6mm diameter sizes for different
inspection applications. Each probe is made with a standard ACMI
light guide adapter for an external light source. We recommend
the ZibraLight, which is a high power Xenon flashlight optimized for
borescope use with a custom reflector. Very effective, rechargeable, and
portable. The Zibralight kit includes an AC charger and cigarette lighter
adapter for charger.
Add video capability instantly with the ZibraCam - a 380 line color CCD
camera that adapts directly to the
ZibraScope eyepiece.
For increased portability, add the ZibraPak 12V Rechargeable Battery
Pack, designed to power 12V components such as the ZibraCam,
MultiVision, or LB-24W Solarc Light Source.
ZIBRASCOPE
Aeronautic Borescope kit 32
41
2
 OEM Board Cameras Section

BE-101B 1/2” CCD BE-IR30 1/3” CCD Near IR

features features
• 1/2’ CCD Monochrome Board Camera • 1/3” Near Infrared CCD Board Camera
• 510 TV Lines of Horizontal Resolution, 50db S/N • Spectral Response above 1000 nm
• Minimum Sensitivity of 0.25 lux at f1.4 • 570 TV Lines of Resolution
• Electronic Shutter • 56 db S/N
• Field or Frame Integration • Sensitivity of 0.3 Lux at f1.4
• Internal or External Sync. Mode • Electronic Shutter
• Selectable Gamma, and AGC • Field or Frame Integration
• Dimensions of 45 (W) x 90 (D) x 10(H) mm • Selectable Gamma and AGC
• Dimensions of 32 (W)) x 20 (H) x 32 (D) mm
• Without Lens or Lens Mount

BE-IR20 1/2” CCD Near IR BE-IR31 1/3” CCD Near IR

features features
• 1/2’ Near Infrared CCD Board Camera • 1/3” Near Infrared CCD Board Camera
• Spectral Response above 1000 nm • Spectral Response above 1000 nm
• 570 TV Lines of Resolution, 56 db S/N • 570 TV Lines of Resolution
• Sensitivity of 0.3 Lux at f1.4 • 56 db S/N
• Electronic Shutter • Sensitivity of 0.3 Lux at f1.4
• Field or Frame Integration • Internal Sync Operation
• Selectable Gamma and AGC • Field or Frame Integration
• Dimensions of 34 (W) x 34 (H) x 20 (D) mm • Selectable Gamma, AGC, and Shutter Modes
• Without Lens or Lens Mount • Dimensions of 32 (W) x 20 (H) x 32 (D) mm
• Without Lens or Lens Mount

Aeronautic
OEM BOARD CAMERAS
Borescope kit 33
42
2
 Zoom section

4mm x 29cm, 90° DoV Zoom

FeAtures incLuDe orbital scan
• color coded Direction of View:

• 0˚ Direct (Blue)
• 45˚ Fore-Oblique(Green)
• 90˚ Lateral (Red)
• 110˚ Retrograde (Yellow)

• Focusing ring
• image Magnification Adjustment ring
• Viewing orientation touch indictator FEaTuRES
• Viewing orientation index in the image • Type: Zoom, Orbital Scan
• pVc case • Diameter: 4mm (.157”)
• Working Length: 29cm (11.02”)
• Field of View: 55°
• Direction of View: 90°
• Magnification: 1-2X Adjustable
• 32 mm (1.259”) diameter standard eyepiece
• Full metal handle
• Focus adjustment
• Multilayer coated optical components
• Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables
• Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter

4mm x 28cm, 0° DoV

6mm x 46cm, 0° DoV Fixed range Zoom
Fixed range Zoom

FEaTuRES FEaTuRES
• Type: Zoom, Fixed Range • Type: Zoom, Fixed Range
• Diameter: 4mm (.157”) • Diameter: 6mm (.236”)
• Working Length: 28cm (11.02”) • Working Length: 46cm (18.11”)
• Field of View: 55° • Field of View: 55°
• Direction of View: 0° • Direction of View: 0°
• Magnification: 1-2X Adjustable • Magnification: 1-2X Adjustable
• 32 mm (1.259”) diameter standard eyepiece • 32 mm (1.259”) diameter standard eyepiece
• Full metal handle • Full metal handle
• Focus adjustment • Focus adjustment
• Multilayer coated optical components • Multilayer coated optical components
• Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables • Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables
• Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter • Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter

AeronAutic Borescope kit

ZooM 34
43
2
 6mm x 47cm, 90° DOV Zoom Rigid 8mm x 44cm, 90° DOV Swing Zoom
w/ Orbital Scan Rigid Borescope

features features
• Type: Zoom, Orbital Scan • Type: Zoom, Orbital Scan
• Diameter: 6mm (.236”) • Diameter: 8mm (.314”)
• Working Length: 47cm (18.50”) • Working Length: 44cm (17.32”)
• Field of View: 55° • Field of View: 55°
• Direction of View: 90° • Direction of View: 90°
• Magnification: 1-2X Adjustable • Magnification: 1-2X Adjustable
• 32 mm (1.259”) diameter standard eyepiece • 32 mm (1.259”) diameter standard eyepiece
• Full metal handle • Full metal handle
• Focus adjustment • Focus adjustment
• Multilayer coated optical components • Multilayer coated optical components
• Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables • Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables
• Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter • Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter

6mm x 62cm, 90° DOV Zoom Rigid 8mm x 68cm, 90° DOV Zoom Rigid
Borescope w/ Orbital Scan Borescope w/ Orbital Scan

features features
• Type: Zoom, Orbital Scan • Type: Zoom, Orbital Scan
• Diameter: 6mm (.236”) • Diameter: 8mm (.314”)
• Working Length: 62cm (24.41”) • Working Length: 68cm (26.77”)
• Field of View: 55° • Field of View: 55°
• Direction of View: 90° • Direction of View: 90°
• Magnification: 1-2X Adjustable • Magnification: 1-2X Adjustable
• 32 mm (1.259”) diameter standard eyepiece • 32 mm (1.259”) diameter standard eyepiece
• Full metal handle • Full metal handle
• Focus adjustment • Focus adjustment
• Multilayer coated optical components • Multilayer coated optical components
• Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables • Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables
• Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter • Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter

Aeronautic Borescope kit

ZOOM 34
44
2
 8mm x 83cm, 90° DOV Zoom Rigid
Borescope w/ Orbital Scan

features
• Type: Zoom, Orbital Scan
• Diameter: 8mm (.314”)
• Working Length: 83cm (32.68”)
• Field of View: 55°
• Direction of View: 90°
• Magnification: 1-2X Adjustable
• 32 mm (1.259”) diameter standard eyepiece
• Full metal handle
• Focus adjustment
• Multilayer coated optical components
• Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables
• Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter

NOTES

Aeronautic Borescope kit

ZOOM 34
45
2
 Swing Zoom Section

6mm x 29cm, 50° FOV 2x

Features include Ocular Zoom
• Focusing Ring
• Scanning Ring: 45° fore-oblique
to 115° retrograde direction of view.
• Viewing arc: 20° fore-oblique to
140° retrograde.
• Viewing orientation touch indictator
• Viewing orientation index in the
image
• PVC Case
features
• Type: Ocular zoom with 1x to 2x adjustable magnification
• Diameter: 6mm (.236”)
• Working Length: 29cm (11.41”)
• Field of View: 50°
• Direction of View: Variable Viewing from 45°-115°
• 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”)
• Full metal handle
• Focus adjustment
• Multilayer coated optical components
• Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables
• Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter

6mm x 22cm, 50° FOV 2x 6mm x 45cm, 50° FOV 2x Swing Zoom
Ocular Zoom Rigid Borescope

features features
• Type: Ocular zoom with 1 to 2x adjustable magnification • Type: Ocular zoom with 1 to 2x adjustable magnification
• Diameter: 6mm (.236”) • Diameter: 6mm (.236”)
• Working Length: 22cm (11.42”) • Working Length: 45cm (17.71”)
• Field of View: 50° • Field of View: 50°
• Direction of View: Variable Viewing from 45°-115° • Direction of View: Variable Viewing from 45°-115°
• 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”) • 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”)
• Full metal handle • Full metal handle
• Focus adjustment • Focus adjustment
• Multilayer coated optical components • Multilayer coated optical components
• Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables • Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables
• Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter • Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter

Aeronautic
SWING ZOOM Borescope kit 37
46
2
 6mm x 60cm, 50° FOV 2x 8mm x 32cm, 50° FOV 2x
Ocular Zoom Ocular Zoom

features features
• Type: Ocular zoom with 1 to 2x adjustable magnification • Type: Ocular zoom with 1 to 2x adjustable magnification
• Diameter: 6mm (.236”) • Diameter: 8mm (.236”)
• Working Length: 60cm (23.62”) • Working Length: 32cm (12.59”)
• Field of View: 50° • Field of View: 50°
• Direction of View: Variable Viewing from 45°-115° • Direction of View: Variable Viewing from 45°-115°
• 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”) • 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”)
• Full metal handle • Full metal handle
• Focus adjustment • Focus adjustment
• Multilayer coated optical components • Multilayer coated optical components
• Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables • Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables
• Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter • Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter

8mm x 23cm, 50° FOV 2x 8mm x 44cm, 50° FOV 2x

Ocular Zoom Ocular Zoom

features: features:
• Type: Ocular zoom with 1 to 2x adjustable magnification • Type: Ocular zoom with 1 to 2x adjustable magnification
• Diameter: 8mm (.236”) • Diameter: 8mm (.236”)
• Working Length: 23cm (9.05”) • Working Length: 44cm (17.32”)
• Field of View: 50° • Field of View: 50°
• Direction of View: Variable Viewing from 45°-115° • Direction of View: Variable Viewing from 45°-115°
• 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”) • 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”)
• Full metal handle • Full metal handle
• Focus adjustment • Focus adjustment
• Multilayer coated optical components • Multilayer coated optical components
• Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables • Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables
• Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter • Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter

Aeronautic
SWING ZOOM Borescope kit 37
47
2
 8mm x 56cm, 50° FOV 2x 8mm x 65cm, 50° FOV 2x
Ocular Zoom Ocular Zoom

features features
• Type: Ocular zoom with 1 to 2x adjustable magnification • Type: Ocular zoom with 1 to 2x adjustable magnification
• Diameter: 8mm (.236”) • Diameter: 8mm (.236”)
• Working Length: 56cm (22.04”) • Working Length: 65cm (25.59”)
• Field of View: 50° • Field of View: 50°
• Direction of View: Variable Viewing from 45°-115° • Direction of View: Variable Viewing from 45°-115°
• 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”) • 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”)
• Full metal handle • Full metal handle
• Focus adjustment • Focus adjustment
• Multilayer coated optical components • Multilayer coated optical components
• Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables • Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables
• Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter • Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter

NOTES

Aeronautic
SWING ZOOM Borescope kit 37
48
2
 Ultraviolet Borescope Section

6mm x 47cm, 40° FOV UV Borescope

Features include
• 32mm (1.259”) diameter standard
eyepiece
• Full Metal Handle
• Focusing ring
• Image Magnification Adjustment Ring
• Viewing orientation touch indictator
• Viewing orientation index in the image
• PVC Case
features
• Type: Ultra-Violet Axil Viewing
• Diameter: 6mm (.236”)
• Working Length: 47cm (18.504”)
• Direction of View: 0°
• Field of View: 40°
• Quartz Fiber Bundle
• Detachable Light Guide Cable (Optional)
• Convert to Lateral Viewing with Optional Mirror
• Holder Sleeves
• Compatible with EFER’s Vega 600 UV Light Source

4mm x 29cm, 40° FOV UV 8mm x 44cm, 40° FOV

Axel Viewing UV Rigid Borescope

features features
• Type: Ultra-Violet Axil Viewing • Type: Ultra-Violet Axil Viewing
• Diameter: 4mm (.157”) • Diameter: 8mm (.315”)
• Working Length: 29cm (11.42”) • Working Length: 44cm (17.322”)
• Direction of View: 0° • Direction of View: 0°
• Field of View: 40° • Field of View: 40°
• Quartz Fiber Bundle • Quartz Fiber Bundle
• Detachable Light Guide Cable (Optional) • Detachable Light Guide Cable (Optional)
• Convert to Lateral Viewing with Optional Mirror • Convert to Lateral Viewing with Optional Mirror
• Holder Sleeves • Holder Sleeves
• Compatible with EFER’s Vega 600 UV Light Source • Compatible with EFER’s Vega 600 UV Light Source

Aeronautic Borescope
ULTRAVIOLET BORESCOPEkit 40
49
2
 8mm x 68cm, 40° FOV
UV Rigid Borescope

features
• Type: Ultra-Violet Axil Viewing
• Diameter: 8mm (.315”)
• Working Length: 68cm (26.771”)
• Direction of View: 0°
• Field of View: 40°
• Quartz Fiber Bundle
• Detachable Light Guide Cable (Optional)
• Convert to Lateral Viewing with Optional Mirror
• Holder Sleeves
• Compatible with EFER’s Vega 600 UV Light Source

NOTES

Aeronautic Borescope
ULTRAVIOLET BORESCOPEkit 40
50
2
 orbital scan section

4mm x 29cm, 45° DoV

All of our Fixed range scopes feature orbital scan
• color coded Direction of View:

• 0˚ Direct (Blue)
• 45˚ Fore-Oblique(Green)
• 90˚ Lateral (Red)
• 110˚ Retrograde (Yellow)

• Focusing ring
• Viewing orientation touch indictator
• Viewing orientation index in the image
FEaTuRES
• Type: 370° Orbital Scan
• pVc case • Diameter: 4mm (.157”)
• Working Length: 29 cm (11.417”)
• Field of View: 55°
• Direction of View: 45°
• 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”)
• Full metal handle
• Focus adjustment
• Multilayer coated optical components
• Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables
• Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter

4mm x 20cm, 90° DoV 4mm x 29cm, 90° DoV

orbital scan orbital scan

FEaTuRES FEaTuRES
• Type: 370° Orbital Scan • Type: 370° Orbital Scan
• Diameter: 4mm (.157”) • Diameter: 4mm (.157”)
• Working Length: 20 cm (7.874”) • Working Length: 29 cm (11.417”)
• Field of View: 55° • Field of View: 55°
• Direction of View: 90° • Direction of View: 90°
• 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”) • 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”)
• Full metal handle • Full metal handle
• Focus adjustment • Focus adjustment
• Multilayer coated optical components • Multilayer coated optical components
• Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables • Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables
• Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter • Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter

orBitAL scAn
AeronAutic Borescope kit 51
42
2
 6mm x 31cm, 45° DOV 6mm x 47cm, 110° DOV
Orbital Scan Orbital Scan

features features
• Type: 370° Orbital Scan • Type: 370° Orbital Scan
• Diameter: 6mm (.236”) • Diameter: 6mm (.236”)
• Working Length: 31 cm (12.204”) • Working Length: 47 cm (18.503”)
• Field of View: 55° • Field of View: 55°
• Direction of View: 45° • Direction of View: 110°
• 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”) • 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”)
• Full metal handle • Full metal handle
• Focus adjustment • Focus adjustment
• Multilayer coated optical components • Multilayer coated optical components
• Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables • Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables
• Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter • Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter

6mm x 31cm, 90° DOV 6mm x 47cm, 45° DOV

Orbital Scan Orbital Scan

features features
• Type: 370° Orbital Scan • Type: 370° Orbital Scan
• Diabmeter: 6mm (.236”) • Diameter: 6 mm ( .236”)
• Working Length: 31 cm (12.204”) • Working Length: 47 cm (18.503”)
• Field of View: 55° • Field of View: 55°
• Direction of View: 90° • Direction of View: 45°
• 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”) • Full metal handle
• Full metal handle • 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”)
• Focus adjustment • Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables
• Multilayer coated optical components • Focus adjustment
• Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables • Multilayer coated optical components
• Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter • Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter

Aeronautic
orbital scan
Borescope kit 42
52
2
 6mm x 47cm, 90° DOV 6mm x 62cm, 90° DOV
Orbital Scan Orbital Scan

features features
• Type: 370° Orbital Scan • Type: 370°Orbital Scan
• Diameter: 6mm (.236”) • Diameter: 6mm (.236”)
• Working Length: 47 cm (18.503”) • Working Length: 62cm (24.409”)
• Field of View: 55° • Field of View: 55°
• Direction of View: 90° • Direction of View: 90°
• 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”) • 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”)
• Full metal handle • Full metal handle
• Focus adjustment • Focus adjustment
• Multilayer coated optical components • Multilayer coated optical components
• Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables • Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables
• Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter • Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter

6mm x 62cm, 45° DOV 8mm x 101cm, 90° DOV

Orbital Scan Orbital Scan

features features
• Type: 370° Orbital Scan • Type: 370° Orbital Scan
• Diameter: 6mm (.236”) • Diameter: 8mm (.314”)
• Working Length: 62cm (24.409”) • Working Length: 101cm (39.763”)
• Field of View: 55° • Field of View: 55°
• Direction of View: 45° • Direction of View: 90°
• 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”) • 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”)
• Full metal handle • Full metal handle
• Focus adjustment • Focus adjustment
• Multilayer coated optical components • Multilayer coated optical components
• Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables • Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables
• Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter • Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter

Aeronautic
orbital scan
Borescope kit 42
53
2
 8mm x 130cm, 90° DOV 8mm x 25cm, 110° DOV
Orbital Scan Orbital Scan

features features
• Type: 370° Orbital Scan • Type: 370° Orbital Scan
• Diameter: 8mm (.314”) • Diameter: 8mm (.314”)
• Working Length: 130cm (51.181”) • Working Length: 25cm (9.842”)
• Field of View: 55° • Field of View: 55°
• Direction of View: 90° • Direction of View: 110°
• 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”) • 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”)
• Full metal handle • Full metal handle
• Focus adjustment • Focus adjustment
• Multilayer coated optical components • Multilayer coated optical components
• Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables • Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables
• Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter • Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter

8mm x 159cm, 90° DOV 8mm x 25cm, 90° DOV

Orbital Scan Orbital Scan

features features
• Type: 370° Orbital Scan • Type: 370° Orbital Scan
• Diameter: 8mm (.314”) • Diameter: 8mm (.314”)
• Working Length: 159cm (62.598”) • Working Length: 25cm (9.842”)
• Field of View: 55° • Field of View: 55°
• Direction of View: 90° • Direction of View: 90°
• 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”) • 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”)
• Full metal handle • Full metal handle
• Focus adjustment • Focus adjustment
• Multilayer coated optical components • Multilayer coated optical components
• Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables • Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables
• Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter • Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter
• Viewing orientation index in the image
• PVC Case

Aeronautic
orbital scan
Borescope kit 42
54
2
 8mm x 35cm, 45° DOV 8mm x 44cm, 110° DOV
Orbital Scan Orbital Scan

features features
• Type: 370° Orbital Scan • Type: 370° Orbital Scan
• Diameter: 8mm (.314”) • Diameter: 8mm (.314”)
• Working Length: 35cm (13.779”) • Working Length: 44cm (17.322”)
• Field of View: 55° • Field of View: 55°
• Direction of View: 45° • Direction of View: 110°
• 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”) • 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”)
• Full metal handle • Full metal handle
• Focus adjustment • Focus adjustment
• Multilayer coated optical components • Multilayer coated optical components
• Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables • Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables
• Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter • Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter

8mm x 35cm, 90° DOV 8mm x 44cm, 45° DOV

Orbital Scan Orbital Scan

features features
• Type: 370° Orbital Scan • Type: 370° Orbital Scan
• Diameter: 8mm (.314”) • Diameter: 8mm (.314”)
• Working Length: 35cm (13.779”) • Working Length: 44cm (17.322”)
• Field of View: 55° • Field of View: 55°
• Direction of View: 90° • Direction of View: 45°
• 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”) • 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”)
• Full metal handle • Full metal handle
• Focus adjustment • Focus adjustment
• Multilayer coated optical components • Multilayer coated optical components
• Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables • Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables
• Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter • Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter

Aeronautic
orbital scan
Borescope kit 42
55
2
 8mm x 44cm, 90° DOV 8mm x 45cm, 90° DOV
Fixed Range w/ Orbital Scan Rigid Borescope w/ Orbital Scan

features features
• Type: 370° Orbital Scan • Type: 370° Orbital Scan
• Diameter: 8mm (.314”) • Diameter: 8mm (.314”)
• Working Length: 44cm (17.322”) • Working Length: 45cm (17.716”)
• Field of View: 55° • Field of View: 10°
• Direction of View: 90° • Direction of View: 90°
• 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”) • 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”)
• Full metal handle • Full metal handle
• Focus adjustment • Focus adjustment
• Multilayer coated optical components • Multilayer coated optical components
• Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables • Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables
• Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter • Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter

8mm x 44cm, 90° DOV 8mm x 68cm, 45° DOV

Rigid Borescope w/ Orbital Scan Rigid Borescope w/ Orbital Scan

features features
• Type: 370°Orbital Scan • Type: 370° Orbital Scan
• Diameter: 8mm (.314”) • Diameter: 8mm (.314”)
• Working Length: 44cm (17.322”) • Working Length: 68 cm (26.771”)
• Field of View: 35° • Field of View: 55°
• Direction of View: 90° • Direction of View: 45°
• 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”) • Full metal handle
• Full metal handle • 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”)
• Focus adjustment • Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables
• Multilayer coated optical components • Focus adjustment
• Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables • Multilayer coated optical components
• Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter • Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter

Aeronautic
orbital scan
Borescope kit 42
56
2
 8mm x 68cm, 90° DOV 8mm x 83cm, 90° DOV
Rigid Borescope w/ Orbital Scan Rigid Borescope w/ Orbital Scan

features features
• Type: 370°Orbital Scan • Type: 370° Orbital Scan
• Diameter: 8mm (.314”) • Diameter: 8mm (.314”)
• Working Length: 68cm (26.771”) • Working Length: 83cm (32.677”)
• Field of View: 55° • Field of View: 55°
• Direction of View: 90° • Direction of View: 90°
• 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”) • 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”)
• Full metal handle • Full metal handle
• Focus adjustment • Focus adjustment
• Multilayer coated optical components • Multilayer coated optical components
• Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables • Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables
• Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter • Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter

8mm x 83cm, 45° DOV 10mm x 101cm, 90°

Rigid Borescope w/ Orbital Scan DOV w/ Orbital Scan

features: features:
• Type: 370° Orbital Scan • Type: 370° Orbital Scan
• Diameter: 8mm (.314”) • Diameter: 10mm (.393”)
• Working Length: 83cm (32.677”) • Working Length: 101cm (39.763”)
• Field of View: 55° • Field of View: 55°
• Direction of View: 45° • Direction of View: 90°
• 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”) • 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”)
• Full metal handle • Full metal handle
• Focus adjustment • Focus adjustment
• Multilayer coated optical components • Multilayer coated optical components
• Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables • Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables
• Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter • Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter

Aeronautic
orbital scan
Borescope kit 42
57
2
 10mm x 39cm, 45° DOV w/ Orbital Scan 10mm x 41cm, 90° DOV w/ Orbital Scan

features features
• Type: 370° Orbital Scan • Type: 370° Orbital Scan
• Diameter: 10mm (.393”) • Diameter: 10mm (.393”)
• Working Length: 39cm (15.354”) • Working Length: 41cm (16.141”)
• Field of View: 55° • Field of View: 10°
• Direction of View: 45° • Direction of View: 90°
• 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”) • 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”)
• Full metal handle • Full metal handle
• Focus adjustment • Focus adjustment
• Multilayer coated optical components • Multilayer coated optical components
• Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables • Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables
• Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter • Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter

10mm x 39cm, 90° DOV w/ Orbital Scan 10mm x 54cm, 90° DOV w/ Orbital Scan

features features
• Type: 370° Orbital Scan • Type: 370° Orbital Scan
• Diameter: 10mm (.393”) • Diameter: 10mm (.393”)
• Working Length: 39cm (15.354”) • Working Length: 54cm (21.259”)
• Field of View: 55° • Field of View: 55°
• Direction of View: 90° • Direction of View: 90°
• 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”) • 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”)
• Full metal handle • Full metal handle
• Focus adjustment • Focus adjustment
• Multilayer coated optical components • Multilayer coated optical components
• Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables • Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables
• Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter • Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter

Aeronautic
orbital scan
Borescope kit 42
58
2
 10mm x 68cm, 45° DOV w/ Orbital Scan 12mm x 116cm, 90° DOV w/ Orbital Scan

features features
• Type: 370° Orbital Scan • Type: 370° Orbital Scan
• Diameter: 10mm (.393”) • Diameter: 12mm (.472”)
• Working Length: 68cm (26.771”) • Working Length: 116cm (45.669”)
• Field of View: 55° • Field of View: 55°
• Direction of View: 45° • Direction of View: 90°
• 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”) • 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”)
• Full metal handle • Full metal handle
• Focus adjustment • Focus adjustment
• Multilayer coated optical components • Multilayer coated optical components
• Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables • Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables
• Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter • Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter

10mm x 68cm, 90° DOV w/ Orbital Scan 12mm x 140cm, 90° DOV w/ Orbital Scan

features features
• Type: 370° Orbital Scan • Type: 370° Orbital Scan
• Diameter: 10mm (.393”) • Diameter: 12mm (.472”)
• Working Length: 68cm (26.771”) • Working Length: 140cm (55.118”)
• Field of View: 55° • Field of View: 55°
• Direction of View: 90° • Direction of View: 90°
• 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”) • 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”)
• Full metal handle • Full metal handle
• Focus adjustment • Focus adjustment
• Multilayer coated optical components • Multilayer coated optical components
• Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables • Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables
• Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter • Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter

Aeronautic
orbital scan
Borescope kit 42
59
2
 12mm x 35cm, 90° DOV w/ Orbital Scan 12mm x 66cm, 90° DOV w/ Orbital Scan

features features
• Type: 370° Orbital Scan • Type: 370° Orbital Scan
• Diameter: 12mm (.472”) • Diameter: 12mm (.472”)
• Working Length: 35cm (13.779”) • Working Length: 66cm (25.984”)
• Field of View: 55° • Field of View: 55°
• Direction of View: 90° • Direction of View: 90°
• 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”) • 32 mm diameter standard eyepiece (1.259”)
• Full metal handle • Full metal handle
• Focus adjustment • Focus adjustment
• Multilayer coated optical components • Multilayer coated optical components
• Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables • Removable connectors for compatibility with other brands of light cables
• Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter • Optical systems optimized for each instrument diameter

NOTES

Aeronautic
orbital scan
Borescope kit 42
60
2
 Low Cost Industrial Section

Features include: MAIN APPLICATIONS:

• Use of multiple glass rods rather than high-priced miniature lens lowers
costs.
• No distortions, blurring, or other lens aberrations because of special
construction.
• Possible to focus on objects from arbitrary distance to scope tip.
• Attach a digital camera or digital video camera using special digital
conversion adapter (optional)
• Attach side-view adapter and rotate to get 360°side viewing angle.
Optional light guide for cable connection to a conventional light source.
Manufacturing Industry: Quality control (internal/external), non-
destructive inspections, close-up visual inspections of die holes.
Gunsmith/Firearms: Inspection of small arms, illuminate bullets and
barrrel,inspect chamber and bullets.
Aircraft/Automotive: Inspection of engines, pistons, door lock
mechanisms and aircraft turbine blades.
Construction: Inspection of security systems and building maintenance.
Pest Inspection/Biology: Residential and commercial pest inspection,
observation of insects and other organisms.

Low Cost Industrial 2.4mm x 102mm Low Cost Industrial 4.2mm x 180mm
Fiberscope Fiberscope

features
• Model #: LCBS2.4-102
• Diameter: 2.4mm (.094”)- SCOPE ONLY 3.0mm(.118”) W/ 90° Side Tip
• Effective Length: 102mm (4.015”) SCOPE ONLY 95mm (.740”)
w/ 90° Side Tip
• Direction of View: Forward or 90° Side View Tip
• Field of View: 32°
• Battery handle lighting with adjustable intensity
• Supplied with 90° side viewing mirror tip and carrying case
features
• Model #: LCBS4.2-180
• Diameter: 4.2mm (.165”)- SCOPE ONLY 5.0mm(.196”) W/ 90° Side Tip
• Effective Length: 180mm (7.086”) SCOPE ONLY 161mm (6.338”)
w/ 90° Side Tip
• Direction of View: Forward or 90° Side View Tip
• Field of View: 37°
• Battery handle lighting with adjustable intensity
• Supplied with 90° side viewing mirror tip and carrying case

Low Cost Industrial 2.4mm x 185mm Low Cost Industrial 4.2mm x 305mm
Fiberscope Fiberscope

features features
• Model #: LCBS2.4-185 • Model #: LCBS4.2-305
• Diameter: 2.4mm (.094”)- SCOPE ONLY 3.0mm(.118”) W/ 90° Side Tip • Diameter: 4.2mm (.165”)- SCOPE ONLY 5.0mm(.196”) w/ 90° Side Tip
• Effective Length: 185mm (7.283”) SCOPE ONLY 195mm (7.677”) • Effective Length: 305mm (12.007”) SCOPE ONLY 286mm (11.259”)
w/ 90° Side Tip w/ 90° Side Tip
• Direction of View: Forward or 90° Side View Tip • Direction of View: Forward or 90° Side View Tip Field of View: 37°
• Field of View: 32° • Battery handle lighting with adjustable intensity
• Battery handle lighting with adjustable intensity • Supplied with 90° side viewing mirror tip and carrying case
• Supplied with 90° side viewing mirror tip and carrying case
low cost industrial
Aeronautic Borescope kit 61
52
2
 Low Cost Industrial 6.35mm x 180mm Low Cost Industrial 4.2mm x 435mm
Fiberscope Fiberscope

features
• Model #: LCBS6.35-180
• Diameter: 6.35mm (.25”)- SCOPE ONLY 8.0mm(.314”) w/ 90° Side Tip
• Effective Length: 180mm (7.086”) SCOPE ONLY 160mm (6.299”)
w/ 90° Side Tip
• Direction of View: Forward or 90° Side View Tip
• Field of View: 42°
• Battery handle lighting with adjustable intensity
• Supplied with 90° side viewing mirror tip and carrying case
features
• Model #: LCBS4.2-435
• Diameter: 4.2mm (.165”)- SCOPE ONLY 5.0mm(.196”) W/ 90° Side Tip
• Effective Length: 435mm (17.125”) SCOPE ONLY 416mm (16.377”)
w/ 90° Side Tip
• Direction of View: Forward or 90° Side View Tip
• Field of View: 37°
• Battery handle lighting with adjustable intensity
• Supplied with 90° side viewing mirror tip and carrying case

Low Cost Industrial 6.35mm x 305mm Low Cost Industrial 6.35mm x 435mm
Fiberscope Fiberscope

features
• Model #: LCBS6.35-305
• Diameter: 6.35mm (.25”)- SCOPE ONLY 8.0mm(.314”) W/ 90° Side Tip
• Effective Length: 305mm (12.007”) SCOPE ONLY 285mm (11.220”)
w/ 90° Side Tip
• Direction of View: Forward or 90° Side View Tip
• Field of View: 42°
• Battery handle lighting with adjustable intensity
• Supplied with 90° side viewing mirror tip and carrying case
features
• Model #: LCBS6.35-435
• Diameter: 6.35mm (.25”)- SCOPE ONLY 8.0mm(.314”) W/ 90° Side Tip
• Effective Length: 435mm (17.125”) SCOPE ONLY 415mm (16.338”)
w/ 90° Side Tip
• Direction of View: Forward or 90° Side View Tip
• Field of View: 42°
• Battery handle lighting with adjustable intensity
• Supplied with 90° side viewing mirror tip and carrying case

Aeronautic
low cost industrial
Borescope kit 52
62
2
 Sewer Pipe Inspection Section

IPG # 7845 Camera Cable IPG #3816 Cable Reel/Winder

#7845 Camera Cable, 165ft. (50m), without metric marking. For ease of For VIS2000-PRO Monitor # 6846. Same as #7816 but made for PRO
use of monitor and camera. monitor.

IPG # 9172 Camera Cable IPG #3820 L24 Camera Locator Set

#9172 Camera Cable: 65ft. (20m), with metric marking. Used with reel
for ease of use of monitor and camera.
• 32kHz transmitter, receiver, headset.
• Pinpoints the precise location of the camera head inside pipes,
wall structures, or even underground.
• Audible and visual signals
• Depth localization is also possible by triangulation.

IPG #3822 Camera Viper 36 IPG #3590 Stabilization Ring

#3822 #3590
• Accommodates GRP camera rods 7mm dia. Up to 100ft. For stabilization of camera head when pushing
• Has integrated distance measurement (shown on display) and with rod. Can be screwed onto the camera head or the roller guide.
integrated stand.
• Supplied with 8ft. (2.5m) connection cable to monitor.
• GRP camera rod not included
Aeronautic
sewer pipe inspection
Borescope kit 55
63
2
 IPG #6846 VIS2000-PRO 6.5”
IPG #3847 Protection Sleeve
Color Monitor

#3847 #6846 VIS2000-PRO 6.5” Color Monitor

Improves ability to take bends and protects the camera head.
• Includes 128MB CF card and reader
• Leather bag w/glare protection
IPG #5824 Aluminum Transport Case • Shoulder belt power supply
• 1V analog video IN/OUT (RCA plug)
• 7.2V NiMh batteries
• Easy keypad operation. On screen display w/ distance measurement,
date & time stamp, user defined display content.
• Resolution of 640x480 Pixels (PAL) or 768x512 Pixels (NTSC).

ALSO SEE
#6838: Leather case VIS2000/ VIS2000-Pro
#6837: Power Supply VIS2000-Pro
#8637: Adapter cable for 12V car connection

IPG #5824 Aluminum Transport Case

For Camera Vipers and Accessories

• XXL w/ Shoulder Strap

• Inner Size: 17.5” x 18.1” x 9.6”

IPG #6817 VIS2000 Miniature Color

IPG #7005 Gooseneck
Camera Head

IPG #7005 Gooseneck IPG #6817 VIS2000 Miniature Color Camera Head
For All Camera Heads VIS2000 Optional Accessory
• Includes leather case
• The flex and stay gooseneck remains in a bent position allowing for • 1” Diameter
easy inspection of difficult to reach areas. • Flexible for bending around corners
• Gooseneck length is 36” long plus 36” long connection cable. • Waterproof (IP68) up to 100 feet
• 1/3” CMOS
• 3.0 Lux
• 120° Field of View
• 12 white LEDs

Aeronautic
sewer pipe inspection
Borescope kit 55
64
2
 IPG #7305 GRP IPG #7306 GRP
Camera Rod- 16 ft. Sleeve Camera Rod -100ft.(30m) long

IPG #7305 GRP Camera Rod IPG #7306 GRP Camera Rod
For use with Pan and Tilt Camera Heads For use with Pan and Tilt Camera Head

• GRP Camera Rod: 16ft. (5m) long • GRP Camera Rod100ft.(30m) long
• Red, Stiff, 7mm diameter • Red, Stiff, 7mm diameter
• For inspection of pipes from 4” diameter. • For inspection of pipes from 4” diameter.
• Can also be used to inspect chimneys from 8” x 8” in size. • Can also be used to inspect chimneys from 8” x 8” in size.

IPG #7307 Camera Viper 42 w/ GRP IPG #7308 Camera Viper 36 W/ GRP
Camera Rod Camera Rod

IPG #7307 Camera Viper 42 w/ GRP Camera Rod IPG #7308 Camera Viper 36 W/ GRP Camera Rod
For use with Pan and Tilt Camera Heads For use with Mini Camera Heads

• Supplied with 7mm diameter, 100ft. (30m) red, stiff GRP camera rod.
• For inspection of pipes from 3” diameter and chimneys up to 10” x 10”.
• Integrated distance measurement shows on display.
• For inspection of pipes from 1 1/2” diameter with multiple 90° bends
and chimneys from 5 1/2” x 5 1/2” in size.
• Integrated distance measurement shows on display.
• Supplied with 6mm diameter, 65ft. (20m) long, black, flexible GRP
camera rod.
• The viper can adapt camera rods of various diameter w/ lengths up to
100ft. (30m).

Aeronautic
sewer pipe inspection
Borescope kit 55
65
2
 IPG #7309 Camera Viper 42 w/ GRP IPG #7805 VIS98 Pan/Tilt,Black/White
Camera Rod Camera Head

IPG #7309 Camera Viper 42 w/ GRP Camera Rod IPG #7805 VIS98 Pan & Tilt, Black/ White Camera Head
For use with Pan and Tilt Camera Heads VIS2000 Optional Accessory

• For inspection of pipes from 3” diameter and chimneys up to 10” x 10”.
• Integrated distance measurement shows on display.
• Supplied w/ 7mm diameter, 65ft. (20m) long, red, stiff GRP camera rod.
• For inspection of pipes from 1 1/2” diameter with multiple 90° bends
and chimneys from 5 1/2” x 5 1/2” in size.
• Integrated distance measurement shows on display.
• Supplied with 6mm diameter, 65ft. (20m) long, black, flexible GRP
camera rod.
• The viper can adapt camera rods of various diameter w/ lengths up to
100ft. (30m).

IPG #7802 Replacement Glass Dome IPG #7812- Camera Cable

#7802 Replacement Glass Dome #7812 Camera Cable

VIS2000 Optional Accessory For Pan and Tilt Camera Heads

• For Pan & Tilt camera heads 100ft. (30m), with metric marking. For ease of use of monitor and camera.

IPG #7816 Cable Reel/Winder

#7816 Cable Reel/Winder

For VIS2000 Monitor # 7911

• Designed for camera cable lengths up to 100ft (30m).

Cable not included
• Integrated distance measurement shows on monitor display.
• Collapsible stand legs adjustable camera holder.
• Comes with shoulder strap and connecting cable to monitor. Aeronautic
sewer pipe inspection
Borescope kit 55
66
2
 IPG #7818 GRP Camera Rod - IPG #7821 GRP Camera Rod -
65ft. (20m) long 16ft. (5m) long

IPG #7818 GRP Camera Rod - IPG #7805 VIS98 Pan & Tilt, Black/ White Camera Head
For use with Mini Camera Heads VIS2000 Optional Accessory

• GRP Camera Rod-65ft. (20m) long
• Black, Flexible, 6mm diameter
• For inspection of pipes from 1 1/2” diameter with 90° bows.
• Can also be used to inspect chimneys from 5 1/2” x 5 1/2” in size.
• For inspection of pipes from 1 1/2” diameter with multiple 90° bends
and chimneys from 5 1/2” x 5 1/2” in size.
• Integrated distance measurement shows on display.
• Supplied with 6mm diameter, 65ft. (20m) long, black, flexible GRP
camera rod.
• The viper can adapt camera rods of various diameter w/ lengths
up to 100ft. (30m).

IPG #7819 GRP Camera Rod -

IPG #7821 GRP Camera Rod - 16ft. (5m)
100ft. (30m) long

IPG #7819 GRP Camera Rod IPG #7821 GRP Camera Rod
For use with Mini Camera Heads For use with Mini Camera Heads

• GRP Camera Rod - 100ft. (30m) long
• Black, Flexible, 6mm diameter
• For inspection of pipes from 1 1/2” diameter with 90° bows.
• Can also be used to inspect chimneys
from 5 1/2” x 5 1/2” in size.
• 16ft. (5m) long Black, Flexible, 6mm diameter
• For inspection of pipes from 1 1/2” diameter with 90° bows.
• Can also be used to inspect chimneys from 5 1/2” x 5 1/2” in size.

Aeronautic
sewer pipe inspection
Borescope kit 55
67
2
 IPG #7853 VIS2000 Pan &
IPG #7822 Camera Viper 42
Tilt Color Camera Head

#7816 Cable Reel/Winder For VIS2000 Monitor # 7911 IPG #7853 VIS2000 Pan & Tilt Color Camera Head

• Accommodates GRP camera rods 7mm dia.up to 100ft. long • Includes leather case
• Has integrated distance measurement (shown on display) and • 2” diameter. 360 ° pan x 180° tilt
integrated stand. • Low light sensitive 0.4 Lux CCD
• Supplied with 8ft. (2.5m) connection cable to monitor. • 6 switchable, superbright white LED high beams for extra illumination.
• GRP camera rod not included. • Water and dust sealed (IP64).

IPG #7829 GRP Camera Rod -

IPG #7863 Protection Sleeve
65ft. (20m) long

IPG #7829 GRP Camera Rod For use with Pan and Tilt Camera Heads #7863 Protection Sleeve -For Mini Camera Head

• GRP Camera Rod- 65ft. (20m) long • Provides extra protection from direct hits.
• Red, Stiff, 7mm diameter
• For inspection of pipes from 4” diameter.
• Can also be used to inspect chimneys from 8” x 8” in size.

IPG #7826 Camera Roller Guide

W/ Protection Cage

#7826 Camera Roller Guide W/ Protection Cage

For Pan and Tilt Camera Head

• Recommended for larger pipes for vertical or horizontal inspection.

Simple assembly onto camera head. Stainless steel dome protection.
Guided by 5 wheels.
Aeronautic
sewer pipe inspection
Borescope kit 68
55
 IPG #7911 VIS2000 Color 5.5” Monitor IPG #8633 Camera Centering Loop

#7911 VIS2000 Color 5.5” Monitor IPG #8633 Camera Centering Loop For Pan and Tilt Camera Head

• NOT PRO series, but compatible • Used for guiding and centering camera head in vertical pipes or vents
• Leather bag w/glare protection • Stainless steel spring prevents rotating and oscillating of camera head
• Shoulder belt • Spring is adjustable to pipes sizes up to 14”
• Power supply
• 1V analog video OUT (RCA plug)
• 12V NiMh batteries
• Easy navigation w/ joystick
• On screen display w/ distance measurement, date & time stamp,10
digit alphanumeric title input.
• Resolution of 960 x 234 Pixels (PAL or NTSC).

ALSO SEE
#6838: Leather case VIS2000/ VIS2000-PRO
#51878: Power Supply VIS2000
#8637: Adapter cable for 12V car connection

IPG #7923 Side View Mirror IPG #8636: Extension Cable

#7923 Side View Mirror For Mini camera head #8636 Extension Cable For Pan and Tilt Camera Heads

• Provides 90° partial picture for inspection of the inner walls of • #8636 Extension Cable, 33ft. (10m) with metric marking.
small pipes and around corners. For ease of use of monitor and camera.

Aeronautic
sewer pipe inspection
Borescope kit 55
69
2
 IPG #9377 LED Supplementary Light IPG #9548 Camera Trolley

IPG #9377 LED Supplementary Light For Pan and Tilt Camera Heads IPG #9548 Camera Trolley For Pan and Tilt Camera Heads

• White LED bulbs • Used for inspection of horizontal pipes from 6” diameter.
• Comes with battery pack with (4) 1.5V Mignon batteries Can only be used with camera sets with cable and additional
• Cordura carrying bag. sweeping viper to push the camera head forward.
• Adapters included for connection to mini and larger vipers.
6.3” x 4.5” x 4.7”
• #8637: Adapter cable for 12V car connection

IPG #9549 Maxi Adapter For

IPG #IC001 Digital Image Converter
Camera Trolley

IPG #9549 Maxi Adapter For Camera Trolley #IC001 Digital Image Converter
#3748 Multimedia Player Accessory
• For inspection of larger pipes and ducts from 11.8” diameter.
13.8” x 6.9” x 4.9” • Allows images or videos to be transferred to a computer.

Aeronautic
sewer pipe inspection
Borescope kit 55
70
2
 IPG 220 Stationary Insp Kit
IPG 220 1” Stationary Inspection Kit- 65’ Pushrod
The IPG 220 compact service camera system is the ultimate value
package for visual inspection of pipes ranging from 1 1/4” to 6” in
diameter. The 1” mini color camera head delivers a crystal clear image
of any internal piping problem and is waterproof to a depth of 100 feet,
making it perfect for water and sewer lines. 12 superbright white LEDs
provide ample light with AGC (Automatic Gain Control) to prevent hot
spots. Dual 12V rechargable batteries allow for over 3 hours of cordless
operation. The TFT monitor provides brilliant picture quality which can
be documented to a VCR or other electronic device through its RCA
video output. The glass-fiber plastic rod (6mm diameter) pushes the
camera head through 90° bends with ease. Distance indications on the
pushrod cable pinpoint the exact location of the problem.
APPLICATIONS
• Internal Inspection of pipework from 1 1/4” to 6” diameter.
• Sewer Pipes
• Residential/Commercial Plumbing
• HVAC Ductwork
• Chimney Inspection
ADVANTAGES
• 1” Color Camera head with durable stainless steel housing
• Waterproof up to 100 feet
• Hinged 5.5 high resolution monitor with 6’ cable
• RCA video output for recording device
• Dual rechargeable 12V batteries included
• Flexible fiberglass pushrod with distance measurement- 65’
IPG 230 Stationary Insp. Kit
PG 230 1” Stationary Inspection Kit- 100’ Pushrod
The IPG 230 compact service camera system is the ultimate value
package for visual inspection of pipes ranging from 1 1/4” to 6” in
diameter. The 1” mini color camera head delivers a crystal clear image
of any internal piping problem and is waterproof to a depth of 100 feet,
making it perfect for water and sewer lines. 12 superbright white LEDs
provide ample light with AGC (Automatic Gain Control) to prevent hot
spots. Dual 12V rechargable batteries allow for over 3 hours of cordless
operation. The TFT monitor provides brilliant picture quality which can
be documented to a VCR or other electronic device through its RCA
video output. The glass-fiber plastic rod (6mm diameter) pushes the
camera head through 90° bends with ease. Distance indications on the
pushrod cable pinpoint the exact location of the problem.
APPLICATIONS
• Internal Inspection of pipework from 1 1/4” to 6” diameter.
• Sewer Pipes
• Residential/Commercial Plumbing
• HVAC Ductwork
• Chimney Inspection
ADVANTAGES
• 1” Color Camera head with durable stainless steel housing
• Waterproof up to 100 feet
• Hinged 5.5 high resolution monitor with 6’ cable
• RCA video output for recording device
• Dual rechargeable 12V batteries included
• Flexible fiberglass pushrod with distance measurement- 100’.
Aeronautic
sewer pipe inspection
Borescope kit 55
71
2
 IPG VIS2000 #3312 IPG VIS2000 #6843

IPG VIS2000 #3312 IPG VIS2000 #6843- 2” Pan and Tilt

This economical unit in the VIS2000 PRO series features a 1” miniature
color camera head ( pan and tilt functions not available) to enable
inspection of smaller diameter structures. The camera head is driven by
a 65 ft. long (6mm diameter) GRP camera rod with integrated distance
measurement that shows on the large TFT display. Digital memory
enables direct documentation of images and video
The IPG VIS2000 is an extremely versatile video inspection system.
With a pan and tilt camera head, digital image capture, video recording
and distance emasurement, it’s perfect for practically any application.
The VIS2000-#6843 combines innovative technology, portability and
practicality in affordable, easy to use systems. Horizontal or vertical,
elbows or bends, top-down or bottom up, the VIS2000 has it covered.

APPLICATIONS APPLICATIONS
• Ideal for horizontal or vertical inspection of pipes from • Ideal for horizontal or vertical inspection of pipes from 4” in
1 1/4” to 6” diameter diameter and up.
• Chimneys • Chimneys
• Water/Sewer Pipes • Water/Sewer Pipes
• HVAC Units • HVAC Units
• Flue Lines • Flue Lines
• Ductwork
FEATURES
SYSTEM INCLUDES • 360° x 180° pan and tilt color CCD camera
• VIS2000-PRO Color Monitor with 6.5” TFT/LCD Display • GRP camera rod - 65ft x 7mm dia.
• Leather Carrying Bag With Glare Protection & Shoulder Strap • Digital memory for pictures and videos
• 1” Color Camera Head (WATERPROOF up to 100ft.) • Large 6.5” color TFT display
• 65ft. GRP Camera Rod (6mm Ø) On Viper • Output for analog video signal
• 128MB Compact Flash Card & 2.0 USB Reader • Splash-proof camera head - 2” diameter
• VIS2000-Pro Power Supply • Menu insertion - length, date, time, title
• Switchable additional LEDs
• Aluminum Transport Case
• On-screen distance measurement

Aeronautic
sewer pipe inspection
Borescope kit 55
72
2
 IPG VIS2000 #6845 IPG VIS2000 #7945

IPG VIS2000 #6845- 2” Pan and Tilt IPG VIS2000 #7945- 2” Pan and Tilt

The IPG VIS2000 is an extremely versatile video inspection system.
With a pan and tilt camera head, digital image capture, video recording
and distance emasurement, it’s perfect for practically any application.
The VIS2000-#6845 combines innovative technology, portability and
practicality in affordable, easy to use systems. Horizontal or vertical,
elbows or bends, top-down or bottom up, the VIS2000 has it covered.
The IPG VIS2000 is an extremely versatile video inspection system.
With a pan and tilt camera head, digital image capture, video recording
and distance emasurement, it’s perfect for practically any application.
The VIS2000-#7945 combines innovative technology, portability and
practicality in affordable, easy to use systems. Horizontal or vertical,
elbows or bends, top-down or bottom up, the VIS2000 has it covered.

APPLICATIONS APPLICATIONS
• Ideal for horizontal or vertical inspection of pipes from 4” in • For top-down inspection of chimneys, ventilation ducts, and pipes
diameter and up. from 4” in diameter or larger.
• Chimneys
• Water/Sewer Pipes
• HVAC Units FEATURES
• Integrated distance measurement provides accurate location
• Flue Lines of damages
• Can be used in larger diameter shafts with .04 Lux pan and tilt
FEATURES camera head and bright illumination
• 360° x 180° pan and tilt color CCD camera • Easy operation and centering with optional STAR brushes
• GRP camera rod - 100ft x 7mm dia. • Cable reel makes storage and use of video cable simple
• Digital memory for pictures and videos • Reel acts as monitor tripod - collapsible legs and carrying -
• Large 6.5” color TFT display strap enable easy transport
• Output for analog video signal • Digital memory for pictures and videos
• Splash-proof camera head - 2” diameter • Large 6.5” color TFT display
• Menu insertion - length, date, time, title • Output for analog video signal
• Switchable additional LEDs • Splash-proof camera head - 2” diameter
• On-screen distance measurement • Menu insertion - length, date, time, title
• Switchable additional LEDs
• 360° x 180° pan and tilt color CCD camera
• 65ft camera cable with metric marking

Aeronautic
sewer pipe inspection
Borescope kit 55
73
2
 Videoscopes Section

iTool Series
The iTool System is a practical and user-friendly videoscope system at the cutting edge of industrial RVI. This compact system is easily
transported, uncomplicated to set-up, and straight forward to use. Equipped with a selection of essential features, this advanced equipment can
accomplish any RVI task - from simple visual checks to critical inspection procedures.

Each iTool Series Basic Videoscope Kit consists of the Our Basic kit loaded with additional accessories to keep your
following: inspectors prepared for mishaps and changing inspection
requirements. We’ve taken the guesswork out of ordering by
1) iTool Industrial Videoscope supplying the most requested items in one complete kit- at a
Supplied With: significant cost savings as compared to purchasing these items
separately. This economical package will keep your inspec-
• 90 ° Field of View Objective Lens tions running smoothly and save you a great deal of time and
• 58 ° Field of View Objective Lens money
• Objective Lens Removal Tool
• Objective Lens Removal Tool Case
VS0-6-1200 6mm x 12.0m Basic Kit
2) iTool Video Imaging Hub Set
Supplied With:

• 100-240V AC Power Module and Cable

• Headset and Microphone
• 64MB Compact Flash Card
• 6.6ft USB Cable
• File Commander Software
• Operating Manual

3) iCase Rolling Transport & Storage Case

iTool Series Industrial Videoscope Basic Kit
Each iTool Custom Videoscope Kit consists of the following:
VS0-6-1200 6mm x 12.0m Basic Kit
•i Tool Industrial Videoscope (in your specified size) • Videoscope Model: VS0-6-1200
•i Tool Video Imaging Hub Set • Diameter: 6.0mm (0.236 in)
• Working Length: 12.0m (39.4 ft)
•i Case Rolling Transport and Storage Case
• Articulation: None
PLUS: • Articulation Range: None
•Replacement 24W Bulb for Light Source Note: Videoscopes & all kit components may also be purchased
• (1 Extra) 90° FOV Objective Lens (F3, Red Color) separately.
• (1 Extra) 58° FOV Objective Lens (F4, Black Color)
• (1 Extra) Objective Lens Removal Tool
• (1 Extra) Objective Lens and Removal Tool Case
• 512 MB Compact Flash Card
• Nickel Metal Hydride (NiMh) 12VDC Battery Belt
with Charger (Dual Outlet)

VIDEOSCOPES
Aeronautic Borescope kit 65
74
2
 VS0-6-1200 6mm x 12.0m Custom Kit VS0-6-1500 6mm x 15.0m Custom Kit

iTool Series Industrial Videoscope Custom Kit iTool Series Industrial Videoscope Custom Kit

• VS0-6-1200 6mm x 12.0m Custom Kit • VS0-6-1500 6mm x 15.0m Custom Kit
• Videoscope Model: VS0-6-1200 • Videoscope Model: VS0-6-1500
• Diameter: 6.0mm (.236 in) • Diameter: 6.0mm (.236 in)
• Working Length: 12.0m (39.4 ft) • Working Length: 15.0m (49.2 ft)
• Articulation: None • Articulation: None
• Articulation Range: None • Articulation Range: None
Note: Videoscopes and all kit components may also be purchased Note: Videoscopes and all kit components may also be purchased
separately. separately

VS0-6-1500 6mm x 15.0m Basic Kit VS0-6-600 6mm x 6.0m Basic Kit

iTool Series Industrial Videoscope Basic Kit iTool Series Industrial Videoscope Basic Kit

• VS0-6-1500 6mm x 15.0m Basic Kit • VS0-6-600 6mm x 6.0m Basic Kit
• Videoscope Model: VS0-6-1500 • Videoscope Model: VS0-6-600
• Diameter: 6.0mm (0.236 in) • Diameter: 6.0mm (0.236 in)
• Working Length: 15.0m (49.2 ft) • Working Length:6.0m (19.7 ft)
• Articulation: None • Articulation: None
• Articulation Range: None • Articulation Range: None
Note: Videoscopes & all kit components may also be purchased Note: Videoscopes & all kit components may also be purchased
separately. separately.

Aeronautic Borescope kit

VIDEOSCOPES 65
75
2
 VS0-6-600 6mm x 6.0m Custom Kit VS0-6-1500 6mm x 8.0m Custom Kit

iTool Series Industrial Videoscope Custom Kit iTool Series Industrial Videoscope Custom Kit

• VS0-6-600 6mm x 6.0m Custom Kit • VS0-6-800 6mm x 8.0m Custom Kit
• Videoscope Model: VS0-6-600 • Videoscope Model: VS0-6-800
• Diameter: 6.0mm (.236 in) • Diameter: 6.0mm (.236 in)
• Working Length: 6.0m (19.7ft) • Working Length: 8.0m (26.2ft)
• Articulation: None • Articulation: None
• Articulation Range: None • Articulation Range: None
Note: Videoscopes and all kit components may also be purchased Note: Videoscopes and all kit components may also be purchased
separately. separately

VS0-6-800 6mm x 8.0m Basic Kit VS0-8-1200 8mm x 12.0m Basic Kit

iTool Series Industrial Videoscope Basic Kit iTool Series Industrial Videoscope Basic Kit

• VS0-6-800 6mm x 8.0m Basic Kit • VS0-8-1200 8mm x 12.0m Basic Kit
• Videoscope Model: VS0-6-800 • Videoscope Model: VS0-8-1200
• Diameter: 6.0mm (0.236 in) • Diameter: 8.0mm (0.315 in)
• Working Length: 8.0m (26.2 ft) • Working Length: 12.0m (39.4 ft)
• Articulation: None • Articulation: None
• Articulation Range: None • Articulation Range: None
Note: Videoscopes & all kit components may also be purchased Note: Videoscopes & all kit components may also be purchased
separately. separately.

VIDEOSCOPES
Aeronautic Borescope kit 65
76
2
 VS0-8-1200 8mm x 12.0m Custom Kit VS0-8-600 8mm x 6.0m Custom Kit

iTool Series Industrial Videoscope Custom Kit iTool Series Industrial Videoscope Custom Kit

• VS0-8-1200 8mm x 12.0m Custom Kit • VS0-8-600 8mm x 6.0m Custom Kit
• Videoscope Model: VS0-8-1200 • Videoscope Model: VS0-8-600
• Diameter: 8.0mm (.315 in) • Diameter: 8.0mm (.315 in)
• Working Length: 12.0m (39.4ft) • Working Length: 6.0m (19.7ft)
• Articulation: None • Articulation: None
• Articulation Range: None • Articulation Range: None
Note: Videoscopes and all kit components may also be purchased Note: Videoscopes and all kit components may also be purchased
separately. separately

VS0-8-600 8mm x 6.0m Basic Kit VS0-8-800 8mm x 8.0m Basic Kit

iTool Series Industrial Videoscope Basic Kit iTool Series Industrial Videoscope Basic Kit

• VS0-8-600 8mm x 6.0m Basic Kit • VS0-8-800 8mm x 8.0m Basic Kit
• Videoscope Model: VS0-8-600 • Videoscope Model: VS0-8-800
• Diameter: 8.0mm (0.315 in) • Diameter: 8.0mm (0.315 in)
• Working Length: 6.0m (19.7 ft) • Working Length: 8.0m (26.2 ft)
• Articulation: None • Articulation: None
• Articulation Range: None • Articulation Range: None
Note: Videoscopes & all kit components may also be purchased Note: Videoscopes & all kit components may also be purchased
separately. separately.

Aeronautic Borescope kit

VIDEOSCOPES 65
77
2
 VS0-8-800 8mm x 8.0m Custom Kit VS2-8-100 8mm X 1.0 Custom Kit

iTool Series Industrial Videoscope Custom Kit iTool Series Industrial Videoscope Custom Kit

• VS0-8-800 8mm x 8.0m Custom Kit • VS2-8-100 8mm x 1.0m Custom Kit
• Videoscope Model: VS0-8-800 • Videoscope Model: VS2-8-100
• Diameter: 8.0mm (.315 in) • Diameter: 8.0mm (.315 in)
• Working Length: 8.0m (26.2ft) • Working Length: 1.0m (3.3ft)
• Articulation: None • Articulation: 2-Way
• Articulation Range: None • Articulation Range: 180° L/R
Note: Videoscopes and all kit components may also be purchased Note: Videoscopes and all kit components may also be purchased
separately. separately

VS2-8-100 8mm x 1.0m Basic Kit VS4-6-150 6mm x 1.50m Basic Kit

iTool Series Industrial Videoscope Basic Kit iTool Series Industrial Videoscope Basic Kit

• VS2-8-100 8mm x 1.0m Basic Kit • VS4-6-150 6mm x 1.50m Basic Kit
• Videoscope Model: VS2-8-100 • Videoscope Model: VS4-6-150
• Diameter: 8.0mm (0.315 in) • Diameter: 6.0mm (0.236 in)
• Working Length: 1.0m (3.3 ft) • Working Length: 1.5m (4.9 ft)
• Articulation: 2-Way • Articulation: 4-Way
• Articulation Range: 180° L/R • Articulation Range: 100° L/R, 160° U, 130° D
Note: Videoscopes & all kit components may also be purchased Note: Videoscopes & all kit components may also be purchased
separately. separately.

VIDEOSCOPES
Aeronautic Borescope kit 65
78
2
 VS4-6-150 6mm x 1.50m Basic Kit VS4-6-200 6mm x 2.0m Basic Kit

iTool Series Industrial Videoscope Basic Kit iTool Series Industrial Videoscope Basic Kit

• VS4-6-150 6mm x 1.50m Basic Kit • VS4-6-200 6mm x 2.0m Basic Kit
• Videoscope Model: VS4-6-150 • Videoscope Model: VS4-6-200
• Diameter: 6.0mm (0.236 in) • Diameter: 6.0mm (0.236 in)
• Working Length: 1.5m (4.9 ft) • Working Length: 2.0m (6.56 ft)
• Articulation: 4-Way • Articulation: 4-Way
• Articulation Range: 100° L/R, 160° U, 130° D • Articulation Range: 100° L/R, 160° U, 130° D
Note: Videoscopes & all kit components may also be purchased Note: Videoscopes and all kit components may also be purchased
separately. separately

VS4-6-200 6mm x 2.0m Custom Kit

The iTool System is a practical and user-friendly
videoscope system at the cutting edge of industrial
RVI. This compact system is easily transported,
uncomplicated to set-up, and straight forward to use.
Equipped with a selection of essential features, this
advanced equipment can accomplish any RVI task
- from simple visual checks to critical inspection
procedures.
iTool Series Industrial Videoscope Custom Kit
• VS4-6-200 6mm x 2.0m Custom Kit
• Videoscope Model: VS4-6-200
• Diameter: 6.0mm (.236 in)
• Working Length: 2.0m (6.56ft)
• Articulation: 4-Way
• Articulation Range: 100° L/R, 160° U, 130° D
Note: Videoscopes & all kit components may also be purchased
separately.

Aeronautic Borescope kit

VIDEOSCOPES 65
79
2
 VS4-6-300 6mm x 3.0m Basic Kit VS4-6-600 6mm x 6.0m Basic Kit

iTool Series Industrial Videoscope Basic Kit iTool Series Industrial Videoscope Basic Kit

• VS4-6-300 6mm x 3.0m Basic Kit • VS4-6-600 6mm x 6.0m Basic Kit
• Videoscope Model: VS4-6-300 • Videoscope Model: VS4-6-600
• Diameter: 6.0mm (0.236 in) • Diameter: 6.0mm (0.236 in)
• Working Length: 3.0m (9.8 ft) • Working Length: 6.0m (19.7 ft)
• Articulation: 4-Way • Articulation: 4-Way
• Articulation Range: 100° L/R, 160° U, 130° D • Articulation Range: 90° L/R, 90° U/D
Note: Videoscopes & all kit components may also be purchased Note: Videoscopes and all kit components may also be purchased
separately. separately

VS4-6-300 6mm x 3.0m Custom Kit VS4-6-600 6mm x 6.0m Custom Kit

iTool Series Industrial Videoscope Custom Kit iTool Series Industrial Videoscope Custom Kit

• VS4-6-300 6mm x 3.0m Custom Kit • VS4-6-600 6mm x 6.0m Custom Kit
• Videoscope Model: VS4-6-300 • Videoscope Model: VS4-6-600
• Diameter: 6.0mm (.236 in) • Diameter: 6.0mm (.236 in)
• Working Length: 3.0m (9.8ft) • Working Length: 6.0m (19.7ft)
• Articulation: 4-Way • Articulation: 4-Way
• Articulation Range: 100° L/R, 160° U, 130° D • Articulation Range: 90° L/R, 90° U/D
Note: Videoscopes & all kit components may also be purchased Note: Videoscopes & all kit components may also be purchased
separately. separately.

VIDEOSCOPES
Aeronautic Borescope kit 65
80
2
 VS4-6-750 6mm x 7.5m Basic Kit VS4-8-150 8mm x 1.5m Custom Kit

iTool Series Industrial Videoscope Basic Kit iTool Series Industrial Videoscope Custom Kit

• VS4-6.750 6mm x 7.5m Basic Kit • VS4-8-150 8mm x 1.5m Custom Kit
• Videoscope Model: VS4-6.750 • Videoscope Model: VS4-8-150
• Diameter: 6.0mm (0.236 in) • Diameter: 8.0mm (.315 in)
• Working Length: 7.5m (24.6 ft) • Working Length: 1.5m (4.9ft)
• Articulation: 4-Way • Articulation: 4-Way
• Articulation Range: 90° L/R, 90° U/D • Articulation Range: 100° L/R, 160°U, 130° D
Note: Videoscopes & all kit components may also be purchased Note: Videoscopes and all kit components may also be purchased
separately. separately

VS4-8-150 8mm x 1.5m Basic Kit VS4-8-200 8mm x 2.0m Basic Kit

iTool Series Industrial Videoscope Basic Kit iTool Series Industrial Videoscope Custom Kit

• VS4-8-150 8mm x 1.5m Basic Kit • VS4-8-200 8mm x 2.0m Basic Kit
• Videoscope Model: VS4-8-150 • Videoscope Model: VS4-8-200
• Diameter: 8.0mm (0.315 in) • Diameter: 8.0mm (0.315 in)
• Working Length: 1.5m (4.9 ft) • Working Length: 2.0m (6.6 ft)
• Articulation: 4-Way • Articulation: 4-Way
• Articulation Range: 100° L/R, 160° U, 130° D • Articulation Range: 100° L/R, 160° U, 130° D
Note: Videoscopes & all kit components may also be purchased Note: Videoscopes & all kit components may also be purchased
separately. separately.

Aeronautic Borescope kit

VIDEOSCOPES 65
81
2
 VS4-8-200 8mm x 2.0m Custom Kit VS4-8-300 8mm x 3.0m Custom Kit

iTool Series Industrial Videoscope Custom Kit iTool Series Industrial Videoscope Custom Kit

• VS4-8-200 8mm x 2.0m Custom Kit • VS4-8-300 8mm x 3.0m Custom Kit
• Videoscope Model: VS4-8-200 • Videoscope Model: VS4-8-300
• Diameter: 8.0mm (.315 in) • Diameter: 8.0mm (.315 in)
• Working Length: 2.0m (6.6ft) • Working Length: 3.0m (9.8ft)
• Articulation: 4-Way • Articulation: 4-Way
• Articulation Range: 100° L/R, 160°U, 130° D • Articulation Range: 100° L/R, 160°U, 130° D
Note: Videoscopes & all kit components may also be purchased Note: Videoscopes and all kit components may also be purchased
separately. separately

VS4-8-300 8mm x 3.0m Basic Kit VS4-8-600 8mm x 6.0m Basic Kit

iTool Series Industrial Videoscope Basic Kit iTool Series Industrial Videoscope Basic Kit

• VS4-8-300 8mm x 3.0m Basic Kit • VS4-8-600 8mm x 6.0m Basic Kit
• Videoscope Model: VS4-8-300 • Videoscope Model: VS4-8-600
• Diameter: 8.0mm (0.315 in) • Diameter: 8.0mm (0.315 in)
• Working Length: 3.0m (9.8 ft) • Working Length: 6.0m (19.7 ft)
• Articulation: 4-Way • Articulation: 4-Way
• Articulation Range: 100° L/R, 160° U, 130° D • Articulation Range: 90° L/R, 90° U/D
Note: Videoscopes & all kit components may also be purchased Note: Videoscopes & all kit components may also be purchased
separately. separately.

VIDEOSCOPES
Aeronautic Borescope kit 65
82
2
 VS4-8-600 8mm x 6.0m Custom Kit VS4-8-750 8mm x 7.5m Custom Kit

iTool Series Industrial Videoscope Custom Kit iTool Series Industrial Videoscope Custom Kit

• VS4-8-600 8mm x 6.0m Custom Kit • VS4-8-750 8mm x 7.5m Custom Kit
• Videoscope Model: VS4-8-600 • Videoscope Model: VS4-8-750
• Diameter: 8.0mm (.315 in) • Diameter: 8.0mm (.315 in)
• Working Length: 6.0m (19.7ft) • Working Length: 7.5m (24.6ft)
• Articulation: 4-Way • Articulation: 4-Way
• Articulation Range: 90°L/R, 90°U/D • Articulation Range: 90°L/R, 90°U/D
Note: Videoscopes & all kit components may also be purchased Note: Videoscopes and all kit components may also be purchased
separately. separately

VS4-8-750 8mm x 7.5m Basic Kit NOTES

iTool Series Industrial Videoscope Basic Kit

• VS4-8-750 8mm x 7.5m Basic Kit

• Videoscope Model: VS4-8-750
• Diameter: 8.0mm (0.315 in)
• Working Length: 7.5m (24.6 ft)
• Articulation: 4-Way
• Articulation Range: 90° L/R, 90° U/D
Note: Videoscopes & all kit components may also be purchased
separately.

Aeronautic Borescope kit

VIDEOSCOPES 65
83
2

XRAY
12- or 15-Film Dryer Pull-Out Drawer . .......................17
43855C........................................................................51
60kV Lead X-Ray Room..............................................51
6B Safelight Filter........................................................43
80 kV Microfocus X-Ray Source (L6731-01)...............51
Add-A-Tank..................................................................36
ARC-MET 8000 Optical Emission Analyser.................45
Automatic Identification Printer....................................24
Bar Ray Omni Directional Safelight.............................44
Barricade Tape............................................................43
Bell Timer w/ Luminescent Dial...................................32
Bright Spot Illuminator- Model 188..............................20
Cassette Transfer Cabinet...........................................31
Caution High Radiation Area Sticker...........................43
Cleaning Station..........................................................29
Cleaning Towels..........................................................29
Coddington Magnifier..................................................29
Constant Potential Output for the Best
Discrimination....................................................49
CP Series Generator...................................................45
Custom Lead Enclosures............................................46
Darkroom Apron..........................................................31
Deluxe Radiation Exposure Calculator........................31
Developing Hanger......................................................18
Developing Reel..........................................................19
Developing Tank..........................................................34
Digital Microprocessor Control....................................49
Economical Immersion Heater....................................35
Econotank....................................................................36
End-Grounded Anode..................................................47
Film and Paper Trimmer..............................................32
Film Bin........................................................................27
Film Carrying Case......................................................27
Film Corner Cutter.......................................................32
Film Marker Set...........................................................25
Film Marking Tape.......................................................25
Film Processors Section/AGFA Processors...........13-16
Film Section................................................................2-7
Film Viewer- Model 65-C1...........................................20
Filmarker Gun and Tape System.................................25
Fixed Focus Loupe......................................................29
FL Series Generator....................................................45
Fluorescent Safelight...................................................44
Folding Pocket Magnifier.............................................30
Gamma Radiation Exposure Calculator......................32
Gloves.........................................................................32
Gralab Model 300 Timer w/ Luminescent Dial.............33
Hanger Storage Bracket- Stainless Steel....................20
Hastings Triplet Magnifier............................................29
Headband Magnifier....................................................30
INDEX
Hexalon Screen...........................................................34
High-Intensity Illuminator- Model 185..........................22
Hy-Volt Cushion Marker Set........................................25
Immersion Heater........................................................35
Kodak Film................................................................8-12
Lead Brick....................................................................46
Lead Figures and Letters.............................................26
Lead Foil......................................................................46
Lead Wool Blanket......................................................47
Lead-Vinyl Sheeting....................................................49
Letter Case..................................................................26
Lighted Coddington Loupe..........................................31
Lightproof Louver.........................................................31
Lorad X-Ray Equipment..............................................48
Magnetic Hold-Down Clamp........................................19
Magnifying Glass with Parasite Loupe........................30
Manual Identification Printer........................................26
Marking Pencil.............................................................26
Mean Streak Markers..................................................26
Mobile X-Ray Barrier...................................................47
Model 1620 X-Ray Tubehead Stand...........................49
Model 186 High-Intensity Fluorescent Illuminator.......22
Model 189 High-Intensity Viewer.................................23
Model 301 Densitometer.............................................33
Model 331 Battery Op Densitometer...........................33
Model 4 Plus High-Intensity Illuminator.......................23
MP1 Control Panel......................................................46
Nissen Felt-Tip Paint Markers.....................................27
Nissen High Temp Metal Markers................................27
Nissen Low- Chloride Metal Markers...........................27
Penetrameters........................................................37-42
Pocket Comparator......................................................30
Pocket Pal SM-12........................................................33
Portable X-Ray Viewer- Model 87-C1.........................23
Preset Control Valve....................................................34
Quikdry 12-Film Dryer.................................................17
Radiation Warning Sign...............................................42
Rigid X-Ray Film Holder, Vinyl Covered......................21
Safelight.......................................................................43
ScanX 12 Digital Imaging X-Ray System....................48
ScanX 14 Digital Imaging X-Ray System....................50
Shelving: Fully-Assembled..........................................28
Shelving: Modular........................................................28
Shelving: Stackable.....................................................28
Space Saver Film Bin..................................................28
Stainless Steel 20” Drying Rack..................................20
Standard Film Bin........................................................28
Step Wedge.................................................................35
Strip Film Illuminators-Model 187A..............................24
Structurix DR Film Dryer..............................................17
Super Met-Al Paint Marker (Fine)................................27
Super Met-Al Paint Marker (Thick)..............................27
Super-Bright Viewer-SPT-600.....................................24
Tank Paddle.................................................................35
Tubes and Cables..................................................52-53
Twin Envelope Film Holder..........................................22
Variable Thermostatic Control Valve............................37
Walk-In X-Ray Enclosure............................................47
Wall Drying Rack.........................................................19
Wall Mounted Bin........................................................29
X-MET3000TX Hand Held Alloy Analyzer...................45
X-Ray Viewer-Model 83-C1.........................................24
X-Ray.............................................................................1
MAGNETIC PARTICLE
14A Aqua-Glo Fluorescent Premix with Water............14
14A Magnaglo Wet Fluorescent Mag Particles............14
14A Redi-Bath Fluorescent Premix Concentrate
for Water............................................................15
14AM Fluorescent Premix with Carrier II.....................15
20B Preblended Dry Mix Fluorescent Particles
-14A+ Additives...............................................16
36-380 Blacklight / UV Wand.......................................42
5100 Series Portable Gauss Meter.............................30
5-Turn Coils.................................................................36
7C Black- Visible Particles...........................................17
7HF Black-Visible Premix with Carrier II......................17
9C Red Visible Particles (to be mixed with
Carrier II or H20 Additives)................................18
9CM Visible Premix with Carrier II...............................18
AP-400 Ultrawand UV Inspection Kit...........................42
AP-800 Ultrawand UV Lamp.......................................43
ASTM E709 Mag Particle System
Performance Test Plate.....................................51
AX-52 Corrosion Inhibitor............................................20
B-100 AC Contour Probe- Kit A...................................34
B-100 Contour Probe- Kit AB.......................................34
B-100 Contour Probe- Yoke Only................................34
B-300 Contour Probe- Kit A.........................................35
B-300 Contour Probe- Kit AB.......................................35
B-300 Lightweight AC Contour Probe-Yoke Only........36
B-310 Mini AC Contour Probe - Yoke Only..................35
Black #3A General Purpose Dry Method Particles......23
B-Series Battery Operated UV Lamps.........................43
C-100PA Blacklight / UV Lamp Series.........................43
Cables and Connectors...............................................27
Carrier II- Oil Vehicle...................................................19
CD-2060 Stationary Power Pack.................................12
CD-2100 Stationary Power Pack.................................12
Central Conductor ......................................................26
Centrifuge Tube and Stand ........................................30
CH-50P/12 High-Intensity Blacklight / UV...................44

CMD Multi-Directional Power Packs............................12
Contact Block .............................................................26
Contact Clamps.......................................................... 27
Contact Pad-Copper Braid..........................................13
DA-200 Contour Probe Series.....................................32
DA-400 Contour Probe Kit A........................................33
DA-400 Contour Probe Kit AB.....................................33
DA-400 Contour Probe Yoke Only...............................33
DC-300 Optional Pulsed DC Power Supply................35
E/12-Series UV Lamp with 12v
Rechargeable Battery........................................44
FC-100 Blacklight / UV with Spotbulb..........................45
FC-150 Blacklight /UV with Spotbulb...........................45
Flat Magnetizing Coil...................................................26
GE Compressor Blade Standard.................................51
GP5 Gray Parker Dry Method Magnetic Particles.......24
Grainger Portable Pressure Sprayer...........................27
Gray #1 General Purpose Dry Method Particles ........22
Headstock Steadyrests................................................13
Inspection Equipment....................................................1
Ketos Test Ring...........................................................29
L-10 Magnetizing Coil..................................................32
Labino Spotlight Description........................................38
Labino UV / Black Light Floodlight Overview...............40
Labino UV / Black Light Midlight Overview..................39
Lead Contact Plate . ...................................................26
M-2030 Mobile Power Pack.........................................10
M-2040 Mobile Power Pack.........................................10
M-2060 Mobile Power Pack......................................... 11
Magnaflux 3-Phase Wet Horizontal Units......................8
Magnaflux Phase I Series..............................................7
Magnetic Field Strength Indicator................................29
Magnetic Particle Materials...........................................4
Magnetic Penetrameter (Pie Gauge)...........................29
Magnetic Powder Pick-Up Stick................................. 28
MD Series Wet Horizontal Power Unit...........................7
MG-410 Fluorescent Particles (to be mixed with
Carrier II or H20 Additives)................................16
MIL-STD-271F Mag Particle Test Plate.......................51
ML-3500 Blacklight/ UV Lamp.....................................46
NA-16 Test Bar............................................................29
P-1500 230V Portable Power Pack...............................6
P-70 Portable Power Pack- 115V..................................5
PB-1 Controlled Powder Blower..................................28
PB-5 Powder Blower...................................................28
Powder Blower Bulb....................................................28
Powder Bulb................................................................28
Q-Series UV Magnifier Lamps.....................................47
Quantitative Quality Indicators (QQI’s)........................29
Quick Break Tester......................................................30
Raising Block- 3”.........................................................13
INDEX
Raising Block- 5-3/4”...................................................13
Red #8A General Purpose Dry Method Particles........22
Red Parker Powder Dry Method Magnetic Particles...24
Remote Control Cable.................................................27
S-1212 Continuous Duty AC Demag Coils....................9
S-66 Demagnetizer :230v - 50/60 Hz. - 1 ph.................9
SB-100P Blacklight / UV Lamp....................................48
SB-100PR Blacklight/ UV Lamp..................................49
SB-125 Blacklight / UV Lamp......................................49
SB-1416 Demagnetizer.................................................9
Small Parts Adapter- Headstock..................................13
Small Parts Adapter-Tailstock......................................13
Standard Mag Kit...........................................................9
Standard Prod Set, 3PTL for P-Series........................27
Steering Knuckle Standard..........................................51
Sump Screen . ............................................................26
TB-10 Weight Lift Test Bar...........................................29
Ultraviolet/Black Lights Labino Lights..........................37
WA-4 Water Bath Additive...........................................21
WCP-2 White Contrast Paint . ....................................25
Weight Lifting Gear Magnetic Particle Props...............51
X-Series Bench and Display UV Lamps..................... 50
Yellow #2 General Purpose Dry Method Particles.......23
Yellow Parker Powder Dry Method
Magnetic Particles.............................................25
Yoke Kits..................................................................... 31
Yoke Probe Light.........................................................36
ZAF-2 Antifoaming Additive.........................................21
ZB-100 Blacklight / UV Conversion Kit........................41
ZB-100 Handheld UV / Blacklight................................41
ZB-100F Blacklight / UV and Cart...............................41
ZB-100F Blacklight / UV No Cart.................................41
ZB-100F Mag Shot Blacklight / UV..............................41
ZB-150 FSB Self Ballast UV / Blacklight.....................41
ZB-240 Cool Max Fluorescent Overhead
Light Fixture.......................................................42
LIQUID PENETRANT
Aluminum Test Block (for sensitivity)...........................16
Crack Comparator.......................................................17
Grainger Portable Pressure Sprayer...........................16
Hydrometer..................................................................18
Hydro-Wash Spray Gun..............................................16
Magnaflux Penetrant Process Guide.............................8
Magnaflux Round Wire Basket....................................17
Penetrant Equipment..................................................1-2
Penetrant Materials Test Kit.........................................18
Penetrant Materials....................................................3-7
Portable Pressure Sprayer..........................................17
Purified Wiping Cloths- 12 rolls...................................17
Purified Wiping Cloths- Roll.........................................17
Refractometer: 0-32 degree........................................17
Stainless Steel Test Block (for washability).................16
TAM Crack Comparator...............................................18
TAM Test Panel...........................................................18
Zyglo WB Fluorescent Penetrant.................................12
Zyglo ZL-15B Water Washable Penetrant................... 11
Zyglo ZL-19 Fluorescent Penetrant (WW)...................10
Zyglo ZL-27A PE Fluorescent Penetrant.....................13
Zyglo ZL-2C PE Fluorescent Penetrant.........................9
Zyglo ZL-37 PE Fluorescent Penetrant.......................14
Zyglo ZL-56 Fluorescent Penetrant (WW)...................15
ULTRASONIC
\SC Reference Test Block............................................10
30 FBH Resolution Test Block..................................... 11
4-Step Step Block........................................................13
5-Step Step Block........................................................13
AGR TD Focus-Scan Phased Array............................24
AGR TD Handy-Scan Phased Array............................24
AGR TD Pocketscan TOFD Pulse Echo......................25
AGR TD Scan TOFD Pulse Echo................................25
ANSI/AWS Resolution Reference Block...................... 11
ASME Basic Reference Test Block..............................14
ASME N-625 Reference Test Block............................. 11
ASTM Area Amplitude-Set of 8....................................12
ASTM Distance Amplitude- Set of 19..........................13
ASTM Distance/Area Amplitude-Set of 10...................12
Automated Rocket Motor Inspection System................6
Automated Ultrasonic Inspection System (AUIS)..........6
Automated, Transportable, LG Diameter Tube
Inspection System...............................................6
Contact Transducers-General Purpose.......................18
Cylinder Scan Precision Aircraft Forging.......................7
Delay Line Transducers...............................................20
DSC UT Reference Block.............................................9
Dual Element Transducers..........................................19
Fingertip Contact Transducers....................................18
High Pressure Gas Cylinders........................................6
IIW Type 2 Reference Block..........................................9
IIW Type I Test Reference Block...................................9
Immersion Transducer.................................................21
IOW Beam Profile Reference Test Block.....................12
Labscanners..................................................................7
Large Gantry System Portable Large Diameter............7
Mach T UT Thickness Gauge........................................2
Miniature Resolution Test Block..................................10
Multi-Axis Immersion Tank...........................................15
NAVSHIPS Reference Test Block................................ 11
NDT Inspection Plugs..................................................22
NDT Inspection Point Labels.......................................23
Newsonic Mach T Colorwave Thickness Gauge...........3

NewSonic Mach-I Ultrasonic Flaw Detector..................1
Protective Face Transducer.........................................21
Pulser Receiver Section..............................................15
Scanmaster DS-200i UT System...................................8
Scanmaster DS-200PI UT System................................8
Scanmaster LS-200 UT System....................................8
Scanmaster LS-200b UT System..................................8
Scanmaster LS-200X UT System................................15
Scanmaster LS-500 UT System..................................15
Scanning System...........................................................7
Small Diameter Tube Inspection System .....................7
Standard Angle Beam Transducer and Wedges.........20
TT100 UT Thickness Gauge.........................................5
Ultrasonic Inspection Materials
Section Couplant..........................................26-31
Ultrasonic Thickness Gauge TT120..............................4
Ultrasonic Thickness Gauge TT130..............................4
UT Angle Beam Reference Block..................................9
UT DC Reference Test Block.......................................10
UT DS Reference Block..............................................10
EDDY CURRENT
10D4 Modular Probe Pusher.......................................18
Bobbin Probe...............................................................18
Conduit Probe Gun......................................................20
Dual Guidetube............................................................10
EC Encircling Accessories.............................................9
Eddydetector.................................................................2
Eddyliner P....................................................................1
eddynomic.....................................................................3
eddyscanC.....................................................................2
eddyscanF.....................................................................2
eddyscanH.....................................................................2
Eddysort........................................................................4
eddyvisor DC/C.............................................................5
Eddyvisor DS/MS..........................................................6
General Bobbin Probes...............................................19
Handheld Surface Inspection Probe............................19
Heat Exchanger & Condensor Probes........................19
High Speed 3D Probe Pusher.....................................20
Machine Vision Control................................................17
MIZ-21B.......................................................................10
MIZ-21SR.................................................................... 11
MIZ-28 Lite..................................................................12
MIZ-80iD Inspection System.......................................13
Model III Controller w/PS.............................................10
MRPC Probe...............................................................18
Multiscan MS5800.......................................................14
PM-3A Controller.........................................................15
Probe Pusher Drive Wheels........................................20
RCAA Fixture...............................................................23
INDEX
RFT and MFL Probe....................................................19
S-21R..........................................................................15
SM-22A Remote Fixture..............................................21
SM-23 Remote Fixture................................................22
SM-23A Remote Fixture..............................................22
SM-25 Remote Fixture................................................23
Special App Bobbin Probes.........................................20
Surface Inspection Probe............................................21
TC7700........................................................................16
UFC-1Controller..........................................................17
Unisort 10 HD................................................................7
Unisort 40 HD................................................................7
Unisort 63 HD................................................................8
X-Probe.......................................................................21
ZR-1 Robot.............................................................24-25
ZR-100 Inspection & Repair Robot..............................24
METALLURGICAL
157 Coating Thickness Gauge (Pull Off).......................9
G-4 GAR Pak Roughness Testers . ..............................1
Hardness Testers........................................................6-9
Inside Corner Seam Tester............................................1
Large Inside Corner Seam Tester..................................1
Model 110 Adhesion Tester w/Digital Display................2
Outside Corner Seam Tester.........................................1
Straight Seam Tester.....................................................1
Surface Roughness Testers.......................................3-5
TV110 Portable Vibration Tester....................................2
TV300 Vibration Tester..................................................2
INFRARED
Fluke 51 II Thermometer...............................................3
Fluke 52 II Thermometer...............................................3
Fluke 53 II Thermometer...............................................3
Fluke 54 II Thermometer...............................................3
Fluke 561 IR Contact Thermometer..............................3
Fluke 566 IR and Contact Thermometer.......................2
Fluke 568 IR and Contact Thermometer.......................2
Fluke 570 Precision IR Thermometer............................4
Fluke 62 Mini IR Thermometer......................................4
Fluke 80CJ-M Type J Male Mini-Connectors.................5
Fluke 80CK-M Type K Male Mini-Connectors...............5
Fluke 80PK-11 Thermocouple Temperature Probe.......5
Fluke 80PK-27 Industrial Surface Temp Probe.............5
Fluke 80PK-3A Surface Probe.......................................6
Fluke 80PK-8 Clamp Temperature Probe......................6
Fluke 80PT-EXT Extension Wire Kit..............................6
Fluke C90 Meter Case...................................................6
Fluke C90 Soft Case.....................................................7
Fluke H6 IR Thermometer Holster.................................7
Fluke LVD1 Volt Light....................................................7
Fluke Ti10 Thermal Imager............................................1
Fluke Ti25 Thermal Imager............................................1
Fluke TiR Thermal Imager.............................................1
Fluke TiR1 Thermal Imager...........................................1
LEAK DETECTION
Oil-Glo 22 Yellow Fluorescent Dye................................3
Oil-Glo 33 Green Fluorescent Dye................................3
Oil-Glo 40 Blue Fluorescent Dye...................................3
Oil-Glo 44 Yellow/Green Fluorescent Dye.....................3
Sherlock 5-Second Leak Detector Family.....................2
Vacuum Devices............................................................1
WD-801 Blue Fluorescent Dye Additive........................2
WD-802 Green Fluorescent Dye Additive......................2
VISUAL
PT-101 Pan/Tilt System............................................... 6
PT-50 Pan/Tilt System................................................. 6
IK-M51 Lipstick Remote PAL....................................... 6
PT-C Pan/Tilt Controller............................................... 7
PT-C55 Combined Pan/Tilt & Camera Controller........ 7
PT-CC Camera Control Unit........................................ 7
Hitachi KP-F230SCL Camera...................................... 8
Hitachi KP-FB30SCL Remote Head Camera.............. 8
Hitachi KP-FD140SCL High Resolution
Color Camera.................................................... 9
IK-52V Analog............................................................ 11
IK-53V Analog............................................................ 11
IK-M44 Lipstick Remote NTSC.................................. 12
IK-TF5H CCD Compact............................................. 12
IK-TU51CU................................................................ 13
IK-TU61CU................................................................ 14
KP-F100B LVDS Digital............................................. 15
KP-F100B-CL CameraLink........................................ 15
KP-F120 LVDS Digital............................................... 15
KP-F120-CL CameraLink.......................................... 16
KP-F120F FireWire.................................................... 16
KP-F140F FireWire.................................................... 16
KP-F200CL CameraLink........................................... 16
KP-F200SCL Mini CameraLink................................. 17
KP-F30 Analog.......................................................... 17
KP-F30SCL Mini CameraLink................................... 17
KP-F32F FireWire...................................................... 17
KP-F80 High Res Analog........................................... 18
KP-F83F FireWire...................................................... 18
KP-M1AN Compact................................................... 19
KP-M20 Ultra Compact.............................................. 20
KP-M2AN Compact................................................... 20
KP-M30 Ultra Compact.............................................. 20
KP-M3AN Compact ................................................. 20
KP-M2RN Near IR..................................................... 21

KP-M3RN Near IR..................................................... 21
Fujinon DV10x7B-SA2L............................................. 27
Fujinon YV10x5B-SA2L............................................. 30
Pentax C30811.......................................................... 31
Pentax C31219.......................................................... 32
Pentax C31630.......................................................... 32
Pentax C31634.......................................................... 33
Pentax C32500.......................................................... 33
Pentax C33500.......................................................... 34
Pentax C35001.......................................................... 34
Pentax C60607TH..................................................... 35
Pentax C70220DCPS................................................ 35
Pentax C60811.......................................................... 35
Pentax C60635DCPS................................................ 35
Pentax C61215TH..................................................... 36
Pentax C61215.......................................................... 36
Pentax C70223DCPS................................................ 37
Pentax C70315DCPS................................................ 37
Pentax C70319.......................................................... 38
Pentax C70509DCPS................................................ 38
Pentax C70605.......................................................... 38
Digital CCD Microscope Section............................... 39
Borescopes Section................................................... 40
ZibraScope Section................................................... 41
OEM Board Cameras Section................................... 42
Zoom Section....................................................... 43-45
Swing Zoom Section............................................. 46-48
Ultraviolet Borescope Section.............................. 49-50
Orbital Scan Section............................................. 51-60
Low Cost Industrial Section.................................. 61-62
IPG # 7845 Camera Cable........................................ 63
IPG # 9172 Camera Cable........................................ 63
IPG #3822 Camera Viper 36..................................... 63
IPG #3816 Cable Reel/Winder.................................. 63
IPG #3820 L24 Camera Locator Set......................... 63
IPG #3590 Stabilization Ring..................................... 63
IPG #3847 Protection Sleeve.................................... 64
IPG #5824 Aluminum Transport Case....................... 64
IPG #7005 Gooseneck.............................................. 64
IPG #6817 VIS2000 Miniature Color
Camera Head.................................................. 64
IPG #7305 GRP Camera Rod- 16 ft. Sleeve............. 65
IPG #7307 Camera Viper 42 w/
GRP Camera Rod........................................... 65
IPG #7306 GRP Camera Rod -100ft.(30m) long....... 65
IPG #7308 Camera Viper 36 W/
GRP Camera Rod........................................... 65
IPG #7309 Camera Viper 42 w/
GRP Camera Rod........................................... 66
IPG #7802 Replacement Glass Dome...................... 66
IPG #7816 Cable Reel/Winder ................................ 66
INDEX
IPG #7805 VIS98 Pan/Tilt,Black/White
Camera Head.................................................. 66
IPG #7812- Camera Cable........................................ 66
IPG #7818 GRP Camera Rod - 65ft. (20m) long....... 67
IPG #7819 GRP Camera Rod - 100ft. (30m) long..... 67
IPG #7805 GRP Camera Rod - 16ft. (5m) long......... 67
IPG #7821 GRP Camera Rod - 16ft. (5m)................. 67
IPG #7822 Camera Viper 42..................................... 68
IPG #7829 GRP Camera Rod - 65ft. (20m) long....... 68
IPG #7826 Camera Roller Guide
W/ Protection Cage......................................... 68
IPG #7853 VIS2000 Pan & Tilt Color
Camera Head.................................................. 68
IPG #7863 Protection Sleeve.................................... 68
IPG #7923 Side View Mirror...................................... 69
IPG #8633 Camera Centering Loop.......................... 69
IPG #8636: Extension Cable..................................... 69
IPG #9377 LED Supplementary Light....................... 70
IPG #9549 Maxi Adapter For Camera Trolley............ 70
IPG #9548 Camera Trolley........................................ 70
IPG #IC001 Digital Image Converter......................... 70
IPG 220 Stationary Insp Kit....................................... 71
IPG 230 Stationary Insp. Kit...................................... 71
IPG VIS2000 #3312................................................... 72
IPG VIS2000 #6843................................................... 72
IPG VIS2000 #6845................................................... 73
IPG VIS2000 #7945................................................... 73
Videoscopes Section............................................ 74-83
BE-IR21 1/2” CCD Near IR.......................................... 8
HV-D27A Remote Head 1/2” CCD............................... 9
HV-F22CL-S4 1/2” CCD CameraLink........................ 10
HV-F22F-S1 1/2” CCD FireWire................................ 10
KP-D20B 1/2” CCD.................................................... 14
KP-D590 1/2” CCD.................................................... 14
KP-DE500 1/2” Ultra Sensitive.................................. 15
KP-FD140F 1/2” CCD FireWire................................. 18
KP-FD30 1/2” CCD Analog........................................ 18
KP-FD30CL 1/2” CCD CameraLink........................... 19
KP-FD30M 1/2” CCD Frame Memory....................... 19
KP-FD32F 1/2” CCD FireWire................................... 19
Hitachi KP-F31SCL 1/3” CCD Camera........................ 8
HV-D30 1/3” CCD Compact......................................... 9
HV-D37A Remote Head 1/3” CCD............................... 9
HV-F31CL-S4 1/3” CCD CameraLink........................ 10
HV-F31F-S1 1/3” CCD FireWire................................ 10
IK-1000ME 1/3” CCD Extreme Low Light.................. 11
IK-HD1 1/3” CCD High-Definition.............................. 11
IK-TF2 1/3” CCD Compact........................................ 12
IK-TF5C 1/3” CCD CameraLink................................. 12
IK-TF7 1/3” CCD Compact........................................ 13
IK-TF7C 1/3” CCD CameraLink................................. 13
IK-TF9C 1/3” CCD Mega Pixel.................................. 13
KP-D20A 1/3” CCD.................................................... 14
Fujinon HF50HA-1..................................................... 21
Fujinon HF9HA-1....................................................... 21
Fujinon HF75HA-1..................................................... 22
Fujinon HF16HA-1..................................................... 23
Fujinon HF12.5SA-1.................................................. 23
Fujinon HF25HA-1..................................................... 24
Fujinon HF35HA-1..................................................... 24
Fujinon DF6HA-1....................................................... 25
Fujinon HF12.5HA-1.................................................. 25
Fujinon YV5x2.7R4B-SA2L....................................... 31
Fujinon DV5X3.6R4B-SA2L...................................... 26
IPG #7911 VIS2000 Color 5.5” Monitor..................... 69
IPG #6846 VIS2000-PRO 6.5” Color Monitor............ 64
Fujinon D60x12.5R3DE-V41..................................... 27
Fujinon TF15DA-8..................................................... 28
Fujinon TF25DA-8..................................................... 28
Fujinon TF4DA-8....................................................... 29
Fujinon TF2.8DA-8.................................................... 29
Fujinon TF8DA-8....................................................... 30
BMW BR710.A.10/01 FOR BR710 Engines................ 1
BMW BR715.A.10/01 FOR BR715 Engines................ 1
CFM Intl CFM56.A.10/01 for CFM 56 Engines............ 1
Dassault Aviation RAF.F 10/01 for Rafale................... 1
Eurocopter AS332.A.10/01 for
Super Puma AS 332.......................................... 1
Eurocopter AS350.A.10/01 for Ecureuil AS 350.......... 1
Eurocopter AS355.A.10/01 for Ecureuil AS 355.......... 2
Eurocopter EC120.A.10/01 for Colibri EC 120............ 2
General Electric CF6.A.10/01 for CF6 Engines........... 2
Eurocopter AS365.A.10/01 Dauphin
AS 365/AS 366.................................................. 2
Eurocopter Tigre.A.10/01 for Tigre.............................. 2
General Electric GE90.A.10/01 for GE 90 Engines..... 2
Intl Aero V2500.A.10/01 for V 2500 Series Engines.... 3
Rolls Royce PEG.A.10/01 for Pegasus Engines......... 3
Rolls Royce RTM.A.10/01 for RTM Engines............... 3
Rolls Royce MTR390.A.10/01 for MTR390 Engines... 3
Rolls Royce RB211.A.10/01 for RB211 Engines......... 3
Rolls Royce Trent.A.10/01 for
500/700/800 Engines......................................... 3
Snecma ATA.A.10/01 for MTR390 Engines................. 4
Snecma M53.A.10/01 for M53 Engines....................... 4
Turbomeca ARR.A. 10/01 for Arrius 2B/2F Engines.... 4
Snecma LAR.A.10/01 for Larzan Engines................... 4
Snecma M88.F.10/01 for M 88 Engines...................... 4
Turbomeca MAK.A. 10/01 for Makila Engines............. 4
Turbomeca MTR390.A.10/01 for MTR390 Engines.... 5
Turbomeca RTM.A.10/01 for RTM Engines................ 5
Fujinon T16X5.5DA-R11............................................ 22
D16 x7.3A-R11.......................................................... 26